D800001X162

November 2006

Installing Your
DeltaV™ Digital Automation System

TM
© 1996 - 2006 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized duplication, in whole or in part,
is prohibited.
Printed in UK
Emerson, Emerson Process Management, the Emerson Process Management Design, DeltaV, the DeltaV design,
and PlantWeb are marks of one of the Emerson Process Management group of companies. All other marks are
property of their respective owners. The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes
only, and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy, they are not to be construed as warranties or
guarantees, expressed or implied, regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability.
All sales are governed by our terms and conditions, which are available on request. We reserve the right to modify
or improve the design or specification of such products at any time without notice.

See CE Statement in Chapter 2.

Contents

Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi
Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii

Chapter 1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

The DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
DeltaV System Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
DeltaV Control Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
DeltaV Remote Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Chapter 2 Installing Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

CE Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Installation Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Tools Required for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Torque Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Getting Started with DeltaV Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Installing the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Installing the DIN Rails and Carriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Connecting Bussed Field Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Installing Extender Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Installing the DeltaV I/O Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Installing the DeltaV Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Installing the DeltaV System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Installing the DeltaV Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Installing the DeltaV Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Setting up the DeltaV Control Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Connecting Power to the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Setting Up the DeltaV Remote Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Setting Up a Network Time Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
IP Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Subnet Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Broadcast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Installing the Fault-Tolerant Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Contents iii
Chapter 3 Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Checking Out Your System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Step 1. Checking the Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Step 2. Checking the Power Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Step 3. Checking the LED Indicators on Each Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Step 4. Testing the Field Wiring Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Troubleshooting Your System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Using the DeltaV Explorer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Using the Workstation Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Using DeltaV Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Books Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Hazardous Area Installation Manuals, NAMUR Installation Manuals, and ATEX Instruction Sheets . . 3-43
Technical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Appendix A Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Appendix B Carrier Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
Fieldbus H1 Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14

Appendix C Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
DeltaV Series 2 I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14
AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
DeviceNet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-24
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-26

iv Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-34
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-44
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-50
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-52
DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54
Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-56
Isolated Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-60
Multifunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-65
Profibus DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-68
RTD, ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-70
Sequence of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73
Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76
Thermocouple, mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-81
Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-84
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-85
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-87
I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-91
I.S. DO, 4-Channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-93
Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-95
I/O Terminal Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96
Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97
Series 2 H1 Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98
Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99
Isolated Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100
Profibus DP Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101
RTD, ohms Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103
Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104
32-Channel Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105
16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106
Redundant Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-108
Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-109
Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111
Redundant Discrete Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112
Redundant H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113
Redundant Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114

Contents v
 Mass Termination Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-116
10-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-118
16-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-119
24-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-120
40-Pin Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-122
Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124
I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124
I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126
I/O Interface Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-128
Intrinsically Safe I/O Interface Keying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132

Appendix D Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Remote Interface Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
Liebert MultiLink Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
Fiber-Optic Media Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8

Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

System Power Supply (AC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
Redundant AC Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Redundant DC Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7

Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

Primary and Secondary Channel Ethernet Card Specifications - Plant LAN Interface Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1
Fault-Tolerant Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1
Multiple Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Touch Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2

Appendix G Control Network Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G-1

Hubs, Switches, Cable, and the DeltaV Controller Firewall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-1
10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
12-Port SFP Managed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9

vi Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DeltaV Fiber Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15
Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
Cable Accessory Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-17
DeltaV Control Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21
Hop Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-21
Extending a DeltaV Control Network with Media Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-22
10Mbit Hub Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-23
10/100Mbit Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-25
DeltaV Controller Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-44
DeltaV Controller Firewall Network Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-47
The Management Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-55
Connecting the Management Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-56
Managing Switches and the DeltaV Controller Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-57
Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-58
DeltaV Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-63

Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1

DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-3
Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-6
Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-8

Appendix I Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1

Selecting an Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
Power Dissipation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-5
Enclosure Selection Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-10
Example Enclosure Selection Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-11

Appendix J System Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1

Sizing System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1
System Power Supply (AC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-1
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2
I.S. System Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2
Bulk Power Supplies for System Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2
Bulk Power Supply for Bussed Field Power and System Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3
Using Multiple System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3
Using Multiple Bulk Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-11
OR-ing Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-12

Contents vii
Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-1
Sizing R-C Snubbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-5
DC Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-5
AC Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-6

Appendix L Controller Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1

Installing a Redundant Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-3

Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1

DeltaV 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-1
DeltaV 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-8
Calculating the Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-9
DIN Rail Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-12
Installing the 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-13
Installing the 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-14
Installing the Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-17

Appendix N Installation Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1

Installation Information Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-1
Worksheets for Calculating Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-2
Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-4
Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9
Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Power Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-10
Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-12
Worksheet for Bulk Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-14
Worksheet for Intrinsically Safe System Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-15

Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O-1

Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4
Intrinsically Safe Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5

Appendix P Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Units Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
Acronyms Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-2
Terms Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-4

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1

viii Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Figures

1
Figure 1-1 DeltaV System Overview Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Figure 1-2 LocalBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Figure 1-3 No Hub System Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Figure 1-4 Control Network Example (2 nodes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Figure 1-5 Control Network Example (8 nodes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Figure 1-6 Dedicated Remote Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Figure 1-7 Remote Plant-Wide LAN Connected to a DeltaV System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
2
Figure 2-1 DIN Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Figure 2-2 Screw Clearance Guidelines for DIN Rail Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Figure 2-3 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Figure 2-4 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Figure 2-5 Carrier Ground Wiring Diagram Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Figure 2-6 Bussed Field Power Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Figure 2-7 Example of Bussed Field Power Keying Connections (for 120 VAC Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Figure 2-8 Bussed Field Power Keying Scheme Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Figure 2-9 Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Figure 2-10 Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram (Extended Power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Figure 2-11 I/O Terminal Block Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Figure 2-12 I/O Terminal Block Channel Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Figure 2-13 I/O Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Figure 2-14 Controller Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Figure 2-15 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (AC/DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Figure 2-16 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Figure 2-17 System Power Supply Alarm Contact Wiring (Unpowered Condition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Figure 2-18 System Power Supply Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Figure 2-19 Workstation Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Figure 2-20 Monitor Label Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Figure 2-21 No Hub System Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Figure 2-22 Cascaded 10 Mbit Hub Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Figure 2-23 Simplex Control Network Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Figure 2-24 Redundant Control Network Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Figure 2-25 Control Network Cable Connections for a Simplex Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Figure 2-26 Plant LAN Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Figure 2-27 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC Power Supply . . . 2-47
Figure 2-28 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . 2-48
Figure 2-29 Front View of the ftServer 4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Figures ix
Figure 2-30 Back View of the ftServer 4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
3
A
B
Figure B-1 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Figure B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Figure B-3 Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Figure B-4 Adding External Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5
Figure B-5 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
Figure B-6 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Figure B-7 H1 Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
Figure B-8 H1 Carrier Enclosure Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
Figure B-9 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
Figure B-10 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
Figure B-11 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
C
Figure C-1 Standard I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Figure C-2 Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA and AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART . . . C-7
Figure C-3 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . . C-8
Figure C-4 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . . C-9
Figure C-5 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . C-10
Figure C-6 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . C-11
Figure C-7 Wiring Diagram for AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-13
Figure C-8 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-16
Figure C-9 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . . . C-19
Figure C-10 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Redundant Mode . . . . . . . . C-20
Figure C-11 Wiring Diagram for AS-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23
Figure C-12 Wiring Diagram for DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-25
Figure C-13 External Line Fault Detection Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-27
Figure C-14 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-29
Figure C-15 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . C-30
Figure C-16 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Redundant Mode . . . . . C-31
Figure C-17 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-33
Figure C-18 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-35
Figure C-19 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-37
Figure C-20 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-39
Figure C-21 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-41
Figure C-22 Wiring Diagram for DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-43
Figure C-23 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . C-46
Figure C-24 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Redundant Mode . . . . . . C-47
Figure C-25 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-49

x Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Figure C-26 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-51
Figure C-27 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-53
Figure C-28 Wiring Diagram for DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-55
Figure C-29 Wiring Diagram for Fieldbus H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-57
Figure C-30 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Simplex Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-58
Figure C-31 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Redundant Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-59
Figure C-32 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 Isolated Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-64
Figure C-33 Wiring Diagram for Multifunction 24 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-67
Figure C-34 Wiring Diagram for Profibus DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-69
Figure C-35 Wiring Diagram for RTD, ohms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-72
Figure C-36 Wiring Diagram for Sequence of Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-75
Figure C-37 Wiring Example, Interface Terminal Block, Serial Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-79
Figure C-38 Wiring Example for Redundant Interface Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-80
Figure C-39 Wiring Diagram for Thermocouple, mV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-83
Figure C-40 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-86
Figure C-41 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-89
Figure C-42 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-90
Figure C-43 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-92
Figure C-44 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DO, 4-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-94
Figure C-45 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96
Figure C-46 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97
Figure C-47 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98
Figure C-48 Interface Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99
Figure C-49 Isolated Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100
Figure C-50 Profibus DP Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101
Figure C-51 RTD, ohms Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103
Figure C-52 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104
Figure C-53 32-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105
Figure C-54 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106
Figure C-55 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block (shown as shipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-110
Figure C-56 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111
Figure C-57 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112
Figure C-58 Redundant H1 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113
Figure C-59 Redundant Interface Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-115
Figure C-60 Mass Termination Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-117
Figure C-61 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126
Figure C-62 I/O Key Setting Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-131
Figure C-63 I.S. I/O Example Key Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132
D
Figure D-1 Controller Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
Figure D-2 Remote Interface Unit Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4

Figures xi
Figure D-3 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (AC/DC)]. . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
Figure D-4 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)] . . . . . . . D-6
Figure D-5 Fiber-Optic Media Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
E
Figure E-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2
Figure E-2 Redundant AC Input Power for System Power Supply (AC/DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Figure E-3 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Figure E-4 Redundant DC Input Power and Grounding for System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . E-6
Figure E-5 I.S. System Power Supply Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
F
G
Figure G-1 Front View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Figure G-2 Rear View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Figure G-3 Front View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Figure G-4 Rear View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Figure G-5 Front View of the 24-Port Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Figure G-6 Front View of the 12-Port SFP Managed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Figure G-7 Rear View of the 12-Port SFP Managed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Figure G-8 Front View of the 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Figure G-9 Rear View of the 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Figure G-10 Front View of the 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Figure G-11 Rear View of the 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots. . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Figure G-12 Front View of the 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Figure G-13 Front View of the 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
Figure G-14 Top View of the Single Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
Figure G-15 Bottom View of the Single Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
Figure G-16 Top View of the Four Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
Figure G-17 Bottom View of the Four Port Fiber Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
Figure G-18 Front View of the Fiber-Optic Transceivers - Single and Multi-Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
Figure G-19 Front View of the Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
Figure G-20 Unshielded Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18
Figure G-21 Shielded Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-18
Figure G-22 Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-19
Figure G-23 Crossover Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-20
Figure G-24 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-24
Figure G-25 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star with Cisco 3550 Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-25
Figure G-26 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-26
Figure G-27 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-28
Figure G-28 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-30
Figure G-29 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using the Cisco 2950C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-32
Figure G-30 100 MB Twisted Pair Cascaded Network with Cisco 3750 Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-34

xii Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Figure G-31 Gigabit Twisted Pair Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-36
Figure G-32 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-38
Figure G-33 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Star with Cisco 3750 Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-40
Figure G-34 100Mb Fiber-Optic Star with Cisco 2950C and 3750 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-42
Figure G-35 DeltaV Controller Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-46
Figure G-36 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-48
Figure G-37 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and the Single Port Fiber Switch. . . . . . . . G-50
Figure G-38 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Eight Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-52
Figure G-39 DeltaV Controller Firewall with more than Eight Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-53
Figure G-40 Simple Inter-Zone Control Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-64
H
Figure H-1 System Power and Bussed Field Power Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-1
Figure H-2 Top View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . H-5
Figure H-3 Front View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . H-5
Figure H-4 Top View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . . . H-7
Figure H-5 End View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply . . . . . H-7
I
Figure I-1 Enclosure Example #1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-2
Figure I-2 Enclosure Example #2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
Figure I-3 Enclosure Example #3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-4
J
Figure J-1 System Power Supply Mounting for Load Sharing with a Simplex Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-5
Figure J-2 Extended Power Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-7
Figure J-3 System Power Supply Mounting for Redundant Controller Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-8
Figure J-4 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Mounting for Redundant Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-10
Figure J-5 Connecting the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk Power Supply for Redundancy or Load Sharing . . . . J-12
Figure J-6 Power and Grounding for an AC System Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-14
Figure J-7 Power and Grounding for a 12 VDC System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-16
Figure J-8 Power and Grounding for a 24 VDC System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-17
K
Figure K-1 Arc Suppression Device Examples for Contact Closure Detection (Isolated Discrete Inputs). . . K-2
Figure K-2 Examples for Driving Inductive Loads with AC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output). . . . . . . . K-3
Figure K-3 Example for Driving Inductive Loads with DC Outputs (High-Side Discrete Output) . . . . . . . . K-4
L
Figure L-1 Redundant Controller Network Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-1
Figure L-2 Redundant Controller Installation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-2
M
Figure M-1 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2
Figure M-2 Left and Right 8-Wide I/O Interface Vertical Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3
Figure M-3 Remove Jumper for Additional Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-4

Figures xiii
Figure M-4 Extending Power at Right 8-Wide Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-5
Figure M-5 Typical Vertical Mount Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-6
Figure M-6 Top Cable Extender Bridging Left and Right I/O Interface Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-7
Figure M-7 Bottom 4-Wide Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-8
Figure M-8 Standard Configuration for an Eight Carrier Vertical System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-10
Figure M-9 Vertical DIN Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-12
Figure M-10 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-15
Figure M-11 Ground Wiring for System Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-16
N
O
Figure O-1 DeltaV Intrinsically Safe I/O Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-2
Figure O-2 Grounding Requirements for I.S. I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-3
Figure O-3 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4
Figure O-4 Right and Left I.S. Carrier Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5
P

xiv Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Tables

1
2
Table 2-1 Maximum Mounting Screw Torque Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
3
Table 3-1 System Power Supply LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Table 3-2 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Table 3-3 Remote Interface Unit LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Table 3-4 Media Converter LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Table 3-5 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Power LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Table 3-6 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Twisted Pair Port LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Table 3-7 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Fiber-Optic Port LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Table 3-8 AI Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Table 3-9 AI 16-Channel Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Table 3-10 AO Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Table 3-11 AS-Interface Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Table 3-12 DeviceNet Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Table 3-13 DI Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Table 3-14 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Table 3-15 DO Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Table 3-16 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Table 3-17 Fieldbus H1 Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Table 3-18 Series 2 Isolated Input Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Table 3-19 Multifunction Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Table 3-20 Profibus DP Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Table 3-21 RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Table 3-22 Sequence of Events Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Table 3-23 Serial Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Table 3-24 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Table 3-25 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA Card LED Checklist (includes HART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Table 3-26 I.S. DI, 16-Channel Card LED Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Table 3-27 I.S. DO, 4-Channel Card LED Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
A
Table A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Table A-2 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
B
Table B-1 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Table B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
Table B-3 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier (Top/Bottom) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
Table B-4 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7

Tables xv
Table B-5 H1 Carrier Power Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9
Table B-6 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-12
Table B-7 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal I/O Interface Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
Table B-8 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
C
Table C-1 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, Specifications (HART and Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
Table C-2 AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
Table C-3 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14
Table C-4 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
Table C-5 AS-Interface Cable Distance Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-21
Table C-6 AS-Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-22
Table C-7 DeviceNet Interface Specifications (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-24
Table C-8 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Specifications (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-28
Table C-9 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32
Table C-10 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-34
Table C-11 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36
Table C-12 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38
Table C-13 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40
Table C-14 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42
Table C-15 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-45
Table C-16 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48
Table C-17 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-50
Table C-18 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-52
Table C-19 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54
Table C-20 DeltaV Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-57
Table C-21 Isolated Input Card Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-60
Table C-22 Isolated Input Card, Thermocouple and MilliVolt Input Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-61
Table C-23 Isolated Input Card Thermocouple Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-61
Table C-24 Isolated Input Card MilliVolt Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62
Table C-25 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62
Table C-26 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-62
Table C-27 Isolated Input Card, Voltage Input Range Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-63
Table C-28 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Multifunction Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-65
Table C-29 Multifunction Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-66
Table C-30 Profibus Interface Specifications (includes Series 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-68
Table C-31 RTD, ohms Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-70
Table C-32 RTD, ohms Sensor Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-71
Table C-33 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Sequence of Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-73
Table C-34 Sequence of Events Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-74
Table C-35 RS232 Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-76
Table C-36 RS422/485 Half Duplex Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-77
Table C-37 RS422/485 Full Duplex Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-78
Table C-38 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-78
Table C-39 Thermocouple, mV Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-81

xvi Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Table C-40 Thermocouple Sensor Type Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-82
Table C-41 mV Sensor Type Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-83
Table C-42 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-85
Table C-43 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-87
Table C-44 I.S. DI, 16-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-91
Table C-45 I.S. DO, 4-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-93
Table C-46 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-96
Table C-47 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-97
Table C-48 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-98
Table C-49 Interface Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-99
Table C-50 Isolated Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100
Table C-51 Profibus DP Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-101
Table C-52 RTD, ohms Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103
Table C-53 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-104
Table C-54 32-Channel Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-105
Table C-55 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106
Table C-56 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-107
Table C-57 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-109
Table C-58 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-111
Table C-59 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-112
Table C-60 Redundant H1 Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113
Table C-61 Redundant Interface Terminal Block Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114
Table C-62 Mass Termination Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-116
Table C-63 10-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-118
Table C-64 16-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-119
Table C-65 24-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-121
Table C-66 40-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-123
Table C-67 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124
Table C-68 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-124
Table C-69 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-126
Table C-70 I.S.16-Channel Terminal Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-127
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-128
Table C-72 I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-132
D
Table D-1 Controller Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Table D-2 Remote Interface Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3
Table D-3 Fiber-Optic Media Converter Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
E
Table E-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1
Table E-2 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Table E-3 I.S System Power Supply Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
F
G

Tables xvii
Table G-1 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Table G-2 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2
Table G-3 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Table G-4 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Table G-5 12 Port SFP Managed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Table G-6 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Table G-7 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Table G-8 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Table G-9 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
Table G-10 Single Port and Four Port Fiber Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
Table G-11 Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-13
Table G-12 Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
Table G-13 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
Table G-14 Twisted Pair Control Network Cable Accessory Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-16
Table G-15 DeltaV Controller Firewall Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-45
Table G-16 Reserved IP Addresses for the Network Time Protocol Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-58
Table G-17 Reserved IP Addresses for the Ethernet Managed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-59
Table G-18 Reserved IP Addresses for the DeltaV Controller Firewall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-61
H
Table H-1 DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . H-3
Table H-2 Connectors on the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply
H-4
Table H-3 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . H-6
Table H-4 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-8
I
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6
Table I-2 Example Enclosure Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-11
J
Table J-1 LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-9
Table J-2 Bulk Power Provided to the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-13
K
Table K-1 Example R-C Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-2
Table K-2 OFF Current Limits for Input Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-3
L
M
Table M-1 Cable Length Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-11
N
Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power . . . . . . N-5
Table N-2 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9

xviii Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Table N-3 System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-10
Table N-4 System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-12
Table N-5 Bulk Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-14
Table N-6 I.S. System Power Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-15
O
Table O-1 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-4
P
Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1

Tables xix
xx Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Welcome
Welcome to the Emerson Process Management DeltaV digital automation system.
The DeltaV system offers easy-to-install hardware and powerful, user-friendly
software for advanced process control scaled to the system size you need.

About This Manual

This manual is designed to help you install your DeltaV system and get it started up
quickly. It is divided into three chapters, 15 appendices, a glossary, and an index.
„ Chapter 1, Overview, provides general information on the DeltaV system hardware.
„ Chapter 2, Installing Your DeltaV System, provides recommendations for system
installation preparation, lists the required tools, provides a brief description of the
steps required for system installation, and includes detailed instructions and
diagrams for system installation.
„ Chapter 3, Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System, provides guidelines
to help ensure that your system is installed properly and to help you troubleshoot
hardware problems.
„ The Appendices include specifications, wiring diagrams, and other detailed
information on the system devices.
„ The Glossary defines the units, abbreviations, and terms used in this manual. A
more complete glossary can be found in the DeltaV Books Online.
This revision of Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System supports the hardware
in DeltaV Version 9.3 and earlier. Hardware components that are not available for sale
concurrent with DeltaV Version 9.3 may not be included in this document if they
have been removed from sale. Retain earlier manuals that document these
components.

Welcome xxi
 Related Documentation
The Release Notes KBA has important updates for system installation.
Books Online contains a System Administration and Maintenance manual for help in
troubleshooting and the Installing Your DeltaV Zone 1 Intrinsically Safe Hardware manual.
The Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems contains instructions for
properly preparing your site for electrical power and grounding.
The Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System manual contains
important information about installing a fieldbus system.
The Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System Hardware manual contains
information about installing DeltaV SIS hardware.
Refer to page 3-43 for information on locating Hazardous Area Installation manuals,
NAMUR Installation manuals and ATEX Instruction sheets.

Assumptions
It is assumed that you have read the Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems
and have followed the instructions for properly preparing your site for electrical
power and grounding before installing your DeltaV system. The Site Preparation Guide
for DeltaV Automation Systems is available from your Emerson Process Management
representative or sales office.
This manual, Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System, shows factory tested and
supported wiring connections. If your system requires a different configuration,
contact your Emerson Process Management representative or sales office for help
with design or review. It is assumed that all installation and maintenance procedures
described in this document are performed by qualified personnel and that the
equipment is used only for the purposes described.

Conventions
Warnings, cautions, notes and procedures are used in this manual to emphasize
important information.

Warning A warning describes a critical procedure that must be followed to prevent a

safety risk or equipment damage.

xxii Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Caution A caution describes a procedure that must be followed to prevent equipment
malfunction.

Note A note is a procedure, condition, or statement that will help you understand and operate
your system.

¾ Itemizes steps necessary to execute installation procedures.

Welcome xxiii
xxiv Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Chapter 1 Overview
This chapter provides general information on the DeltaV system hardware. Refer to
the appendices cited in “DeltaV System Equipment” on page 1-2 for specifications
and guidelines.

The DeltaV System

The DeltaV automation system consists of the following components:
„ One or more I/O subsystems that process information from field devices
„ One or more controllers that perform local control and manage data and
communications between the I/O subsystem and the Control Network
„ Power supplies
„ One or more workstations that provide a graphical user interface to the process
„ A Control Network that provides communication between system nodes
Figure 1-1 shows an overview diagram of the DeltaV system.

Workstation

Primary Control Network

Primary Hub

Secondary Control Network

Secondary Hub

System Power Supply

I/O Subsystem

Controller

Figure 1-1 DeltaV System Overview Diagram

Overview 1-1
 DeltaV System Equipment
The DeltaV system uses DIN rail-mounted interconnecting carriers and components
that are designed for installation in an enclosure. The carriers provide power and
communication connections. The I/O subsystem and the controllers are modular;
they simply plug onto the carriers for installation. DeltaV system equipment consists
of:
„ Power Controller Carriers and I/O Interface Carriers that mount
horizontally or vertically on DIN rails. The number in the carrier name (such as 8-
wide I/O interface carrier) refers to the number of slots available for connecting
the equipment to the carrier. Refer to Appendix B for carrier specifications and to
Appendix M for information on vertical carriers.
„ LocalBus that consists of an internal power bus on the Power Controller Carrier,
busses on the associated I/O interface carriers, and connecting cables. The
LocalBus supplies power to the controller and the I/O subsystem and provides
communications connections between cards. System power (12 VDC) can be
shared along the length of the LocalBus. The length of the LocalBus, including all
cabling, cannot exceed 6.5 m (21.3 ft.). The LocalBus at this length can support
eight, 8-wide carriers, two, 2-wide carriers, and three carrier extenders. The length
requirement is the same for vertically mounted systems. Refer to “Calculating the
Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System” on page M-9 for additional
information.

1-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 6.5 m (21.3 ft) from start to end

Controller
System Power Supply I/O Subsystem

I/O Subsystem

Figure 1-2 LocalBus

„ DeltaV I/O subsystem that includes I/O terminal blocks and I/O cards.
Terminal blocks snap onto the I/O interface carrier to provide screw
terminations for field wiring. I/O cards snap over the I/O terminal block on the
carrier and convert field signals to a digital format for control and
communications. You can install the I/O terminal blocks and connect field
wiring before installing the other devices, thus reducing installation and
maintenance costs. Many of the DeltaV Series 2 cards support redundancy.
Series 2, redundant capable cards are configured, autosensed, upgraded, and
operated just like the pre-Series 2 cards. Series 2 simplex cards can function as
drop-in replacements for pre-Series 2 simplex cards of the same type. Refer to
Appendix C for more information on the I/O subsystem.
„ DeltaV Controller that performs local control and manages communication
between the I/O subsystem and the Control Network. It mounts on the right slot
of the 2-wide Power Controller carrier for horizontal installations and to the right
of a power supply on the 4-wide Power Controller carrier for vertical installations.

Overview 1-3
 You can add an additional controller for controller redundancy. Refer to
Appendix D for DeltaV controller specifications.
„ DeltaV system power. The DeltaV system supports a system power supply
(AC/DC) and a system power supply (Dual DC/DC) as well as an Intrinsically
Safe system power supply. Refer to Appendix J for system power guidelines.
„ DeltaV Workstations that provide graphical user interfaces to help you
configure your system, perform extensive diagnostic checks, operate your
process, and gather reporting and historical data. The DeltaV System Identifier,
shipped in your License Pack, is a connector that plugs into the parallel printer
port or Universal Serial Bus (USB) on your ProfessionalPLUS workstation. It
gives each DeltaV system a unique identification that allows you to install or
download changes to the system. The system identifier is not required for the
system to continue running or to restart the system after it has been running.
Refer to Appendix F for workstation specifications.
„ Fault-tolerant server that provides fault-tolerance through redundancy of the
major hardware sub-systems. The fault-tolerant server can be used as the
hardware platform for DeltaV Application stations. Refer to Appendix F for
information on the fault-tolerant server.
„ Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) that backs up the DeltaV controller and
the DeltaV workstations during short-term power outages. The UPS allows the
controller and workstations to continue operating and to maintain current
process data when AC main power is down.
„ Bulk power supplies supply power to the system or to field devices. Power to
the system is isolated from power to field devices. Refer to Appendix H for bulk
power supply specifications.

DeltaV Control Network

The Control Network is an isolated Ethernet local area network (LAN) that provides
communication between the controllers and workstations. It uses standard Ethernet
hubs and switches for communications connections. An optional 10Base-T/100Base-
TX switch can be added for networks with more than 20 controllers and 32 nodes.
The Control Network is dedicated to the DeltaV system. A separate Ethernet
interface is provided via the DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS and Application Station to
connect the DeltaV system to a plant-wide LAN. The primary way to connect a plant
LAN to the DeltaV system is through either or both the ProfessionalPLUS and
Application station. The only way to run non-DeltaV applications (other than
Microsoft Excel) is through a DeltaV Application Station.

1-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Caution Connecting unapproved non-DeltaV equipment to the DeltaV Control
Network can cause unpredictable operation of the system.

The DeltaV Control Network has been designed to be redundant for

communications reliability. The Control Network is composed of Primary and
Secondary communication channels that are implemented with separate Ethernet
NIC cards as well as separate network hubs and switches for each channel.
Standard Category 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP) cable must be used for Control
Networks with distances of up to 100 meters (328 feet) between Ethernet ports. Refer
to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules” on page G-15 for cable
specifications. For distances of up 2 kilometers (6562 feet) between Ethernet ports, 19
inch rack-mounted switches with a fiber-optic interface or small form factor switches
with fiber-optic ports can be used. Refer to “DeltaV Fiber Switches” on page G-10
for information on a small form factor switch with fiber-optic ports. Be sure to
specify the fiber-optic option when ordering the 19 inch rack-mounted switch. Also,
fiber-optic communication channels are preferable when:
„ Possible electromagnetic noise interference might exist and standard cable does
not provide sufficient protection.
„ Ground isolation and protection from near lightning strikes are required for
building to building communication links.
The following sections contain network diagrams that provide an overview of
possible network configurations for DeltaV systems. Refer to Appendix G for
detailed installation diagrams and instructions including requirements for Ethernet
shield orientations, rules for connecting switches in cascade and star topologies,
identification of fiber-optic and twisted pair cable connectors, switch configuration,
and other important installation requirements.
If your DeltaV system consists of one workstation and one controller only, you can
connect the DeltaV network without using a hub. The cable must be routed directly
from the workstation to the controller. Figure 1-3 shows an example of a no hub
system. Figure G-23 shows the pinout for a cable in a no hub system.

Overview 1-5
 Workstation Controller

No hub cable, shielded

connectors at both ends

Figure 1-3 No Hub System Example

Note The no-hub cable is for systems with no Control Network Hub. Its wiring is different
than that of the standard Ethernet cables used with DeltaV Control Network Hubs.

Workstation

Controller
Primary Hub

Secondary Hub
ScTP Cat.5(e) Cable ScTP Cat.5(e) Cable
Maximum Length: Maximum Length:
100 m (328 ft) 100 m (328 ft)

Figure 1-4 Control Network Example (2 nodes)

1-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Workstation

Primary Hub Secondary Hub

System Power Supply,

Controller, and
I/O Subsystem

Legend:
Primary Control Network
Secondary Control Network

Figure 1-5 Control Network Example (8 nodes)

DeltaV Remote Network

The DeltaV Remote Network is an Ethernet 10/100BaseT local area network (LAN)
that provides communications between remote workstations and the DeltaV system.
The DeltaV Remote Network can be a dedicated LAN that contains only DeltaV
remote workstations, or it can be the plant-wide LAN that contains other personal
computers or ethernet devices such as printers. A DeltaV Remote Network uses one
or more Ethernet hubs or switches for communications connections. A router must
be used to minimize network traffic between the plant-wide LAN and the DeltaV
system.
The DeltaV Remote Network is connected to the DeltaV system through a DeltaV
Application Station or the ProfessionalPLUS workstation running DeltaV Remote
Access Server (RAS). To support the engineering applications and the DeltaV
Guardian application on remote workstations and to upload displays from any
workstation, the remote network must also be connected to the ProfessionalPLUS

Overview 1-7
 workstation. To support accessing batch data or to control batches from any
workstation, the remote network also must be connected to the Application station.

Note The Application Station and ProfessionalPLUS nodes are not automatically designated
as remote servers during the installation process. If you enable remote network
redundancy for your remote nodes when you configure the workstation in DeltaV
Explorer, you must also enable remote network redundancy (in DeltaV Explorer) for
the ProfessionalPLUS and any of the Application Station nodes that are connected to
the remote network. If remote network redundancy is not enabled, you will be unable to
view the data remotely if the Primary network connection is lost.
The DeltaV Remote Network can be simplex or redundant. Additional Ethernet
interface cards, separate from the control network interfaces, can be added to the
Application Station and ProfessionalPLUS workstations to support the DeltaV
Remote Network.
The wiring and installation for the remote network should follow the same guidelines
as the control network. Refer to “Wiring Guidelines” on page 2-4 and “Control
Network Installation Requirements” on page 2-37.
The remote network is also designed to support various network connectivity options,
such as Microwave or leased line type connections as well as standard direct LAN
connections. When using a slow network link option, remote workstations can be
connected through a Remote Application Station. The Remote Application Station is
connected through an Application Station on the DeltaV Control Network. This type
of connection increases communication performance through the slow network link.
There are many possible remote network layouts for various system sizes and
connection options. Figure 1-6 shows a remote network dedicated to the DeltaV
system. Both the Application Station and the ProfessionalPLUS workstation are

1-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 functioning as Remote Access Servers (RAS). Appendix G contains information on
other switches supported by the DeltaV system.

Remote operator station Remote operator station Remote operator station

Primary
remote Secondary
network remote
network

Cisco 2950 Cisco 2950

twisted pair switch twisted pair switch

Operator Operator
Primary
Pro Plus station station App station
control
network Secondary
control
network
Cisco 2950 Cisco 2950
twisted pair switch twisted pair switch

Figure 1-6 Dedicated Remote Network

Figure 1-7 shows the use of a router to minimize network traffic between the DeltaV
system and a remote plant LAN. Both the Application Station and the

Overview 1-9
 ProfessionalPLUS workstation are functioning as Remote Access Servers (RAS).
Appendix G contains information on other switches supported by the DeltaV system.

Remote Remote
operator operator
station station
Plant LAN

Cisco 2950
twisted pair switch

Router
Cisco 2950
twisted pair switch

Primary Operator Operator

control Pro Plus station station App station
network

Cisco 2950 Cisco 2950

twisted pair switch twisted pair switch

Secondary
control network

Figure 1-7 Remote Plant-Wide LAN Connected to a DeltaV System

1-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Chapter 2 Installing Your DeltaV System
This chapter provides detailed instructions and diagrams for system installation. It
includes recommendations for planning the installation and provides a brief overview
of the steps required for system installation.
This chapter describes installations that are mounted vertically on horizontal carriers.
For installations that are mounted on vertical carriers, refer to Appendix M DeltaV
Vertical Carriers.
For Class I Division 2 installations, refer to the document DeltaV Scalable Process
System, Class I Division 2 Installation Instructions, (12P1293) on the DeltaV installation
disk # 2 \_Support\Supplemental Docs.
For Zone 2 installations, refer to the document DeltaV Scalable Process System, Zone 2
Installation Instructions, (12P2046) on the DeltaV installation disk #2
\_Support\Supplemental Docs.
For NAMUR installations, refer to the document DeltaV NAMUR Installation
Instructions, (12P2822) on the DeltaV installation disk #2 \_Support\Supplemental
Docs.
For Marine Certified DeltaV installations, refer to the following installation
requirements. These requirements allow the DeltaV system to support the reduced
EMC interference requirements at the Marine Navigation Frequencies.
For all exposed deck locations:
„ Install the DeltaV system in an IP66/NEMA 4 enclosure with EMC-reduction
shielding (15 dB minimum) such as the Stahl Series 8125/8126 enclosures.
„ Include an EMC power line filter such as a Tyco S series or equivalent on all DC
input leads at the DeltaV system's enclosure with the filter grounded at the
enclosure.
For non-exposed deck locations:
„ Install the DeltaV system in an enclosure suitable for your environment with
EMC-reduction shielding (15 dB minimum).
„ Include an EMC power line filter such as a Tyco S Series or equivalent on all DC
input leads at the DeltaV system's enclosure with the filter grounded at the
enclosure.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-1

 Notes All electrical installations must conform to applicable federal, state, and local codes and
regulations. All installation and maintenance procedures described in this document
must be performed by qualified personnel and all equipment must be used only for the
purposes described. If the equipment is used in a manner not specified, the protection
provided by the equipment may be impaired.

CE Statement
Note This manual describes installation and maintenance procedures for products that have
been tested to be in compliance with appropriate CE directives. To maintain compliance,
these products must be installed and maintained according to the procedures described in
this document. Failure to follow the procedures may compromise compliance.

Installation Planning
The appendices in this manual contain background information to help you plan
system installation.
„ Appendix A Environmental Specifications
„ Appendix B Carrier Specifications
„ Appendix C Interface Specifications
„ Appendix D Controller Specifications
„ Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications
„ Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications
„ Appendix G Control Network Specifications
„ Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications
„ Appendix I Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines
„ Appendix J System Power Guidelines
„ Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines
„ Appendix L Controller Redundancy
„ Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers
„ Appendix N Installation Worksheets
„ Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O

2-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Tools Required for Installation
You need the following tools to install a DeltaV system:
„ Standard electrical tools (voltmeter, wire cutter, wire stripper, pliers, screwdriver)
„ Standard installation tools (screwdrivers, drill with standard bits)
„ Ethernet cable tools (crimper, cable tester)
Please see the workstation instructions for information on the tools needed to install
the workstation and its peripherals.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-3

 Wiring Guidelines
The power and grounding terminals and field termination points on the I/O
subsystem and the system power supplies are designed to accept 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)
stranded or solid wire. To select wire, calculate the maximum current limit expected
for each wire. Local electrical codes define the wire size required for a specific current.
Shielded twisted pair wiring is recommended for low-level signal wiring to reduce
susceptibility to noise. You can order an I/O carrier with a shield bar (to terminate the
shields from field wiring) or without a shield bar (where termination is not necessary).

Power Guidelines
The removeable connectors on the System Power Supplies and Bulk Power Supplies
are not designed to interrupt current flow in circuits under load and can be damaged if
used for this purpose. If you need to disconnect power, use a separate component
such as a knife blade fuse terminal block or breaker that is designed for this purpose.
Multiple manufacturers make knife blade fuse terminal blocks that provide a
disconnect function and fusing for the supply. If you use a fuse or breaker in the
disconnect circuit, size it appropriately for the load.

2-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Torque Limits
When you install the DIN rails and DeltaV equipment, do not exceed the maximum
torque limits for the mounting screws (listed in Table 2-1).
Table 2-1 Maximum Mounting Screw Torque Limits

Item Torque Limit on Mounting Screw(s)

Bulk power supply 2.84 Nm (25 in-lb)

DIN rail latching 1.32 Nm (12 in-lb)

I/O terminal block field terminations 0.45 Nm (4 in-lb)

I/O terminal block protection cover 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)

I/O card 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)

Controller 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)

Media Converter 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)

System Power Supply 0.11 Nm (1 in-lb)

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-5

 Getting Started with DeltaV Hardware
This section provides a brief description of the steps required for system installation.
Specific information on installation steps 1–7 is included in this chapter. Specific
information on step 8 is included in “Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your
DeltaV System” on page 3-1. The appendices in this manual include product
specifications and detailed information. Refer to Appendix M for information on
installing DeltaV hardware on vertical carriers.
The following steps for installation are listed in the most common order. You can
elect to perform these steps in another order that is more convenient for your project.

Caution The DeltaV I/O Cards and Controller must be mounted vertically on the
horizontal carrier for cooling purposes.

1. Install the DIN rails and DeltaV Carriers.

• Install the DIN rails.
• Install the power/controller
carrier and I/O interface carrier
on the DIN rails.

2. Install the DeltaV I/O Interface.

• Check the key settings on the I/O terminal blocks and install them on the
I/O interface carrier.
• Connect field wiring.
• Install the I/O cards on the I/O interface carrier.

2-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 3. Install the DeltaV Controller.
• Install the controller on the
power/controller carrier.

4. Install the DeltaV System Power Supply.

• Install the system power supply on the power/controller carrier.
• Connect the supply inputs.
See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power system overviews.

5. Install the DeltaV Workstation and Servers.

• Follow the instructions supplied with your workstation and Server.
• Install the system identifier.
• Follow the instructions supplied with your printer and UPS.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-7

 6. Set up the DeltaV Control Network.
• Install the hub or switch.
• Install the network cables between nodes.

7. Connect power to the system and power up.

• Install the bulk power supply and connect the supply inputs.
• Power up the system.
8. Check out the installation.
• Check cable connections.
• Check power supply voltages.
• Check indicators on the devices and cards.
• Test field wiring connections.

9. Read the manual Getting Started with your DeltaV Digital Automation System for
information on the software applications for the DeltaV system.

2-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the System
The DeltaV system is designed for installation in an enclosure suitable for the location
in which the equipment is installed. Be sure to read the important information on
page 2-1 before installing your system.
The following sections describe how to:
„ Install the DIN rails and carriers
„ Connect bussed field power
„ Install the DeltaV I/O interface, Controller, System Power Supply, Workstations,
and Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
„ Setup the DeltaV Control Network
„ Connect Power to the System
„ Setup the DeltaV Remote Network
„ Setup a Network Time Server

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-9

 Installing the DIN Rails and Carriers
The power/controller carriers and 8-wide I/O interface carriers install on standard 35
mm (1.38 in.) T- or G-type DIN rails. If you use T-type rails, use the heavier (15mm-
deep) rails because they better accommodate the weight distribution of DeltaV
equipment. The optional carrier shield bar provides a connection point for field shield
wires for the I/O interface carrier. You cannot connect a vertical carrier to a
horizontal carrier or a horizontal carrier to a vertical carrier. You must choose one
carrier configuration. Refer to Appendix M for information on installing vertical DIN
rails and carriers.

Caution The DeltaV I/O Cards and Controller must be installed vertically on the
horizontal carrier for cooling purposes.

2-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DIN Rail Recommendations
Figure 2-1 shows suggested spacing for DIN rail installation on your mounting
surface. To avoid clearance problems with the heads of mounting screws, avoid using
screws at the following locations, as shown in Figure 2-2:
„ An area 1.3 cm (0.5 in.) wide, centered 4.5 cm (1.75 in.) from the left side of a
2-wide power/controller carrier
„ An area 1.3 cm (0.5 in.) wide, centered 8.3 cm (3.25 in.) from either side of an
8-wide I/O interface carrier
If more than one carrier is needed, connect carriers end-to-end on one rail or stack
them on separate rails by using a DeltaV LocalBus Cable.
See Appendix B for carrier specifications.

DIN Rail Top Edge of I/O Card DIN Rail (Note)

(Note) Mounting Surface (Reference) (T-type shown)

16 cm
(6.3 in.)

34 cm
(13.4 in.)

DIN Rail
(Note)

I/O Terminal Mounting

Block Surface
(Reference)

I/O Carrier
20 cm 20 cm (Reference) 13.4 cm
(7.9 in.) (7.9 in.) (5.3 in.)

Front View Side View

NOTE:
Rails may be T- or G- type.

Figure 2-1 DIN Rail Installation

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-11

 2-Wide
Power/Controller 8-Wide I/O Interface
Carrier Carrier

1.3 cm DIN
(0.5 in.) Rail

1.3 cm
(0.5 in.)

4.5 cm 8.3 cm 8.3 cm

(1.75 in.) (3.25 in.) (3.25 in.)

Avoid using DIN rail mounting

screws in these areas.

Figure 2-2 Screw Clearance Guidelines for DIN Rail Mounting

2-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the 2-Wide Power Controller Carrier

¾ To install the 2-wide power/controller carrier

Refer to Figure 2-3.

1. Install the DIN rail at the appropriate location.

2. Connect each power/controller carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding the 48-
pin connectors on the sides of the carriers together.

3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the power/controller carrier to disengage

the latch. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch.

Note The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the upper and lower screws are for
T-rail mounting.

2-Wide Power/
Controller Carrier

DIN Rail

Latching Screws for G-Rail

Latching Screws for T-Rail

Figure 2-3 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Installation

Note 2-wide carriers should be installed to the left of any 8-wide carriers.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-13

 Installing the 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier

¾ To install the 8-wide I/O interface carrier

Refer to Figure 2-4 and Figure 2-5.

1. Install the DIN rail at the appropriate location.

2. Connect each I/O interface carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding together
the 48-pin connectors on the sides of the carriers.

3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the I/O interface carrier to disengage the
latch. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch. The
middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the upper and lower screws are
for T-rail mounting.

Figure 2-4 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation

2-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 4. If you are installing I/O interface carriers on separate rails, connect them with
the LocalBus cable from the 48-pin connector on the right side of one carrier to
the 48-pin connector on the left side of the next carrier.

5. Install the carrier ground wiring as shown in Figure 2-5.

Note The figures in this manual depict a DeltaV system that occupies a single enclosure and
show the carrier shield bar connected to an isolated common ground reference. If multiple
enclosures are used, connect the carrier shield bar to the enclosure frame. Refer to the Site
Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems for detailed information on system
grounding.

Caution The screw connection labeled DC Reference Ground in Figure 2-5 is to be used
for reference ground only. Do not use the other three connections.

Figure 2-5 shows the carrier ground wiring diagram for the System Power Supplies.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-15

  
   ! 

" 
     

" !    



   
   
 

      
  
 
 

Figure 2-5 Carrier Ground Wiring Diagram Example 1

2-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Connecting Bussed Field Power
Each pair of slots on both the vertical and horizontal I/O carriers have four screw
terminals for bussed field power. Two of the terminals are for the supply connection
and two of the terminals are for the supply return connection.
Each bussed field power connection routes power to two adjacent I/O cards. You can
use a different bulk power supply for each bussed field power connection or you can
extend power to another pair of I/O cards.
The bussed field power connection provides power to two adjacent I/O cards to
power field devices. Cards 1 and 2 are paired together and must use the same field
voltage level. Similarly, cards 3 and 4 must use the same field voltage level, although
this level can be different from cards 1 and 2.

Caution Ensure that the bussed field power connection to each carrier slot is correct
for the card being installed in the slot. Card damage can result during
installation if there is a mismatch between the field power voltage at the carrier
slot and the card installed in the slot.

You can extend bussed field power if the addition of the next two I/O cards does not
exceed the 6.5 A rating of the connection to the source. Supply the same voltage at
bussed field power to all cards on a carrier whenever possible. Figure 2-6 shows the
screw terminal assignments on the bussed field power connector.

Note The decision to extend bussed field power depends on plant standards and procedures.
However, if separate power supplies, breakers, or shutdown switches are required, it is
not recommended that bussed field power be extended.

Warning Field power for one pair of I/O cards can be extended to additional pairs of
I/O cards only if they have the same field voltage requirements.

Supply clean bussed field power to the I/O carrier and to use inductive noise
reduction techniques on I/O signals. Refer to Appendix K for bussed field power
guidelines.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-17

 Warning If extending bussed field power, removing the connector will remove power
from all extended connectors.

Warning If more than one bussed power source is used, place a label near the bussed
field power connectors containing the following English and French
statements: “WARNING: MORE THAN ONE LIVE CIRCUIT. SEE
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM.”
“AVERTISSEMENT: CÉT EQUIPMENT RENFERME PLUSIEURS
CICUITS SOUS TENSION. VOIR LE SCHÉMA D’INSTALLATION”

Supply Connection

Supply Return Supply Return

Connection Connection

Bussed Field
Power Connector

Connections on
Printed Wire Board

Connector

Top View I/O Interface Carrier

I/O Interface Carrier

Front View

Figure 2-6 Bussed Field Power Connector

2-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Keys supplied with the two-part connector prevent damage to the cards if an
incorrect power source is connected after the cards are installed. Install the keys in
each field power connector based on the power source you connect to that connector.
Because bussed field power can be supplied separately to each half of a connector,
make sure you install keys in each side. Figure 2-7 is an example for 120 VAC only.

Back View

Bussed Field
Power Connector
d c b a d c b a
Beveled Keyway
Long
Beveled Key

Short
Beveled Key I/O Interface Carrier

Connector on
Carrier PC Board

D C B A D C B A

Beveled Keyway

Figure 2-7 Example of Bussed Field Power Keying Connections (for 120 VAC Only)

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-19

 You can set up any standard that meets your needs for the keying scheme. Figure 2-8
shows an example keying scheme.

Keying for Keying for

First Two Slots Adjacent Slots

Removable Field First Two Slots

Power Connector
Bussed Slots
Field Power with Keys
a b c d a b c d Voltage Installed

24 VDC ABCd

120 VAC ABcD

A B C D A B C D
Connector Mounted on AbCD
230 VAC
Printed Wire Board

Figure 2-8 Bussed Field Power Keying Scheme Example

Note This connector can be used for both DC and AC power.

¾ To wire the bulk power supply for bussed field power

1. If the bussed field power supplies one pair of I/O cards only and is not extended
to additional I/O cards, connect wiring to the assigned screw terminal
connection on the top of the I/O interface carrier as shown in Figure 2-9.

Note You might prefer to remove the screw terminal connector to install wiring and replace it
on the I/O interface carrier after wiring is installed.

2-20 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Connection for Connection for
Two I/O Cards Adjacent I/O Cards

First Supply Second Supply

Return Connection Return Connection

DC AC DC AC
- N - N
+ L + L
First Supply Connection Second Supply Connection

Figure 2-9 Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram

2. If the bussed field power is extended to additional I/O cards, connect wiring to
the assigned screw terminal connection on the top of the I/O interface carrier as
shown in Figure 2-10.

Warning When power is extended, removing the connector will break the connection
between the power supply and downstream devices.

Connection for Connection for

Two Modules Adjacent Modules

DC AC DC AC
- N Return Return - N
+ L Supply Supply + L

Optional Wires to
Add Jumper Wires
Extend Power to
to Extend Power
Next Connector Slots

Figure 2-10 Bussed Field Power Wiring Diagram (Extended Power)

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply overviews.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-21

 Installing Extender Cables
When carriers are installed on separate DIN rails, extender cables are used to extend
LocalBus power. Extender cables connect to one-wide carriers on the left and right
sides of the 2-wide and 8-wide carriers.

Note The 8-wide carriers must be left-aligned when using extender cables.
A standard installation uses one extender cable; however, dual extender cables can
also be used. The following procedure is for a standard installation that uses one
carrier extender cable.

¾ To install carrier extender cables

1. Install the right and left-side one-wide extender cable carriers by sliding together
the 48 pin connectors on the sides of the carriers.
Refer to Figure B-3.

2. Connect the 44-pin D-shell (male) connector on the extender cable to the top D-
shell connector labeled A on the right-side carrier and fasten the retainer screws.

3. Connect the 44-pin D-shell connector on the other end of the cable to the top
D-shell connector labeled A on the left-side carrier and fasten the retainer
screws.

2-22 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the DeltaV I/O Interface
To install the I/O interface, install the I/O terminal blocks on the I/O interface
carrier and connect field wiring to the I/O terminal blocks. Next, install the I/O cards
on the I/O interface carrier. The steps for installing both simplex and redundant
terminal blocks are discussed in the following procedures.
Refer to Appendix C Interface Specifications for interface specifications.

¾ To install an I/O terminal block

Refer to Figure 2-11 and Figure 2-12.

1. Check the key settings on the corresponding I/O card, and set the keys on the
I/O terminal block to match. See “I/O Interface Keying” on page C-128 for
information on key settings.
2. Locate the assigned slot location on the I/O interface carrier. Place the tabs on
the back of the I/O terminal block through the slots on the carrier and push the
I/O terminal block up to lock it into place as shown in Figure 2-11.

Figure 2-11 I/O Terminal Block Installation

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-23

 3. Connect field wiring for the I/O terminal block as shown in Figure 2-12 or in
the I/O card wiring diagrams in Appendix C Interface Specifications. See
Appendix C for information on serial card terminal assignments.

Note Field wiring connections are specific to the I/O card type associated with the I/O
terminal block.

I/O Card (Reference)

Fuses

Odd
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
I/O Interface
Carrier
(Reference)
Even
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
I/O Terminal Block

Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch. Ch.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Bottom View Right Side View

Figure 2-12 I/O Terminal Block Channel Assignments

Note The channel assignments in Figure 2-12 pertain to the I/O terminal block, the fused
I/O terminal block, and the 4-wire terminal block. For all other terminal block
applications, see Appendix C Interface Specifications.

2-24 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 ¾ To install an I/O card

Warning Before installing a card in a carrier slot, ensure that the bussed field power
voltage at the slot matches the field power requirements for the card. Card
damage can result during installation if there is a mismatch between the field
power voltage at a carrier slot and the card installed in the slot.

Refer to Figure 2-13.

1. Locate the assigned slot on the I/O interface carrier.

Warning I/O cards are designed to be installed on terminal blocks. If you temporarily
install a card on the carrier without a terminal block, be sure to carefully align
the pins on the card with the connector on the carrier to prevent damage to the
pins.

2. Align the connectors on the I/O card with the connectors on the I/O carrier
and the I/O terminal block and push to attach.

3. Tighten the mounting screw.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-25

 .

Figure 2-13 I/O Card Installation

2-26 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 ¾ To install a redundant terminal block

Read “DeltaV Series 2 I/O” on page C-3 before installing a redundant terminal block.

1. Check the key settings on the corresponding Series 2 cards and set the keys on the
terminal block to match. Refer to “I/O Interface Keying” on page C-128 for
information on key settings.

2. Locate the assigned slot location on the I/O interface carrier. Remember that the
lower slot number must be odd and the upper slot number must be the next
higher even number. Place the tabs on the back of the I/O terminal block
through the slots on the carrier and push the I/O terminal block up to lock it
into place as shown in Figure 2-11.

3. Connect the field wiring for the redundant I/O terminal blocks as shown in the
Series 2 card wiring diagrams and redundant terminal block figures in Appendix
C Interface Specifications.

¾ To install a redundant I/O card

A redundant I/O card consists of two Series 2 cards installed in a redundant terminal
block. Read “DeltaV Series 2 I/O” on page C-3 before installing a redundant I/O
card.

1. Locate the assigned slots on the I/O interface carrier.

2. Align the connectors on the I/O card with the connectors on the I/O carrier
and the redundant I/O terminal block and push to attach.

3. Tighten the mounting screws.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-27

 Installing the DeltaV Controller
For simplex controller systems, the controller mounts on the right slot of the 2-wide
power/controller carrier. See Appendix D for controller specifications. For redundant
controller systems, refer to the information in Appendix L.

Note You can use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to back up the controller power
during short-term power outages. The UPS allows the controller to continue operating
and to maintain current process data even when AC main power is down. See Appendix
D for installation information. See UPS manufacturer’s specifications for all other UPS
information.

¾ To install the controller

Refer to Figure 2-14.

1. Align the connectors on the back of the controller with the connectors on the
right slot of the 2-wide power/controller carrier and push to attach.
2. Tighten the mounting screw.

Figure 2-14 Controller Installation

2-28 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the DeltaV System Power Supply
The system power supply takes line power or power from a bulk power supply and
converts it to 12 VDC power to drive the controller and I/O cards. The system power
supply mounts on either slot of the 2-wide power/controller carrier. For mounting on
a 4-wide power/controller carrier refer to Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers.
This section describes the connections for a simplex system power supply. See
Appendix E for system power supply specifications and for details on redundancy.

¾ To install the system power supply

Refer to Figure 2-15 through Figure 2-18.

1. Connect the input supply wires to the input power connection on the top of the
system power supply. Figure 2-15 shows input supply wiring for the system power
supply (AC/DC). Figure 2-16 shows the input supply wiring for the system power
supply (Dual DC/DC). If you have secondary system power supplies, connect the
input supply drops to each system power supply as shown in Appendix E System
Power Supply Specifications.

Warning Always remove input power to the supply before connecting or disconnecting
the input power connection. The connector should not interrupt current flow
and could be damaged if actuated under a load condition. Refer to “Power
Guidelines” on page 2-4 for more information.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-29

 Top View

AC Power
Distribution
Note Carrier
G
N
L

Ground (AC) System

Neutral (AC) Power
Supply
Line (AC)
Front View

System
Power I/O Subsystem
Supply

Controller

System
Power
Supply

Alarm Relay
Connector

Note:
Carrier
Hard Wired to Power Source

Bottom View

Figure 2-15 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (AC/DC)

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply and grounding overviews.

2-30 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Top View
12 VDC or 24 VDC
Power Carrier
Distribution

A
B System
C Power
D Supply

Front View

System
Power
Supply

Controller
System
Power
I/O Subsystem Supply

Alarm Relay
Connector

Carrier
Connector Legend:
A 12 VDC
B 12 VDC Return (Ground)
C 24 VDC
D 24 VDC Return (Ground)
Bottom View

Figure 2-16 Simplex Wiring Diagram for System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply and grounding overviews.

2. Install alarm contact wiring as shown in Figure 2-17.

Note The alarm relay contact is closed during normal operation. The alarm relay is shown
open (unpowered condition) in the following figure.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-31

 Alarm Optional
Relay Contact Additional
Normally Open First System
(Shelf Condition) System
Power Supply
Power Supplies

...
Dry
Contact
Input

Figure 2-17 System Power Supply Alarm Contact Wiring (Unpowered Condition)

3. Align the system power supply with the connector on the 2-wide
power/controller carrier and push to attach, as shown in Figure 2-18. Tighten
the mounting screw.

Figure 2-18 System Power Supply Installation

2-32 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the DeltaV Workstation
To install the DeltaV Workstation, connect the workstation components, install the
DeltaV System Identifier (one per system), install the printer (if used), and install the
UPS (if used). Connect the workstation and its associated peripherals to one power
distribution and system ground.
After hardware installation, refer to the DeltaV Release Notes KBA for information
on installing DeltaV software on the workstation.

¾ To install the workstation

Refer to Figure 2-19.

1. Follow the instructions supplied with your workstation to connect the monitor,
keyboard, and mouse to the central processing unit (CPU). Refer to the
documentation supplied with your workstation for details on the I/O ports.

2. If the DeltaV label is not installed on your workstation monitor, apply it to the
lower right corner of the monitor faceplate, as shown in Figure 2-20.

3. Install the system identifier on the parallel printer port or Universal Serial Bus
(USB).

4. Refer to the documentation supplied with your printer for hardware installation
information.

AC Power Distribution

Monitor CPU

Printer

System Identifier
Uninterruptible
Power Supply

Figure 2-19 Workstation Installation

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-33

 TM

Figure 2-20 Monitor Label Installation

2-34 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the DeltaV Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
The DeltaV UPS backs up the DeltaV Workstation during short-term power outages.
The UPS allows the workstation to continue operating and to maintain current
process data even when AC main power is down.
The UPS must be mounted upright on a level surface, such as a floor or a work
surface, for proper operation. The UPS is not rack-mountable or DIN rail-mountable.
We recommend that you use a separate UPS for each device to provide maximum
backup time.
If you use the UPS to provide backup for your workstation, follow the instructions
included with the UPS to connect it to the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and to the
monitor. See page D-5 for UPS specifications and page D-7 for information on the
Liebert MultiLink software.
If you use the UPS to provide backup for your controller, see Appendix D Controller
Specifications for installation information.

Note Refer to the UPS manual for hold time and LED/Alarm indications.

Setting up the DeltaV Control Network

An overview of the DeltaV Control Network is provided on page 1-4.
The standard Control Network is an isolated Ethernet local area network (LAN) that
provides communication between the controllers and workstations. It uses one or
more Ethernet hubs or switches for communications connections. The Control
Network is dedicated to the DeltaV system; no other devices can be attached. (See the
Caution on page 1-5). A separate Ethernet interface is provided through the DeltaV
Application Station or ProfessionalPLUS to connect the DeltaV system to a plant-
wide LAN. To minimize the traffic on the plant-wide LAN, configure a router to filter
the IP addresses. Refer to the DeltaV Books Online for more information on
configuring a router. Refer to “Books Online” on page 3-42 for information on
accessing the DeltaV online books.
This section provides basic hub installation examples and includes cable-specific
information and requirements for installing the Control Network. Refer to Appendix
G for detailed installation requirements for both hubs and switches and for cable
specifications. Appendix G provides details on cable shield orientations and contains
diagrams that show switches connected in cascade and star topologies, fiber-optic and
twisted pair cable connections, and switch configuration.
To set up the Control Network, install the hub and connect network communication
cables between nodes (controllers and workstations). The hubs can stand alone or can

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-35

 be linked (cascaded) to other hubs. Each hub is equivalent to a single IEEE 802.3
repeater (1 hop). The number of hops that are allowed and the maximum distance
between each hop varies with the type of hub and whether the link is 10Mbit or
100Mbit. 10Mbit links allow four hops and 100Mbit links allow two hops.
If your DeltaV system consists of one workstation and one controller only, you can
connect the DeltaV network without using a hub. The cable must be routed directly
from the workstation to the controller. Figure 2-21 shows an example of a no hub
system.

Workstation Controller

No hub cable, shielded

connectors at both ends

Figure 2-21 No Hub System Example

Note No-hub cable, also called crossover cable, is for systems with no Control Network Hub.
Its wiring is different from that of the straight-through Ethernet cables used with DeltaV
Control Network Hubs.

2-36 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Control Network Installation Requirements
The Control Network installer must ensure that the following requirements are met:
„ All Cat5-Twisted Pair (TP) and fiber-optic cables should be made, installed, and
tested by an experienced LAN installer.
„ A DeltaV system can have a maximum of four repeater hops on the Control
Network (a maximum of four hubs can be linked together in series). 10Mbit
networks allow four repeater hops and 100Mbit networks allow two repeater
hops.
„ For Cat5 TP cables be sure that:
• All cables are made from screened Category 5 cable with a maximum length
of 100 m (328 ft) and an insulated conductor diameter of 0.89 to 0.99 mm
(0.035 to 0.040 in).
• Straight-through cables are terminated with RJ45 connectors to EIA/TIA
568B pin-outs at both ends.
• Crossover cables are terminated with RJ45 connectors to 568B pinouts on
one end and 568A pinouts on the opposite end.
• Cables used to cascade hubs and switches have an unshielded connector on
one end and a shielded connector on the opposite end. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for construction information.
• Unshielded RJ45 connectors are used at all workstation connections. Refer to
“Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for construction
information.
• Shielded RJ45 connectors are used at all controller connections and all hub
and switch connections to nodes. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable
Assemblies” on page G-17 for construction information.
• All cables are tested with the Microtest PentaScannerTM testing tool.
• Ethernet wall outlets, punchdown blocks, and patch panels are not
supported.

Fiber-Optic Cables
For fiber-optic cables, use the cable and connector type specified by the equipment
manufacturer for the fiber-optic ports on their equipment. The type of fiber-optic
cable required could be multimode or single-mode and depends on the equipment's
port specifications, the site's physical layout, and the distance between fiber-optic
ports from device to device. The equipment manufacturer also specifies a fiber-optic
loss budget. The acceptable loss per kilometer for the fiber-optic cable can be
determined from the loss budget so that the overall cable loss does not exceed the
equipment’s loss budget. The loss budget must include all fiber-optic splices and

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-37

 fiber-optic connector losses from end to end. The following list provides some
guidelines for using fiber-optic cable:
„ A multimode fiber-optic cable is generally used for 100MB/S 100BASE-FX
fiber-optic communications for up to 2 Kilometers and either 50/125 micron or
62.5/125 micron multimode fiber can be used depending upon the equipment
manufacturer’s specification for the fiber-optic ports. Refer to the manufacturer's
specifications for cable type and loss budget.
„ A single-mode fiber-optic cable is generally used for 1000MB/S 1000BASE-LX/
LH (gigabit) fiber-optic communications for distances beyond 2 Kilometers and
9/125 micron single-mode fiber can be used depending upon the equipment
manufacturer’s specification for the fiber-optic ports. Refer to the manufacturer's
specifications for cable type and loss budget.
„ A multimode fiber-optic cable is generally used for 1000MB/S 1000BASE-SX
(gigabit) fiber-optic communications for distances up to approximately 500
meters and 50/125 micron or 62.5/125 micron multimode fiber can be used
depending upon the equipment manufacturer’s specification for the fiber-optic
ports. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications for cable type and loss budget.
„ Multimode fiber-optic cable has a Modal Bandwidth specification (MHz/km)
which is a distance limiting factor for gigabit communications on multimode
fiber. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications for distances supported for
gigabit communications over multimode fiber.
„ Fiber-optic cables are terminated with ST, SC, MTRJ, or LC connectors
depending upon the physical port that is used on the fiber-optic device. Refer to
the manufacturer's specifications for the fiber-optic port type used on their
equipment.
„ All fiber-optic links should be tested for attenuation (light loss) with an optical
power meter. The entire link, including all assembled cables, connectors and
splices from end to end should be measured. This measurement should not
exceed the equipment manufacturer's loss budget specification and at least a 3dB
margin should be left.

Caution Substandard cables can create serious communication problems. Make sure all
cables meet the specifications listed in Appendix G Control Network
Specifications.

2-38 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 ¾ To install the 10Mbit hub

1. Follow the instructions supplied with the hub.

2. For connecting hubs together, refer to the instructions supplied with the hub for
cascading or stacking hubs.
Workstation

Hub

Controller

Controller

Figure 2-22 Cascaded 10 Mbit Hub Installation

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-39

 ¾ To install the control network cables

1. Make and test the required Control Network cables. See Appendix G for cable
guidelines and specifications. Select the appropriate cable type on the cable test
tool and follow the detailed instructions in the test tool’s manual.

Note You must connect the test equipment to both ends of the cable to test it properly. The
testing tool checks each cable based on its type and issues a Pass or Fail reading. Make
sure the cable passes each test. The tests supported by the Microtest PentaScanner testing
tool include the following:
„ Cable mapping
„ Length
„ Crosstalk
„ Attenuation
„ Attenuation-to-crosstalk ratio
„ Impedance
„ Loop resistance
„ Capacitance

Caution Substandard cables can create serious communication problems. Make sure all
cables meet the specifications listed in Appendix G Control Network
Specifications.

2. If you have a simplex Control Network, connect the unshielded end of a

network cable to the twisted pair port on the primary Network Interface Card
(NIC) and connect the shielded end of the cable to the primary hub as shown in
Figure 2-23.

2-40 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Shielded
connector

Unshielded
connector

Figure 2-23 Simplex Control Network Cable Connections

Note For hub-to-hub connections, one end of the cable must have unshielded connectors.
For redundant Control Networks, be sure to verify the NIC binding order to
differentiate between the primary and secondary NICs.
3. If you have a redundant Control Network, connect the unshielded end of a
network cable to the twisted pair port on the workstation’s primary NIC and
connect the shielded end of the cable to the primary hub as shown in Figure 2-
24. Connect another cable from the twisted pair port on the workstation’s
secondary NIC to the secondary hub. It is helpful to identify the Control
Network cables with color-coded boots. Emerson Process Management
recommends the following conventions: a yellow color-coded boot for the
primary Control Network cable and a black color-coded boot for the secondary
Control Network cable.

Note Make sure you are consistent in your primary and secondary network connections so they
are not crosswired.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-41

 Primary hub

Shielded
connector

Primary NIC
unshielded
Secondary hub connector

Secondary NIC
unshielded connector
Shielded connector

Figure 2-24 Redundant Control Network Cable Connections

Note For hub-to-hub connections, one end of the cable must have unshielded connectors.
4. Connect network cables from the hub(s) to the RJ45 connectors on the bottom
of each controller. The front connector is for the primary Control Network and
the rear connector is for the secondary Control Network. Refer to Figure 2-25 to
locate the connectors.

2-42 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Shielded connectors

Secondary Primary

Figure 2-25 Control Network Cable Connections for a Simplex Controller

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-43

 Connecting the Control Network to a Plant LAN
A plant LAN can be connected to the DeltaV system through the DeltaV
ProfessionalPLUS and Application Station to provide a gateway between the DeltaV
Control Network and other networks. To minimize the traffic on the plant-wide LAN
and to provide security, configure a router to filter the IP addresses. Refer to your
router’s documentation for information on how to configuring it.
The DeltaV Professional, Operator, and Base workstations should not provide the
connection to a plant LAN or gateway and should not run non-DeltaV applications
(other than those listed in the Compatibility Chart in the DeltaV Release Notes KBA).

Caution Do not use a DeltaV Control Network card from any DeltaV Workstation for
the plant LAN connection, even if the card is not currently being used in
system communications. Use the Network Connections utility to verify which
cards are configured for the DeltaV Control Network.
Click Start|Programs|Accessories|Communications|Network Connections
to open the utility.

¾ To connect the DeltaV Control Network to a plant LAN

Refer to Figure 2-26.

1. Connect the DeltaV Control Network to the plant LAN through the
ProfessionalPLUS and Application station as shown in Figure 2-26.

2-44 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DeltaV Professional PLUS
running Windows.Net Server
configured as a domain controller and DNS server.
DNS server is configured to forward DNS requests DeltaV Application Station
to the Plant LAN DNS server if it cannot resolve the name itself. running Windows.Net Server
as a stand-alone server.
Configured with a NIC connection
DeltaV Operator to the Plant LAN set with
Workstation running Windows XP the Plant LAN DSN suffix.
Professional

DeltaV Domain

Switch

Router

The Plant LAN

Non-DeltaV DNS Server for the Plant LAN Non-DeltaV Workstation on the Plant LAN

Figure 2-26 Plant LAN Network Connections

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-45

 Connecting Power to the System
The method of connecting power to the DeltaV system depends on your existing
power supply and distribution scheme. A bulk power supply converts AC or DC
power to the power required for the system power supply and, optionally, for field
devices.
The following section describes the connections for a simplex bulk power supply.
Refer to Appendix H for bulk power supply specifications and dimensions.

¾ To install a bulk power supply

1. Install the bulk power supply. Figure H-4 shows dimensions and the drill hole
spacing for the mounting plate. The AC connector terminals use # 6 screws. The
bus bar has a 6.7 mm (0.265 in.) hole for a 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) stud.

Caution To prevent accidental shorting, cover the positive bus bar with a 2.5 cm (1 in.)
piece of 1.9 cm (0.75 in.) heat-shrink tubing.

2. Connect the bulk power supply to input power distribution as shown in

Figure 2-27. If you have secondary bulk power supplies, connect each one to the
input power distribution as shown in Appendix J.

3. Install common system supply and ground wiring.

2-46 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Optional Isolation Transformer
L

N Wired to plant power source

G N L
Bulk AC Power
Distribution/UPS

Bulk AC to 12 VDC
or Bulk AC to 24 VDC
Power Supply

G N L
AC Connector

Dedicated
Plant Ground
Grid Point

Isolated
Common
Ground
Reference

Wire and Connector Legend

A G Ground (AC)
B N Neutral (AC)
C L Line (AC) DC Return (Ground) 12 VDC or 24 VDC

Figure 2-27 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC
Power Supply

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply and grounding overviews.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-47

 Figure 2-28 Simplex Power and Ground Wiring Diagram for Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power
Supply

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply and grounding overviews.

2-48 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Setting Up the DeltaV Remote Network
Refer to “DeltaV Remote Network” on page 1-7 for overview information and to
Appendix G for detailed installation information. To set up the Remote Network,
install the switches for the remote network connections and connect the network
communications cables between the remote workstations and the DeltaV RAS
Applications Stations and ProfessionalPLUS workstation.
Users must assign their own PC names and IP addresses to the remote workstations
before installing DeltaV software. If the remote workstation is already on the plant-
wide LAN, it has been assigned a name and IP address that can be used for
communications with the DeltaV system. If you are building a dedicated DeltaV
Remote Network, then workstation node names and IP addresses must be assigned
before the workstations are set up in the DeltaV Explorer. These assigned node
names must be used as the workstation names in the DeltaV Explorer. Refer to the
online help for the DeltaV Workstation Configuration application for information.
The cable installation requirements for the DeltaV Remote Network are the same as
the installation requirements for the DeltaV Control Network. Refer to “Control
Network Installation Requirements” on page 2-37 for cable requirements and to
Appendix G for detailed installation information.

Setting Up a Network Time Server

The Symmetricom NTS-200 GPS Network Time Server has been tested and
approved for use with the DeltaV system. Refer to the User's Guide for installation
and configuration information. Refer to the next section for the specific network
settings that are required for configuring a Network Time Server for use with a
DeltaV system.
After establishing a serial connection between the setup computer and the Network
Time Server, configure the network and timing parameters. Use the IP addresses and
subnet mask described in the following sections and set up the time server for
broadcast mode.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-49

 IP Addresses
The DeltaV system supports both a primary and an optional backup Network Time
Server on the control network. The Network Time Servers can be attached to either
the primary or the secondary control network. It is recommended that the primary
Network Time Server be attached to the primary control network and the backup
Network Time Server be attached to the secondary control network in a redundant
control network system. If the system is simplex (has only a primary control network)
attach both Network Time Servers to the primary control network.
For the primary Network Time Server use the following IP addresses:
„ 10.4.128.1 (for attaching to the primary control network)
„ 10.8.128.1 (for attaching to the secondary control network)
For the backup Network Time Server use the following IP addresses:
„ 10.4.128.2 (for attaching to the primary control network)
„ 10.8.128.2 (for attaching to the secondary control network)
The DeltaV system also supports both a primary and backup Network Time Server
on the DeltaV Remote Network. If you are attaching a Network Time Server to a
DeltaV Remote Network, the IP address is not predefined in the DeltaV system. Your
network administrator must assign the Network Time Server a valid IP address for the
remote network segment and this address must be used in the Remote Network
properties dialog box in the DeltaV Explorer.

Subnet Mask
The subnet mask for the Network Time Servers attached to the control network is:
„ 255.254.0.0
The subnet mask for the Network Time Servers attached to the remote network(s)
must be assigned by your network administrator.
The route (default gateway for the devices on a different subnet) is not required.

2-50 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Broadcast Mode
To work with the DeltaV system, the Network Time Server must be setup for
broadcast mode and the broadcast interval must be set to 16 seconds. Establish a
telnet or serial connection between the setup computer and the Network Time Server
and enter the following sequence of commands at the command shell. (Type the
question mark (?) at any command prompt for a list of command options.)

1. root

2. net

3. ntp

4. broad 8 (this sets the broadcast timer for 16 seconds)

5. bcast

6. show

7. The show command should display the address 255.255.255.255. If it does

display this address, go to the next step. If it does not, enter Add
255.255.255.255.

8. exit

Installing the Fault-Tolerant Server

Warning The Stratus® ftServer 4300 fault-tolerant server hardware requires special
expertise and product knowledge. Trained and experienced Stratus personnel
should be consulted before the server is installed and set up. Contact Emerson
Process Management Global Services Center for assistance before installing
your Stratus® server.

The Stratus® ftServer 4300 can be used as a hardware platform for DeltaV
Application stations. Refer to the current DeltaV Fault-Tolerant server Product Data
Sheet for the latest information on the DeltaV applications supported on this server.
The server is either a pedestal system that is placed on the floor or a rack-mounted
system that is installed in a customer-supplied rack.

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-51

 Emerson Process Management has arranged for a Stratus representative to assist you
to unpack and install the system. Contact the Emerson Global Services Center to
obtain the current Stratus contact information to arrange for this pre-paid service. It
is highly recommended that you use this service; however, if time constraints prevent
you from doing so, you can attempt to setup the system without this service. As soon
as possible, arrange for the Stratus install service to inspect the server and to provide
training on correctly using and maintaining the server.
To install without the Stratus service, unpack the system, following the directions that
accompany the shipping container, and carefully inspect the hardware for damage. If
the hardware is undamaged, find the manual ftServer W 4300 and W 4600 Systems:
Installation Guide (R575) in the shipping container and use it to install the system. If the
hardware is damaged, contact Emerson Global Services Center. For information on
configuring the ftServer software to run the DeltaV system, refer to Books Online.
For complete technical information on the fault-tolerant servers, visit the Stratus
website and refer to the Stratus hardware and software manuals and to the electronic
documentation installed on the servers. Figures 2-29 and 2-30 show the hardware
components in an ftServer 4300 pedestal system.

2-52 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure 2-29 shows the front view of the fault-tolerant server hardware.

3
2

1
3

1
3
Disk slots 3, 2, 1 Disk slots 3, 2, 1
MECHANICAL INTERLOCK AT REAR OF CRU

MECHANICAL INTERLOCK AT REAR OF CRU

2

CD-ROM drives
1
2

Power switches
1
2

1
2

LED Status indicators

Figure 2-29 Front View of the ftServer 4300

Installing Your DeltaV System 2-53

 Figure 2-30 shows the back view of the fault-tolerant server hardware.

1
2

2
Ports on PCI adapters
Ports on PCI adapters
in PCI expansion slot 2
in PCI expansion slot 3

PCI 2

PCI 2
PCI

PCI 3
2 1

2 3

2 1
2 1

2 1
PCI

PCI
2
1

2
1
1

1
Ports on PCI adapters
in slot 1
1

1
2

System 10/100/1000
Mbps ethernet ports

2
0
1
MODEM

USB Ports
VGA Monitor port
RJ-11 Port modem
10101

LED Status indicators

Serial comm ports

2

10/100 Mbps VTM ports

A
B

Power receptacles

Figure 2-30 Back View of the ftServer 4300

2-54 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Chapter 3 Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your
DeltaV System
This chapter provides guidelines to help ensure that your system is installed properly
and to help you troubleshoot hardware problems. The System Administration and
Maintenance manual in Books Online and the Release Notes KBA provide updated
maintenance and troubleshooting information.
After installing, it is recommended that you check out the hardware to ensure a
smooth startup. Refer to “Checking Out Your System” on page 3-2.
After checkout, start up the DeltaV software following the instructions in the manual
Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System. You can then verify and
troubleshoot your hardware installation by using:
„ DeltaV Explorer to view the overall structure and layout of your system
„ Diagnostics utilities to check workstation hardware
„ DeltaV Diagnostics to view diagnostics data for DeltaV hardware
„ “Troubleshooting Your System” on page 3-36.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-1

 Checking Out Your System
Follow these steps to check out your system after installing the hardware:

1. Check the cable connections for all cables.

2. Check the power supply voltages.

3. Check the LED indicators on devices and I/O cards.

4. Test the field wiring connections.

Step 1. Checking the Cable Connections

Refer to Chapter 2 and verify that all power, ground, and carrier connections are
correctly installed and that all network cables are correctly installed. For network
cables, use the Microtest PentaScanner cable testing tool to test all cables to the
specifications in Appendix G. The test equipment must be connected to both ends of
the cable. Make sure all cable passes each test.

Step 2. Checking the Power Supply Voltages

Check power supplies and connections and check power supply voltages. Verify that
the voltages are in the proper range at all associated screw terminal connections:
„ For 12 VDC systems verify that:
• The voltage at the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is 12.1-12.3 volts.
• The voltage at the last carrier is greater than 11 volts.
• Bussed field power is 24 VDC or 115/230 VAC as applicable.
For 12 VDC systems with redundant System Power Supplies, remove one power
supply before verifying the voltage.
„ For 24 VDC systems verify that:
• The voltage at the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is 24.2-24.6 volts.
• The voltage at the last carrier is greater than 11 volts.
• Bussed field power is 24 VDC or 115/230 VAC as applicable.
For 24 VDC systems with redundant System Power Supplies, remove one power
supply before verifying the voltage.
Check output loading and verify that the voltages (where present) are in the proper
range at all associated screw terminal connections. Also, verify that the expected load
is within the capacity of the unit by checking the calculations in Appendix N.

3-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Step 3. Checking the LED Indicators on Each Device
The LED indicators on the system devices show important basic operating data. Use
the following checklists to make sure your devices are working correctly.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-3

 Table 3-1 lists the LED indicators for the System Power Supply (AC/DC) and the
System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC).
Table 3-1 System Power Supply LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. Power is not sup- 1. Check supply power

plied to unit. Possible and connections.
line power problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On 1. Outputs are out- 1. Verify loading

side of tolerance. calculations.

2. Input over voltage. 2. Check input supply

Unit shuts down. voltages.

3-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-2 lists the LED indicators for the MD and MDPlus controllers.
Table 3-2 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) Internal fault. Contact technical

support.

On for one second Unit went through Contact customer

followed by all LEDs RESET due to an support.
on for five seconds. unrecoverable
software error.

Flashing The controller is Commission the

decommissioned. controller.

Green – Active On Off 1. Controller is a 1. None - Green

Standby. Standby is on.

2. Controller not 2. Commission

commissioned. controller.

3. Internal fault. 3. Contact technical

support.

Flashing Controller is not Download controller

configured. configuration.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-5

 Table 3-2 MD and MDPlus Controller LED Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Standby Off On Controller is a None

Standby.

Flashing Controller is not Download controller

configured. configuration.

Yellow – Communications Off – Controller lacks Check primary network

Pri. CN attempted and Communications active Ethernet cable connections and
indicator flashing attempted and communications on hub connections.
indicator not primary Control
flashing. Network connection.

Yellow – Communications Off – Controller lacks Check secondary

Sec. CN attempted and Communications active Ethernet network cable
indicator flashing attempted and communications on connections and hub
indicator not secondary Control connections.
flashing. Network connection.

3-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-3 lists the LED indicators for the Remote Interface Unit.
Table 3-3 Remote Interface Unit LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) Internal fault. Contact technical

support.

On for one second Unit went through Contact customer

followed by all LEDs RESET due to an support.
on for five seconds. unrecoverable
software error.

Flashing The Remote Commission the

Interface Unit is Remote Interface Unit.
decommissioned.

Green – Active On Off 1. Remote Interface 1. Commission the

Unit is not Remote Interface Unit.
commissioned.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Flashing Remote Interface Download

Unit is not configuration.
configured.

Green – Standby Off

(Redundancy not
supported)

Yellow – Communications Off – Remote Interface Check primary network

Pri. CN attempted and Communications Unit lacks active cable connections and
indicator flashing attempted and Ethernet hub connections.
indicator not communications on
flashing. primary Control
Network connection.

Yellow – Communications Off – Remote Interface Check secondary

Sec. CN attempted and Communications Unit lacks active network cable
indicator flashing attempted and Ethernet connections and hub
indicator not communications on connections.
flashing. secondary Control
Network connection.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-7

 Table 3-4 lists the LED indicators for the media converter.
Table 3-4 Media Converter LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indicators Possible Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off Power is not supplied Check power supply

to unit. Possible line and connections.
power problem.

Red – Error Off On Internal fault. Contact technical

support.

Green – Pri. F Lnk On Off Fiber-optic cable is Check fiber-optic

incorrectly cable connection.
connected. (Connects transmit to
receive.)

Green – Pri. C Lnk On Off Twisted pair Check cable pinouts.

cable is incorrectly Refer to Figure G-22.
connected.

Green – Sec. F Lnk On Off Fiber-optic cable is Check fiber-optic

incorrectly cable connection. (Con-
connected. nects transmit to re-
ceive.)

Green – Sec. C Lnk On Off Twisted pair Check cable pinouts.

cable is incorrectly Refer to Figure G-22.
connected.

Table 3-5 lists the power LED indicators on the Single Port and Four Port Fiber
Switches.
Table 3-5 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Power LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green – Power On Off 1. System power 1. Check supply

is not supplied to power and
unit. connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact

technical support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) Internal fault. Contact technical

support.

3-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-6 lists the twisted pair ports’ LED indicators on the Single and Four Port
Fiber Switches..
Table 3-6 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Twisted Pair Port LED Checklist

LED Status

Link Act On - Link

Blinking - Activity
Off - No link. Check the cable connection.

FD COL On - Full Duplex

Blinking - Collision
Off - Half Duplex

100 10 On -100 MHz

Off - 10 MHz

Table 3-7 lists the fiber-optic ports’ LED indicators on the Single and Four Port Fiber
Switches.
Table 3-7 Single and Four Port Fiber Switch Fiber-Optic Port LED Checklist

LED Status

Link Act On - LinK

Blinking - Activity
Off - No link

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-9

 Table 3-8 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 AI, 8-channel,
4–20 mA card; the AI, 8-channel, 4–20 mA, HART card; and the AI, 8-channel, 1-5
VDC card.
Table 3-8 AI Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/Active Series 2 Simplex - On not supplied to unit. power and connections.
Series 2 Redundant: Possible line power
Active - On problem.
Standby - Flashing 2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical sup-
port.

Red – Error Off pre-Series 2 and 1. No bussed field 1. Check bussed field
Series 2 On power. power and connections.
(continuous)
2. Controller is not 2. Check controller oper-
scanning card. ation.

3. Unit failed 3. Contact technical sup-

self-test. port.

pre- Series 2 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller oper-

Flashing scanning card. ation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact tech-
nical support.

Redundant 1. No bussed field 1. Check bussed field

Series 2 Flashing power. power and connections.
Use the DeltaV
Diagnostics Clear Saved
Fault Information com-
mand when problem
fixed.

2.Controller is not 2. Check controller oper-

scanning card. ation.

3. Hardware error. 3. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact tech-
nical support.

Simplex Series 2 Controller is not Check controller opera-

Flashing scanning card. tion.

3-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-8 AI Card LED Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Yellow – On Off 1. Input is out of 1. Check input source

Ch. 1 to Ch. 8 range and channel is and connections.
disabled. (See speci-
fications in Appendix
C for correct range.)

2. No bussed field 2. Check bussed field

power. power and connections.

3.Internal fault. 3. Contact technical sup-

port.

Flashing 1. Input is out of 1. Check input source

range and channel is and connections.
disabled. (See speci-
fications in Appendix
C for correct range.)

2. No bussed field 2. Check bussed field

power. power and connections.

3. Channel is config- 3. Check HART input

ured for HART, but source and connections.
there is no HART
communication.

4. Channel is config- 4. Check input levels

ured for NAMUR lim- compared to NAMUR
its and they have limits.
been exceeded.

Refer to the online Configuration manual for more information on troubleshooting

HART devices.
Refer to “Books Online” on page 3-42 for information on accessing the DeltaV
online books.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-11

 Table 3-9 lists the LED indicators for the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 40-20 mA, HART
card in Simplex mode.
Table 3-9 AI 16-Channel Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

not supplied to unit. power and
Possible line power connections.
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On 1. No bussed field 1. Check bussed

power. field power and
connections.

2. Controller is not 2. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

3. Unit failed self- 3. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. No bussed field 1. Check bussed

power. field power and
connections

2. Controller is not 2. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

3. Hardware error. 3. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

3-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-10 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 AO, 8-channel
4–20 mA card and the AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card.
Table 3-10 AO Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green – Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/Active Series 2 Simplex - On not supplied to unit. power and connec-
Series 2 Redundant: Possible line power tions.
Active - On problems.
Standby - Flashing
2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical
support.

Red – Error Off pre-Series 2 and Se- 1. Unit failed self- 1. Contact technical
ries 2 On (continu- test. support.
ous)
2. Controller is not 2. Check controller
scanning card. operation.

pre-Series 2 Flash- 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

ing scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed 2. Contact technical

self-test. support.

3. Address conflict. 3. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Redundant Series 2 1. No bussed field 1. Check bussed

Flashing power. field power and con-
nections. Use the
DeltaV Diagnostics
Clear Saved Fault
Information com-
mand when problem
fixed.

2. Controller is not 2. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

3. Hardware error. 3. Replace with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Simplex Series 2 Controller is not Check controller op-

Flashing scanning card. eration.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-13

 Table 3-10 AO Card LED Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Yellow – Ch.1 to On Off 1. No output device 1. Check output

Ch. 8 (load) and channel is connections.
disabled.

2. Bussed field 2. Check bussed

power not supplied to field power and
unit. communications.

3. Internal fault. 3. Contact technical

support.

Flashing 1. No output device 1. Check output con-

(load) and channel is nections.
enabled.

2. Bussed field pow- 2. Check bussed

er not supplied to field power and
unit. connections.

3. Channel is config- 3. Check HART input

ured for HART, but source and connec-
there is no HART tions.
communication.

4. Internal fault. 4. Contact technical

support.

Refer to the online Configuration manual for more information on troubleshooting

HART devices.
Refer to “Books Online” on page 3-42 for information on accessing the DeltaV
online books.

3-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-11 lists the LED indicators for the AS-Interface card
Table 3-11 AS-Interface Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

not supplied to unit. power and connec-
Possible line power tions.
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed 2. Contact technical

self-test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address 2. Replace card with

conflict. known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow – Port 1 On Off No communications. Check connections,

and Port 2 cable, and external
device.

Flashing Communications er- Check connections,

ror on this port. cable, and external
device.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-15

 Table 3-12 lists the LED indicators for the DeviceNet and Series 2 DeviceNet cards.
Table 3-12 DeviceNet Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

not supplied to unit. power and connec-
Possible line power tions.
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Port 1 On Off 1. No communica- 1. Check connec-

Port 2 (reserved) tions. tions, cable, and ex-
ternal device.

2. Port not enabled. 2. Enable port.

3. No configuration 3. Configure port.

for this port.

Flashing Communication error Check connections,

on this port. cable, and external
device.

3-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-13 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 8-channel DI
cards (24 VDC isolated and dry contact, and 120/230 VAC isolated and dry contract).
Table 3-13 DI Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green - Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/ Series 2 Simplex -On not supplied to unit. power and
Active Possible line power connections.
Series 2 Redundant:
problem.
Active - On
Standby - Flashing 2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical
support.

Red - Error Off pre-Series 2 and 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Series 2 On scanning card. operation.
(continuous)
2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical
test. support.

pre-Series 2 - 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Flashing scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Series 2 - 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Flashing scanning card. operation.

2. Hardware error. 2. Replace with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Ch.1 to On = input > detection

Ch. 8 level.
Off = input < detection
level. See tables in
Appendix C for detection
levels for each DI card
type.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-17

 Table 3-14 lists the LED indicators for the DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, dry contact and
the Series 2 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, dry contact.
Table 3-14 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions Indications

Green - Power On Off 1. Power is not sup- 1. Check supply

plied to unit. power and connec-
tions.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On Communications er- Check connections,

(continuous) ror. cable, and external
device.

Flashing Address Replace card with

conflict. known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

3-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-15 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 8-channel, DO
cards (120 VAC/230 VAC isolated and high side and 24 VDC isolated and high side).
Table 3-15 DO Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green-Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/ Series 2 Simplex - On not supplied to unit. power and
Active Possible line power connections.
Series 2 Redundant:
problem.
Active - On
Standby - Flashing 2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical
support.

Red Off pre-Series 2 and 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Series 2 On scanning card. operation.
(continuous)
2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical
test. support.

pre-Series 2 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Flashing scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Series 2 Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Hardware error. 2. Replace with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Ch. 1 to Depends on setpoint

Ch. 8 and configuration.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-19

 Table 3-16 lists the LED indicators for the DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, high-side and
Series 2 DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, high-side.
Table 3-16 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions Indications

Green - Power On Off 1. Power is not 1. Check supply power

supplied to unit. and connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On Communications Check connections, cable,

(continuous) error. and external device.

Flashing Address conflict. Replace card with known

good card of same type;
contact technical support.

3-20 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-17 lists the LED indicators for the Fieldbus H1 card and the Series 2 Fieldbus
H1 card.
Table 3-17 Fieldbus H1 Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/Active Series 2 Simplex - On not supplied to unit. power and
Possible line power connections.
Series 2 Redundant:
problem.
Active - On
Standby - Flashing 2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical
support.

pre-Series 2 Incorrect terminal Install redundant

Flashing block for configured terminal blocks for
card type. Series 2 redundant
cards and simplex
Series 2
terminal blocks for
Flashing
simplex and/or pre-
Series 2 cards.
Series 2 Red:
Active-Flashing
Stby-Flashing

Red - Error Off pre-Series 2 and 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Series 2 scanning card. operation.
On (continuous)
2. Unit failed self- 2.Contact technical
test. support.

pre-Series 2 1. Controller is not 1.Check controller

Flashing scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Series 2 Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Hardware error. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-21

 Table 3-17 Fieldbus H1 Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Yellow - Port 1 On Off 1. No 1. Check connections,

and Port 2 communications. cable and external
devices.

2. Port not enabled. 2. Enable port.

3. Configuration 3. Fix configuration

mismatch. (Such as errors.
redundant card
configured in
database and
simplex card
installed.)

Flashing 1. Communication 1. Check connections,

error on this port. cable, and external
device.

2. No configuration 2. Configure port.

for this port.

3-22 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-18 lists the LED indicators for the Series 2 Isolated Input card.
Table 3-18 Series 2 Isolated Input Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indicators Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (Continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-23

 Table 3-19 lists the LED indicators for the Multifunction card.
Table 3-19 Multifunction Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is not 1. Check supply

supplied to unit. Possible power and
line power problem. connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self-test. 2. Contact technical

support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

3-24 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-20 lists the LED indicators for the Profibus DP and Series 2 Profibus DP
cards.
Table 3-20 Profibus DP Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed 2. Contact technical

self-test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Port 1 On Off 1. No 1. Check connections,

Port 2 (reserved) communications. cable, and external
device.

2. Port not enabled. 2. Enable port.

3. No configuration 3. Configure port.

for this port.

Flashing Communication error Check connections,

on this port. cable, and external
device.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-25

 Table 3-21 lists the LED indicators for the RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV cards.
Table 3-21 RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indicators Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (Continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow – Ch. 1 to On Off 1. Channel not 1. Enable channel and

Ch. 8 configured. download card.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Flashing 1. Invalid 1. Check

configuration. configuration.

2. Input is out of 2. Check input source

range. (See and connections.
specifications in
Appendix C for
correct range.)

3. Internal fault. 3. Contact technical

support.

3-26 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-22 lists the LED indicators for the Sequence of Events card.
Table 3-22 Sequence of Events Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions Indications

Green - Power On Off 1. Power is not 1. Check supply power

supplied to unit. and connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On Communications Check connections, cable,

(continuous) error. and external device.

Flashing Address conflict. Replace card with known

good card of same type;
contact technical support.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-27

 Table 3-23 lists the LED indicators for the pre-Series 2 and Series 2 Serial Card, 2
Ports, RS232/RS485.
Table 3-23 Serial Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power pre-Series 2 - On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply

Green Power/ Series 2 Simplex - On not supplied to unit. power and
Active Series 2 Redundant: Possible line power connections.
Active - On problem.
Standby - Flashing
2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical
support.

Red - Error Off pre-Series 2 and 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Series 2 - On scanning card. operation.
(continuous)
2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical
test. support.

pre-Series 2 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

Flashing scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Series 2 Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Hardware error. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

3-28 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-23 Serial Card LED Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indication Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Yellow - Port 1 On Off No communications. Check connections,

and Port 2 cable, and external
(configured as device.
Master)
Flashing Communications Check connections,
error on this port. cable, and external
device.

Yellow - Port 1 On - Communicating

and Port 2 Off - No communication
(configured as Flashing - Intermittent
Slave) communication

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-29

 Table 3-24 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card.
Table 3-24 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed 2. Contact technical

self-test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

3-30 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-24 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART Card LED Checklist (Continued)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Yellow – On Off 1. Input is out of 1. Check input source

Ch. 1 to Ch. 8 range. (See and connections.
specifications in
Appendix C for
correct range.)

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Flashing 1. Input is out of 1. Check input source

range. (See and connections.
specifications in
Appendix C for
correct range.)

2. Channel is 2. Check HART input

configured for HART, source and connections.
but there is no HART
communication.

3. Channel is 3. Check input levels

configured for compared to NAMUR
NAMUR limits and limits.
they have been
exceeded.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-31

 Table 3-25 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (HART)
card.
Table 3-25 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA Card LED Checklist (includes HART)

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green – Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problems.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red – Error Off On (continuous) Unit failed Contact technical

self-test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed 2. Contact technical

self-test. support.

3. Address conflict. 3. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow – Ch.1 to On Off 1. No output device 1. Check output

Ch. 8 (load). connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Flashing 1. No output device 1. Check output

(load). connections.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

3. Card is configured 3. Check HART input

for HART but there is source and
no HART connections.
communication.

3-32 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table 3-26 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. DI, 16-Channel card.
Table 3-26 I.S. DI, 16-Channel Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Condition

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red - Error Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Ch.1 - On = input > Flashing Line fault detected. Check field wiring.
Ch.16 detection level.
Running light No terminal block Make sure that the
Off = input <
detection level. from Channel 1 - installed or incorrect correct terminal block is
Channel 16 with terminal block used. installed.
See tables in
Red Error On.
Appendix C for
detection levels
for each card
type.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-33

 Table 3-27 lists the LED indicators for the I.S. DO, 4-Channel card.
Table 3-27 I.S. DO, 4-Channel Card LED Checklist

LED Correct Operating Fault Indications Probable Cause Corrective Action

Conditions

Green - Power On Off 1. System power is 1. Check supply power

not supplied to unit. and connections.
Possible line power
problem.

2. Internal fault. 2. Contact technical

support.

Red Off On (continuous) 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Unit failed self- 2. Contact technical

test. support.

Flashing 1. Controller is not 1. Check controller

scanning card. operation.

2. Address conflict. 2. Replace card with

known good card of
same type; contact
technical support.

Yellow - Ch. 1 - Depends on Flashing Line fault detected. Check field wiring.
Ch. 4 setpoint and
configuration.

3-34 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Step 4. Testing the Field Wiring Connections
To troubleshoot field wiring connection problems, test access points are located on
the I/O terminal blocks. The access point for each wire connection is located in the
square hole above the corresponding field screw terminal. To contact the field signals,
use a test probe at least 25 mm (1 in.) long and 2 mm (0.08 in.) or less in diameter.
To determine the expected voltage levels for your application, refer to the:
„ Wiring diagrams for the specific I/O card type in Appendix C
„ Connection information supplied with your field device

Caution The test probe is not retained within the access hole. It can fall out and short
across field wiring if it is not held in place.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-35

 Troubleshooting Your System
After checkout, start up the DeltaV software and verify and troubleshoot your
hardware installation with the DeltaV Explorer, workstation diagnostics utilities, and
DeltaV Diagnostics. To start the DeltaV Explorer, click
Start | DeltaV | Engineering | DeltaV Explorer. To start DeltaV Diagnostics, click
Start | DeltaV | Operator | Diagnostics.

Using the DeltaV Explorer

The DeltaV Explorer presents a view of the overall structure and layout of your
system. The tree view shows your control strategies and the hierarchy of the nodes on
your Control Network. These nodes can be physically connected to the system, or
they can be placeholders configured prior to the installation of the actual hardware.
When you check out your system, remember that the DeltaV Explorer gives you a
view of your database, but this may not necessarily match what is actually installed on
the network. For example, before connecting controllers, you can define them as
controller placeholders in the Control Network. The icons for the placeholders
appear in the DeltaV Explorer but are not bound to any device. Then, when the
controllers are available and connected, you drag and drop them from the
Decommissioned Controllers section to the controller placeholder icons in the
Control Network.
Resolving system problems is often a matter of making sure the database and the
network match and making sure all the nodes on the network have information about
all other nodes. The Download commands in the DeltaV Explorer provide the nodes
with all the information they need to operate and interact with other nodes.
See the manual Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System for
information on:
„ Downloading Setup Data
„ Downloading Controllers and Installing Workstations
„ Dragging decommissioned controllers to the Control Network

3-36 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Status Indicators
After you have completed the above steps and the controllers are listed in the Control
Network, look for these indicators next to the nodes:

Indicates the downloading node (the workstation) does not have all the
information about this node.

Indicates the node is not communicating. This indicator occurs if there is a bad
connection, if the controller is not powered up, or if the controller is
decommissioned. It also occurs for a few seconds after a controller is
commissioned.

Indicates the node is communicating but has an integrity problem. Integrity

problems can occur if there is a mismatch between the I/O configuration and
the installed I/O or if the node is configured for network redundancy but does
not have the necessary connections to support it.

Indicates that the node does not have a configuration. This can occur if the
node has never been downloaded. For controllers, this can occur if there is a
power failure and cold restart was not enabled for the node.

Note If a node shows a status indicator, check for hardware faults shown in the
Troubleshooting Guide before changing your configuration.
You can automate the comparison between the physical I/O and the configured I/O
with the Autosense I/O cards command. To use the command, click on the I/O for
the node, click the right mouse button, and then select Autosense I/O Cards. The
Autosense Cards dialog lists the card sensed in the controller and the card listed in the
database for each slot.
For example, if you add a card to the controller, the dialog displays:
„ The type of card sensed in the Auto-sensed Type
„ <empty> in the database column
Click OK to add the configuration to the database. (Clicking OK does not affect
existing cards.) Click Cancel to decommission the controller and close the dialog.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-37

 Using the Workstation Diagnostics
The documentation supplied with your workstation describes the diagnostics
programs available for the workstation hardware and operating system software. If
you need to test the workstation subsystems (memory, processors, video, keyboard,
mouse, disk controller, ports), use the diagnostics disk and follow the instructions in
the manual supplied with your workstation.

Using DeltaV Diagnostics

The DeltaV Explorer allows you to launch the DeltaV Diagnostics application and
view diagnostics data for any selected DeltaV Explorer object. This provides useful
diagnostic information for nodes that have good status or show the indicator. To
investigate integrity problems for a node or subsystem, select its icon, click the right
mouse button, and then click Diagnose. Information about DeltaV Diagnostics is
located in online help.

Troubleshooting Guide
The following information can be used to help you detect system hardware problems
with the DeltaV Explorer and correct them.
Problem: Controller not listed in the Decommissioned Controllers tree.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

Node is not connected to the hub. Check the LEDs on the controller (see the
LED Checklists).

Control network cable is not working correctly. Test the cable between the controller and
the hub. If the cable is not working
correctly, repair or replace it.

Node is not connected correctly to the Make sure cables are connected to the
network. correct ports on the hub and the controller.

Connection on the carrier is not secure. Remove the controller from the 2-wide
power/controller carrier for at least 15
seconds and replace it onto the carrier.

DeltaV Explorer is not connected to the active Exit the DeltaV Explorer and restart the
database, or the DeltaV Database Server connection to the active database.
(DvDbServer) is not running.

3-38 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Problem: The controller has an indicator.
appears for nodes that are not communicating. Typically, this indicator occurs if
there is a bad connection or the controller is not powered up. To clear this indicator,
go to the node and make sure it is connected, the wiring is correct and sound, and the
node is powered up. This indicator also occurs for a few seconds after a controller is
commissioned.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

Node is not connected to the hub. 1. Check the LEDs on the controller (see
the LED Checklists).

2. Check the Control Network cables to

make sure they are connected to the
correct ports on the hub and controller.

Control network cable is not working correctly. Test the cable between the controller and
the hub. If the cable is not working
correctly, repair or replace it.

You are looking at the wrong controller. Make sure you are looking at the correct
controller by selecting DeltaV Explorer
Controller Properties |Controller | Flash
Lights.

Primary and secondary Control Network 1. Use DeltaV Explorer Node Properties |
connections are crossed. Identify Controller to flash the controller
LEDs. If the LEDs flash, use the Check
Node Integrity function in DeltaV
Diagnostics and verify that a Not
Connected status is returned.

2. Verify that the primary Control Network

cables are connected to the correct
primary ports on the controller,
workstation, and hub.

3. Verify that the secondary Control

Network cables are connected to the
correct secondary ports on the controller,
workstation, and hub.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-39

 Problem: The workstation has an indicator.
appears for nodes that are not communicating. Typically, this indicator occurs if
there is a bad connection or if the workstation is not powered up. To clear this
indicator, go to the node and make sure it is connected, the wiring is correct and
sound, and the node is powered up.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

Workstation is not set up properly. Make sure the workstation is powered up.
Look in Control Panel | Services and verify
that DeltaV Services are running.

Node is not connected to the hub. Check the Control Network cables to make
sure they are connected to the correct ports
on the hub and workstation.

Control network cable is not working Test the cable between the workstation and
correctly. the hub. If the cable is not working correctly,
repair or replace it.

Workstation address is set to a default value 1. Look at the Internet Protocol (IP) address
or an incorrect address. and verify that the address matches the
DeltaV Explorer address for the node. If the
address is not correct, run Workstation
Configuration.

2. Use the Utilities from the 3Com Install disk

to verify that the Plug N Play feature is turned
off for the workstation Control Network card.

Problem: A node has an indicator.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

Installing node (the workstation) does not Click the node with the indicator, click the
have all the information on the node. right mouse button, and then click Install
Setup Data. This transfers setup data from
the database to the physical node. It also
updates the installing workstation node so
that the workstation has all the information it
needs to manage the new node.

This indicator can appear on controllers that are physically connected to the network
or on controller placeholders. Note that you cannot install setup data for a controller
placeholder; the physical node must be connected first.

3-40 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Problem: A node has a indicator.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

Node is communicating but has an integrity Most integrity problems are due to
problem. hardware problems. Check the LEDs on
the nodes (see the LED Checklists) and
correct the hardware problem.

Occasionally, integrity problems occur if there is a mismatch between the

I/O configuration and the installed I/O. In this case, compare the controller
I/O configuration in the DeltaV Explorer with the actual I/O cards connected to the
controller. This comparison can be accomplished by viewing either the
I/O Auto-Sense dialog in DeltaV Explorer, or by examining the I/O hierarchy in
Diagnostics.
Integrity problems can occur if the controller is configured for network redundancy
but does not have the necessary connections to support it. Verify that the controller is
configured to support network redundancy. If it is, make sure the controller is
connected to the network correctly.
This indicator also occurs if workstations have Event Chronicle problems (configured
for a directory that does not exist, for example), or if workstations are not
communicating with the controller.
If the indicator persists, use DeltaV Diagnostics to pinpoint the problem.
Problem: The node has a indicator.

Possible Cause Corrective Action

The node has never been downloaded or has Download the node.
lost its configuration.

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-41

 Getting Help
The DeltaV Books Online provides information on the DeltaV system and the
Online Help for the DeltaV applications provides procedural help on using the
applications and popup help for dialog boxes.

Online Help
All DeltaV applications have online help that provides instructions on using the
application. To access help for any application, open the application, and select the
help topics command under the Help menu on the application’s menu bar. For
example to start DeltaV Diagnostics and then access the help, click Start | DeltaV |
Operator | Diagnostics and then select Diagnostics Help Topics from the Help
menu. To search the help for information on specific topics, click the left mouse
button on the Index tab or the Search tab on the Help Topics dialog box, and follow
the directions. For help on dialogs, click the question mark in the upper right hand
corner of the dialog, drag it to the field for which you want help, and click the left
mouse button.

Books Online
Books Online provides reference information and detailed information on installing,
configuring, operating, and troubleshooting your DeltaV system. Click Start | DeltaV
| Help | Books Online and then click on the title of the book that you want to read.
The System Administration and Maintenance manual in Books Online contains helpful
technical information related to hardware troubleshooting.

DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals

Most DeltaV product information is in Books Online. You can print any of that
information or you can order a paper copy from Emerson Process Management. The
Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System manual and the Fieldbus
Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System are also available in printed form. The
Getting Started with Your DeltaV Digital Automation System contains general information
about the software and helps you get started with configuration and the Fieldbus
Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation System provides important information about
installing a fieldbus system.

3-42 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Hazardous Area Installation Manuals, NAMUR Installation
Manuals, and ATEX Instruction Sheets
The following files related to Hazardous Area installations and NAMUR compliant
installations are on the DeltaV installation disk #2 \_Support\Supplemental Docs.
The files are in Portable Document Format (.PDF). A letter (A-Z) is appended to the
filenames that begin with 12P and is incremented for each release of the document.
„ 12P1293 — DeltaV™ Scalable Process System, Class I Division 2 Installation Instructions
(Part Number - 12P1293)
„ 12P1892 — DeltaV™ Scalable Process System, Class I Div. 2 with Class I, II, III Div. 1
Field Circuits Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P1892)
„ 12P1990 — DeltaV™ Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits Installation
Instructions (Part Number - 12P1990)
„ 12P2046 — DeltaV™ Scalable Process System, Zone 2 Installation Instructions (Part
Number - 12P2046)
„ 12P2524 — DeltaV™ IS I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance in Zone 2
Hazardous Areas (Part Number - 12P2524)
„ 12P2822 — DeltaV™ NAMUR Installation Instructions (Part Number - 12P2822)
„ 12P3292 — DeltaV™ Type KJ7000 Series Zone 1 I/O System Installation Instructions
„ 12P3517 — DeltaV™ KJ1710 Single Port Fiber Switch Installation Instructions
„ ATEX Instruction Sheets — The DeltaV ATEX Instruction Sheets (in PDF
format) can also be found at WWW.EasyDeltaV.com/ProductData/ATEX

Checking Out and Troubleshooting Your DeltaV System 3-43

 Technical Service
There are several options available for technical service, including help desk support,
remote diagnosis, 24-hour emergency support, and software update service. Please
complete the SureService registration process.
If the information presented in this manual does not solve your problem, visit
Emerson Process Management’s Reach Us website at
http://www.emersonprocess.com/systems/reach/ and follow the directions for your
world area.
Make sure you have the following information ready:
„ System Identification Number
„ Software Version Number
„ Description of the problem
If you are calling, be at your DeltaV system if possible. This enables the Technical
Support Representative to step you through the proper problem solving procedures.

3-44 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix A Environmental Specifications
All DeltaV system products meet the appropriate European standards for
Electromagnetic Compatibility and carry the CE mark. All products meet CSA
requirements. Contact the factory for details.
The following tables list the environmental specifications for normal operation of
DeltaV system devices: Table A-1 lists temperature and relative humidity
specifications. Table A-2 lists airborne contaminants, vibration, and shock
specifications.
Table A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2)

Device Operating Storage Relative Humidity

Temperature Temperature

Workstation 10°C to 35°C -20°C to 60°C 20% to 80%,

(50°F to 95°F) (-4°F to 140°F) non-condensing
maximum 10°C
(18°F) change per
hour

3Com 3C16700A 8-Port (TP) 0°C to 40°C -30°C to 60°C 0% to 90%,

Unmanaged Hub (32°F to 104°F) (-22°F to 140°F) non-condensing

Allied Telesyn switches: 0°C to 40°C -25°C to 70°C 5% to 95%,

„ AT-FS708 8-Port (TP) Unmanaged (32°F to 104°F) (-13°F to 158°F) non-condensing
„ AT-FS709FC 8-Port (TP)
Unmanaged with 1 100BASE-FX
Fiber Port

Cisco switches: 0°C to 45°C -25°C to 70°C 10% to 85% non-

„ 2940 8-Port (TP) Managed with 1 (32°F to 113°F) (-13°F to 158°F) condensing
100BASE-FX Fiber Port
„ 2950 24-Port (TP) Managed
„ 2950C 24-Port (TP) Managed with 2
100BASE-FX Fiber Ports
„ 3550FX 24-Port (FO) Managed with
24 100BASE-FX Fiber Ports and 2
GBIC gigabit slots
„ 3750-24FS 24-Port (FO) Managed
with 24 100BASE-FX Fiber Ports
and 2 SFP Gigabit slots
„ 3750-24TS-S 24-Port (TP) Managed
with 2 SFP Gigabit slots
„ 3750G-12S-S 12 Slot (SFP)
Managed

MD Controllers, and pre-Series 2 I/O 0°C to 60°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

(32°F to 140°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing

Environmental Specifications A-1

 Table A-1 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (1 of 2) (Continued)

Device Operating Storage Relative Humidity

Temperature Temperature

MDPlus Controllers -40°C to 70°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

(-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing

Single Port Fiber Switch -40°C to 70°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

Four Port Fiber Switch (-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing
Remote Interface Unit

Pre-Series 2 Profibus, Pre-Series 2 0 to 55°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

DeviceNet (32°F to 131°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing

Series 2 I/O -40°C to 70°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

(-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing

System power supplies 0 to 60°C -40°C to 70°C 5% to 95%,

(32°F to 140°F) (-40°F to 158°F) non-condensing

System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) -40 to 70°C -40°C to 70°C 5% to 95%,
(-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 158°F) non-condensing

DIN rail-mounted bulk power supply -40 to 70°C -40°C to 70°C 5% to 95%,
(-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 158°F) non-condensing

Panel-mounted bulk power supply 0 to 60°C (32°F to -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

140°F) at 300 W (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing
and altitude < 914 m
(3000 ft)

DeltaV Controller Firewall 0 to 55°C -40°C to 80°C 10% to 95%,

(32°F to 131°F) (-40°F to 176°F) non-condensing

Fiber-Optic Media Converter 0 to 60°C -40°C to 70°C 5% to 95%

(32°F to 140°F) (-40°F to 158°F)

Fieldbus H1 Carrier -40°C to 70°C -40°C to 85°C 5% to 95%,

(-40°F to 158°F) (-40°F to 185°F) non-condensing

A-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table A-2 DeltaV System Environmental Specifications (2 of 2)

Device Airborne Contaminants Vibration Shock

Workstation Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s

specifications specifications specifications

8-port hub Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s

specifications specifications specifications

All switches in Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s

Table A-1 on specifications specifications specifications
page A-1.

Fieldbus H1 carrier, ISA-S71.04-1985 1 mm peak-to-peak from 10 g ½-sine wave

system power Airborne Contaminants 5 Hz to 16 Hz, for 11 ms
supplies, Class G3 0.5 g from 16Hz to 150 Hz
controllers, Single
Port Fiber Switch,
Remote Interface
Unit,
pre-Series 2 I/O,
and Series 2 I/O

DeltaV Controller Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s Refer to manufacturer’s

Firewall specifications specifications specifications

Bulk power ISA-S71.04-1985 MIL-STD-810D Method MIL-STD-810D Method

supplies Airborne Contaminants 514.3, Category 1, 516.3, Procedure III
Class G2 Procedure I

Environmental Specifications A-3

A-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix B Carrier Specifications
This appendix provides specifications for the following carriers:
„ 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
„ 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier
„ 4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier
„ 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier
„ Fieldbus H1 Carrier
„ Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier
„ Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier
„ Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier
Information on the one-wide carrier extenders is also provided.

Carrier Specifications B-1

 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
Table B-1 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity One system power supply and one controller

⎯ or ⎯

Two system power supplies

Side
View Front View 7.0 cm
2
(2.8 in.)

9.1 cm
(3.6 in.)

16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

3.1 cm 8.4 cm 10.0 cm

(3.3 in.) 3
(1.2 in.) (3.9 in.)
9.1 cm
(3.6 in.)
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)

Figure B-1 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions

B-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier
Table B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity Eight I/O cards with terminal blocks.

Maximum current:

LocalBus (powers I/O cards) 8.0 A

For large systems, use the LocalBus extenders to add
more power. Refer to “Extending System Power to the
I/O” on page J-6. for information.

Bussed field power bus 6.5 A (for each connection)

(shared by multiple I/O card pairs)

LocalBus cable 1.2 m (3.9 ft) nominal length

Side 7.0 cm
View Front View 2
(2.8 in.)

9.1 cm
(3.6 in.)
16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

4 Right carrier
1 extender

3.1 cm 33.6 cm
(13.2 in.) 10.0 cm 3
(1.2 in.) (3.9 in.)
34.3 cm
(13.5 in.)
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)
4 Left carrier extender

Figure B-2 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions

Carrier Specifications B-3

 Carrier Extenders
The DeltaV system supports left and right carrier extenders. Install the carrier
extenders onto the I/O carriers by sliding together the 48 pin connectors on the sides
of the carriers. The carrier extenders (right side is KJ4001X1-NA1 and left side is
KJ4001X1-NB1) ship with one or two D-shell cables (KJ4002X1-BF2). Typically, one
D-shell cable is used; however, two D-shell cables can also be used.
The length of the cable, including the left and right carrier extenders, is 1.2 meters.

Note If two D-shell cables are used, they must be routed together from the same source to the
same destination.
Figure B-3 shows the carrier extenders.

Left carrier extender Side view Right carrier extender

White BNC
connector
(for SIS only) Black BNC
Top D-Shell
connector
connector
Top D-Shell (for SIS only)
(44 pin)
connector C D
(44 pins)
A
A
10.2 cm White
(4.0 in.) BNC
connector
16.5 cm (for SIS only)
(6.5 in.) C

LOCK LOCK
D-Shell
connector
(for dual D-Shell
cables only) 48 48 connector
Pin Pin (for dual
B connector connector B cables only)
Black
BNC
connector
+ + (for SIS only)
D

4.2 cm 3.1 cm
(1.7 in.) (1.2 in.)
4.6 cm
(1.8 in.)

Figure B-3 Carrier Extenders

B-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 ¾ To add external power

Refer to Figure B-4.

1. Remove the jumper.

2. Insert a 12VDC power supply to the terminal block:
• + to the center terminal
• - to the - terminal

12 VDC
External
Power
++ - + -

Left Carrier ++ -

Jumper
Left Carrier
External Power

Figure B-4 Adding External Power

Carrier Specifications B-5

 4-Wide Vertical Power/Controller Carrier
Table B-3 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier (Top/Bottom) Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity Two system power supplies and two controllers

⎯or ⎯
Three system power supplies and one controller

Minimum
(LEFT) Front View 5.8 cm Spacing
DIN Rail (2.3 in.) for Airflow
Clearance

Top Position
4-Wide Carrier
18.0 cm
(7.1 in.)

p
Minimum
3.8 cm Spacing for
(1.5 in.) Field-Wiring
Carrier Connector Bend Radius
Clearance

Bottom View

9.9 cm DIN Rail

2.9 cm (3.9 in.) Center
(1.2 in.)
18.3 cm
(7.2 in.)

Figure B-5 4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier Dimensions

The dimensions for the bottom 4-wide power/controller carrier are the same as those
for the top 4-wide power/controller carrier (shown above). The carrier connector on
the bottom 4-wide power/controller carrier is located on the top of the carrier.

B-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier
Table B-4 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity Eight I/O cards with terminal blocks.

Maximum current:
LocalBus (powers I/O cards) 15.0 A
Bussed field power bus 6.5 A (for each connection)
(shared by multiple I/O card pairs)

LocalBus cable
Bottom cable extender 1.0 m (3.3 ft) nominal length
Top cable extender 2.0 m (6.6 ft) nominal length

Carrier Specifications B-7

 Top View Top View
18.3 cm 18.3 cm
(7.2 in.) (7.2 in.)
9.9 cm 9.9 cm
1 1
(3.9 in.) (3.9 in.)

2.7 cm 2.7 cm
(1.05 in.) (1.05 in.)

Front View Front View

Bussed Field
Power Connector

55.9 cm 55.9 cm
(22.0 in.) (22.0 in.)

3.8 cm 2 3.8 cm
(1.5 in.) (1.5 in.)

Left Side Right Side

Notes:
1 Centerline of mounting screws for DIN rail
2 Clearance recommended on shield bar side of carrier for field wiring

Figure B-6 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier Dimensions

B-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Fieldbus H1 Carrier
The fieldbus H1 carrier provides an H1 interface to an 8-channel discrete input card,
an 8-channel discrete output card, and terminal blocks. To function correctly, the two
cards must use the same voltage. The H1 carrier mounts on a DIN rail (T-rail only),
wall, or panel and can be enclosed in the H1 carrier enclosure.
Table B-5 H1 Carrier Power Specifications

Item Specification

Input power rating +24 VDC ± 20% @ 500 mA (maximum)

Output power rating +12 VDC ± 5% @ 600 mA (maximum)

Bussed field power 6.5 A (maximum)

(shared by both I/O
cards)

Fieldbus Port Foundation Fieldbus H1 - 31.25Kbit/second

Fieldbus Power 9 to 32 VDC, 12 mA (maximum)

Carrier Specifications B-9

 DC AC
L
N
NC/SH 4

+24 Field
VDC Power
Fieldbus

7.0 cm
2
(2.8 in.)

6.4 cm DI DO
(2.5 in.)

17.8 cm
1 (7.0 in.)

16.75 cm
(6.6 in.)

2.5 cm 7.7 cm 10.0 cm

(3.0 in.) 3
(1.0 in.) (3.9 in.)
9.1 cm
Side View (3.6 in.)

Front View
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)
4 NC/SH can be used to connect shield drain wire. No connection is made to ground on carrier.

Figure B-7 H1 Carrier Dimensions

B-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure B-8 shows the dimensions for the H1 Carrier enclosure (optional).
30.0 cm
(11.81 in.)

23.50 cm 20.0 cm
(9.25 in.) (7.87 in.)

# 

  

35.0 cm
(13.78 in.)

33.2 cm 
(13.07 in.)  !

  


        " !  
   

Figure B-8 H1 Carrier Enclosure Dimensions

Note The H1 Carrier Enclosure must be grounded. The Enclosure Ground Kit and
instructions for grounding are included with the enclosure.

Carrier Specifications B-11

 Intrinsically Safe Power Supply Carrier
Table B-6 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity One I.S. Power Supply

Side
View Front View 7.0 cm
2
(2.8 in.)

10.2 cm
(4.0 in.)

16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

3.1 cm 8.4 cm 10.0 cm

(3.3 in.) 3
(1.2 in.) (3.9 in.)
9.1 cm
(3.6 in.)
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)

Figure B-9 I.S. Power Supply Carrier Dimensions

B-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Intrinsically Safe 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier
Table B-7 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal I/O Interface Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity Eight I.S. I/O cards with terminal blocks.

LocalBus cable 0.35 m (1.15 ft) nominal length

0.85 m (2.79 ft) nominal length
1.20 m (3.94 ft) nominal length

Side Front View 7.0 cm 2

View (2.8 in.)

10.2 cm
(4.0 in.) 16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

3.1 cm 33.6 cm
(13.2 in.) 10.0 cm 3
(1.2 in.) (3.9 in.)
34.3 cm
(13.5 in.)
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)

Figure B-10 I.S. 8-Wide Horizontal Carrier Dimensions

Carrier Specifications B-13

 Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator Carrier
Table B-8 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Specifications

Item Specification

Capacity One LocalBus Isolator card

Side
View Front View 7.0 cm
2
(2.8 in.)

10.2 cm
(4.0 in.)

16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

3.1 cm 8.4 cm 10.0 cm

(3.3 in.) 3
(1.2 in.) (3.9 in.)
9.1 cm
(3.6 in.)
Notes:
1 Centerline of Mounting Screws for DIN Rail
2 Clearance Recommended Above Carrier for Power Wiring
3 Clearance Recommended Below Carrier for Field Wiring (Including Panduit)

Figure B-11 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Carrier Dimensions

B-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix C Interface Specifications
This appendix provides specifications and wiring diagrams for all of the I/O cards
and terminal blocks.

I/O Cards
The DeltaV I/O subsystem supports multiple types of I/O cards including analog
and discrete input and output cards, HART input and output cards, serial cards,
Thermocouple mV, RTD, ohms and intrinsically safe analog and discrete input and
output cards. Bus cards such as the Fieldbus H1, Profibus DP, AS-Interface, and
DeviceNet are also supported. In addition, some of the Series 2 versions of the cards
are available in Redundant mode for high-availability applications. The I/O subsystem
consists of terminal blocks that snap onto the carrier to provide screw termination for
field wiring and the I/O cards which snap over the terminal blocks and onto the
carrier. The I/O cards convert field signals to the appropriate format for control and
communications.

Power
Error
Ch. 1
Ch. 2
Ch. 3
Ch. 4
Ch. 5
Ch. 6
Ch. 7
Ch. 8
DI Card
120 VAC
Dry Contact

Front View

Figure C-1 Standard I/O Card

Up to 64 I/O cards are supported by a single I/O subsystem.

To simplify installation and ensure that the I/O interface is suitable for the plant
environment, I/O terminal blocks have field wiring protection keys that correspond
to keys on the I/O cards. The keys ensure that the I/O card and the I/O terminal
block match; an I/O card plugs into an I/O terminal block only if the keys agree.

Interface Specifications C-1

 Warning Be sure that your I/O cards and terminal blocks are compatible before
plugging in I/O cards. Card damage can result if an I/O card and terminal
block are incompatible. Refer to Table C-71 on page 128 for non I.S. I/O card
and terminal block compatibility and Table C-72 on page 132 for I.S. card and
terminal block compatibility.

C-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DeltaV Series 2 I/O
The following DeltaV Series 2 I/O cards support redundancy:
„ Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with HART
„ Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA with HART
„ Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
„ Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
„ Series 2 H1
„ Series 2 Serial
Series 2, redundant capable cards are configured, autosensed, upgraded, and operated
just like the pre-Series 2 cards. Series 2 cards in Simplex mode can function as drop-in
replacements for pre-Series 2 cards of the same type. With the exception of the
Simplex mode Series 2 H1 card, which requires the Series 2 H1 terminal block, no
wiring change is required to replace a pre-Series 2 card. Series 2 cards report their
operating mode (simplex or redundant) to the DeltaV controller based on the type of
terminal block on which they are installed. Redundant terminal blocks provide wiring
terminations for the redundant cards. If a card is installed on a redundant terminal
block, it reports itself as operating in Redundant mode; otherwise, it reports itself as
operating in Simplex mode. Refer to “Redundant Terminal Blocks” on page C-108 for
information.

Note Series 2 cards must be used with an MD controller when connected to a redundant
terminal block and operated in Redundant mode.
Other than redundant terminal blocks, no additional software or hardware is required
to support redundancy. A redundant terminal block spans two adjacent slots on the
carrier. A redundant I/O card consists of two Series 2 cards installed in a redundant
terminal block.

Note For both horizontal and vertical carriers, the lower slot number in a redundant pair must
be odd and the upper slot number must be the next higher even number. For example,
redundant pairs can be installed in slots 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 9 and 10. Redundant pairs
cannot be installed in slots 6 and 7, 24 and 25. Configuration tools such as the DeltaV
Explorer enforce this requirement.

Interface Specifications C-3

 The double-wide redundant terminal blocks require only a single set of wires for each
redundant channel or fieldbus segment. (The exception is the Redundant Interface
terminal block which uses two sets of wires for the Series 2 Serial card. One set of
wires is used for each interface such as a computer.) The redundant terminal blocks
contain screw terminals appropriate for the card type and signals from the screw
terminals are connected to both cards in a redundant pair.
If all cards are redundant, the controller can support up to 32 redundant pairs. Refer
to DeltaV Books Online for more information on using Series 2 cards in a DeltaV
system.

C-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA
The DeltaV system supports the following types of AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards:
„ AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA
„ AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART (2 and 4-wire)
„ Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, Simplex mode (2-wire)
„ Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART, Simplex mode and Redundant mode (2
and 4-wire)

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART and the
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART cards. Refer to page C-96 for terminal
block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the fused and 4-wire I/O
blocks, the 16 pin mass termination block for 2-wire applications, and the 24-pin
mass termination block for 4-wire applications. Refer to page C-119 and page C-
120 for mass termination block specifications.
„ The Redundant Analog Input terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for Series 2 Redundant AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA,
HART cards for either 2-wire or 4-wire applications. Refer to page C-109 for
terminal block specifications.
„ To function correctly, the AI cards require that 24 VDC be supplied through the
bussed field power connection. The 4-wire termination block is designed for use
with 4-wire field-powered transmitters. Power for these transmitters must be
provided from an appropriate external power source. See the transmitter
specifications for power source information. For example, if you are using the
DeltaV AI, 4–20 mA I/O card with a DeltaV 4-wire Termination Block, an
external power source must be connected to the 4-wire transmitter.
„ The open HART protocol layers digital information on the standard analog 4-20
mA process signal.
„ Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal
block and operated in Redundant mode.

Interface Specifications C-5

 Table C-1 AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, Specifications (HART and Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Nominal signal range (span) 4 to 20 mA

Full signal range 1 to 22.5 mA, with overrange checking

Valid range for LED indication 0.75 to 23 mA

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 120 mA typical, 150 mA maximum
card Series 2 (for each card in Redundant
mode only1):
175 mA typical
250 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 300 mA maximum at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Field circuit per channel 32 mA maximum

Series 2:
30 mA maximum

Accuracy over temperature range 0.1% of span

Resolution 16 bits

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Rolloff frequency -3 dB at 2.7 Hz, -20.5 dB at ½ the sampling

frequency

Calibration None required

Communications Support (only for version HART pass-through request/response

with HART) HART variable report
Field device status report

HART scan time 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel

Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

1.Double for a redundant pair.

C-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
Termination I/O Card

Optional fuse Common

connection
(Odd no.) for 8 channels

+ Current
2-Wire analog limiter
and/or HART
field transmitter A/D
T System
Converter

Low
pass
-
(Even no.)
filter
250 Ω

I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-2 Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA and AI, 8-Channel, 4–20
mA, HART

Interface Specifications C-7

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

Optional fuse + -
Termination I/O Card
Common
connection
for 8 channels
(Odd no.)
+ Current
limiter

2-wire analog
A/D
and/or HART
Converter
field transmitter
T
System

Low
pass
-
(Even no.)
filter

250 Ω

I/O
Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-3 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in
Simplex Mode

C-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ - + -
2-Wire Primary I/O card
redundant
termination Common
Current connections
limiter for 8 channels
A/D
System
Converter
Low pass
(Odd no.) filter
+
250 Ω
2-Wire analog
and/or HART
field transmitter
T
Secondary I/O card

Current
limiter
-
(Even no.) A/D System
Relay Converter
Low pass
filter

Mode
250 Ω

Redundant
analog input
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 + - +- +- +- +- +-
Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8

Figure C-4 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 2-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in
Redundant Mode

Interface Specifications C-9

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
4-Wire I/O Card Common
termination connection
(Odd no.) for 8 channels
4-Wire analog and/or
HART field transmitter + Low
pass
A/D System
(with user supplied power Converter
and isolated current output) filter

T 250 Ω

-
(Even no.)
4-Wire I/O terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-5 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in
Simplex Mode

C-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ - + -
4-wire Primary I/O card
Relay redundant
termination Common
connections
for 8 channels
Mode
Low pass A/D
filter Converter System
(Odd no.)
4-Wire analog
+ 250 Ω
and/or HART field
transmitter (with user
supplied power and
isolated current output)
T
Secondary I/O card

-
(Even no.) Low pass A/D
filter Converter System

250 Ω

Redundant analog
input terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8

Figure C-6 Wiring Diagram for Series 2, 4-Wire AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in
Redundant Mode

Interface Specifications C-11

 AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC

Installation Notes
„ The 4-wire I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC card. Refer to page C-96 for
terminal block specifications. The 24-pin mass termination block can also be
used. Refer to page C-120 for specifications.
„ The AI, 1–5 VDC card does not provide power to the field transmitter. To
function correctly, the AI cards require that 24 VDC power be connected for field
power.
Table C-2 AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the system

and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Nominal signal range (span) 1 to 5 VDC

Full signal range 0.25 to 5.64 VDC, with overrange checking

Valid range for LED indication 0.18 to 5.77 VDC

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 100 mA typical

card 150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 100 mA (used on card) at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Input impedance 2 MΩ

Accuracy over temperature range 0.1% of span

Resolution 16 bits

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Rolloff frequency -3 dB at 1.3 Hz

-25 dB at ½ the sampling frequency

Calibration None required

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
4-Wire I/O Card Common
termination connection
4-Wire analog and/or (Odd no.) for 8 channels
HART field transmitter
(with user-supplied power
+ Low
pass A/D
Converter
System
filter
and isolated voltage output)
T

-
(Even no.)
4-Wire I/O terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-7 Wiring Diagram for AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC

Interface Specifications C-13

 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
The DeltaV system supports the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card in
Simplex mode. Only 2-wire transmitters are supported.

Installation Notes
„ The 16-channel Analog Input terminal block provides screw terminations for
field wiring for the Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card. Refer to
page C-106 for specifications.
„ To function correctly, the card requires that 24 VDC be supplied through the
bussed field power connection.
Table C-3 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels 16

Isolation Field to system isolation is factory tested to 1500 VDC.

No channel to channel isolation.

Nominal signal range (span) 4 to 20 mA

Full signal range 2 to 22 mA

2-wire transmitter power 13.5 V min. at 20 mA (current limited to 29 mA

maximum)

LocalBus current (12 VDC 85 mA typical, 150 mA maximum

nominal)

Field circuit power (per card) 600 mA maximum at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Field circuit per channel 30 mA maximum

Accuracy over temperature 0.2% of span

range

Resolution 16 bits

C-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-3 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Series 2) (Continued)

Item Specification

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Filtering -3 db at 2.7 Hz
-6 db at 4.6 Hz
-20.5 db at 20 Hz
-34 db at 50 Hz
-90 db at 1200 Hz

Rolloff frequency -3 dB at 2.7 Hz, -20.5 dB at ½ the sampling frequency

Calibration None required

Communications support HART pass-through request/response

HART variable report
Field device status report

HART scan time 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Interface Specifications C-15

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
Termination I/O Card
(Odd no.) Common
connection
+ Current
limiter
for 16 channels

2-Wire analog and/or

HART field transmitter A/D
T Converter System
Low
pass
(Even no.)
- filter

250 Ω

AI 16-channel Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
terminal block 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
+
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
-
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-8 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA, HART

C-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA
The DeltaV system supports the following types of AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA cards:
„ AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA
„ AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART
„ Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART (Simplex and Redundant modes)

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide terminations for field wiring
for the AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART and the
Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART cards in Simplex mode. Refer to
page C-96 for terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the
fused I/O block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 and
page C-119 for specifications.
„ The Redundant Analog Output terminal block is recommended to provide
terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART
card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-111 for specifications.
„ The open HART protocol layers digital information on the standard analog 4-20
mA process signal.
„ Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal
block and operated in Redundant mode.
Table C-4 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Nominal signal range (span) 4 to 20 mA

Full signal range 1 mA to 23 mA

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), 120 mA typical, 150 mA maximum

per card Series 2 (for each card in Redundant mode
only1:)
175 mA typical
250 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 300 mA maximum at 24 VDC (±10%)

Interface Specifications C-17

 Table C-4 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA Specifications (HART and Series 2) (Continued)

Item Specification

Accuracy over temperature range 0.25% of span (0 - 60°C)

Series 2:
0.25% (0 to 60°C)
0.4% (-40 to 70°C)

Resolution 12 bits for AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA

14 bits for AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART
14 bits for Series 2 AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA,
HART

Output compliance 20 mA at 21.6 VDC supply into 700 Ω load

Calibration Information stored on card

Communications Support (only for HART pass-through request/response

version with HART) HART variable report
Field device status report

HART scan time 600-800 ms (typical) per enabled channel

Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

1.Double for a redundant pair.

C-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection
4-20 mA current source
- +
I/O Card Common Termination
connection
for 8 channels

Optional fuse

A/D
System Converter
(Odd no.)
+
4-20 mA device and/or HART
Load

-
(Even no.) I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-9 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Simplex Mode

Interface Specifications C-19

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

- + - +
Primary I/O card Redundant
Common termination
connections
for 8 channels
Mode Relay
System A/D
Converter

(Odd no.)
+
4-20 mA device
Load and/or HART
Secondary I/O card

-
(Even no.)
System A/D
Converter

Redundant analog
output terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8

Figure C-10 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART in Redundant
Mode

C-20 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 AS-Interface
The Actuator Sensor-Interface (AS-i) is a digital, serial, bi-directional communications
protocol and bus system that interconnects simple binary on/off devices such as
actuators, sensors, and discrete devices in the field. The AS-Interface standard is
defined by CENELEC standard EN 50295.
The two-conductor AS-Interface cable supplies both power and data for field devices.
An AS-Interface network can include branches. The total cable length, (main line and all
branches), cannot exceed 100 meters. Refer to Table C-5 for AS-Interface cable distance
limits and to the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295) for design and engineering details
on AS-Interface cable.
Table C-5 AS-Interface Cable Distance Limits

Item Specification

Recommended Unshielded AS-Interface yellow cable1

cable

Distance limits 100 meters total length (main line and branches) without repeater or
extender
300 meters total length (main line and branches) with two repeaters2
300 meters total length (main line and branches) with one extender and
one repeater

1. Any other cable, shielded or unshielded, can be used if the installation meets all the
impedance requirements specified in the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295).
2. Repeaters require an additional AS-Interface power supply on the far side of the repeater.

For more information on the AS-Interface and for information on installing

AS-Interface devices, refer to the AS-Interface web site at
http://www.as-interface.com.

Interface Specifications C-21

 Installation Notes
„ The Interface terminal block provides terminations for field wiring for the AS-
Interface card. Refer to page C-99 for terminal block specifications.
„ It is recommended that you do not connect the AS-Interface devices directly to
the AS-Interface card terminals. Use one AS-Interface cable to connect the
AS-Interface card to the power supply and use another AS-Interface cable to
connect the devices to the power supply.
„ If you are using extenders and repeaters, refer to the device data sheet for
additional cabling recommendations.
„ The AS-Interface bus requires a special AS-Interface power supply (purchased
separately) that provides electrical isolation from the data signals. A standard
power supply can be used but it must have a conditioning module added to its
output. Refer to the AS-Interface standard (EN 50295) for design and
engineering details on the AS-Interface power supply.
„ Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to an AS-Interface bus.
Table C-6 AS-Interface Specifications

Item Specification

Number of ports Two

Port Type Actuator Sensor-Interface – 167 kb/second

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the system and each
other and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

LocalBus Current 300 mA (max)

24 VDC Field circuit None

power, per card

30 VDC AS-Interface field 70 mA (max)

power per port

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-22 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier

I/O Card Termination

AS-i 1 AS-i ( ) +
Encoder/
decoder 2 AS-i ( ) - Port
1
3, 5, 7 AS-i ( ) +
System
4, 6, 8 AS-i ( ) -

AS-i 9 AS-i ( ) +
Encoder/
decoder 10 AS-i ( ) -
Port
2
11, 13, 15 AS-i ( ) +
12, 14, 16 AS-i ( ) -
Interface terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
AS-i +
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
AS-i -
Port Port
1 2

Figure C-11 Wiring Diagram for AS-Interface

Interface Specifications C-23

 DeviceNet
The DeltaV system supports the DeviceNet card and Series 2 DeviceNet card in
Simplex mode.
DeviceNet is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that
interconnects devices in the field. For information on installing DeviceNet devices,
refer to the DeviceNet web site at http://www.odva.org.

Installation Notes
„ The Fieldbus H1 terminal block is recommended to provide terminations for
field wiring for the DeviceNet card and Series 2 DeviceNet card in Simplex
mode. The key on the H1 terminal block is set to D6 at the factory. Change the
key position to D5 to match the key on the Series 2 DeviceNet card. Refer to
page C-97 for specifications on the Fieldbus H1 terminal block.
„ The DeviceNet and Series 2 DeviceNet card in Simplex mode require the MD
controller.
„ Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to a DeviceNet
network.
Table C-7 DeviceNet Interface Specifications (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of Ports One

Port Type DeviceNet

LocalBus current (12 VDC 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum

nominal), per card

Field circuit power (24 VDC 40 mA maximum at 24 VDC (± 10%)

nominal), per card

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-24 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier

I/O Card Termination

5 +24 VDC
Regulator

1 24 VDC return

3 Shield
System

8 Shield

4 CAN HI

2 CAN LO

Fieldbus H1 terminal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 block (change key
position to D5)

-
V CL D CH V
+
Figure C-12 Wiring Diagram for DeviceNet

Interface Specifications C-25

 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
The DeltaV system supports the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and the
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card (Simplex and Redundant modes).

Installation Notes
„ The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact and the Series 2 DI,
8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-96 for
terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the I/O terminal
block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for
specifications on the 16-pin mass termination block.
„ The Redundant Discrete terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry
Contact card in Redundant mode. Refer to page C-112 for specifications on this
terminal block.
„ Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal
block and operated in Redundant mode.
„ Compatibility with NAMUR Sensors — NAMUR sensors that are designed to
operate within an excitation voltage range of 5 to 18 V are compatible with Series
2 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards. At 24 VDC, enough wetting
current and excitation voltage is provided to operate NAMUR sensors designed
for an excitation voltage range of 5 to 18 V. NAMUR sensors not designed to
operate in the 5 to 18 V range may not work with Series 2 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC,
Dry Contact cards.
„ Line Fault Detection — The Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact card
has line fault detection for detecting open or short circuits in field wiring. To use
this capability you must:
• Enable line fault detection in your configuration. Enable line fault detection
on a channel-by-channel basis when you configure the channels.
• Connect the dry contact to external resistors. Connect the dry contact to a
6.8 KΩ resistor in parallel (allows the open circuit detection) and a 2.4 KΩ
resistor in series (allows short circuit detection).

C-26 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 (Odd no.)
2.4KΩ
+
6.8KΩ

-
(Even no.)

Figure C-13 External Line Fault Detection Resistors

Line Fault Detection Value Detected

Short Circuit <100 Ω for guaranteed short circuit detection

Open Circuit >100 kΩ for guaranteed open loop detection

„ Line Fault Detection in NAMUR Sensors — Line fault detection is built into
NAMUR sensors. Do not use external resistors with NAMUR sensors; however,
you must enable line fault detection in your configuration when using NAMUR
sensors.

Interface Specifications C-27

 Table C-8 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Specifications (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Detection level for On > 2.2 mA

Detection level for Off < 1 mA

Impedance 5 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 75 mA typical

100 mA maximum
Series 2:
90 mA typical
150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 100 mA at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-28 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
Optional fuse field power connection

+ -
Termination I/O Card
Common
connection
for 8 channels
System

(Odd no.)
+

I/O Terminal block -

(Even no.)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-14 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact

Interface Specifications C-29

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection
Optional fuse
+ -
Termination I/O Card
Common
connection
for 8 channels
(Odd no.)
5K Ω System
+
Logic

-
(Even no.)

I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-15 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Simplex
Mode

C-30 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ - + -
Redundant Primary I/O card
termination Common
connections
for 8 channels
Mode
Relay System
5K Ω

(Odd no.) Logic

+

Secondary I/O card

5K Ω System

Logic
-
(Even no.)

Redundant
discrete
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8

Figure C-16 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact in Redundant
Mode

Interface Specifications C-31

 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card. Refer to page C-96 for
terminal block specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the fused I/O
terminal block and the 16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for
specifications on the 16-pin mass termination block.
„ If you use a mass termination block with the DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated
card, refer to the termination block specifications for the input rating for each
block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications
listed in Table C-9.
Table C-9 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and from each other and factory
tested to 1500 VDC.

Detection level for On > 10 VDC

Detection level for Off < 5 VDC

Input impedance 5 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 75 mA typical

100 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-32 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Optional fuse Carrier

Termination I/O Card

(Odd no.) System

5K Ω
+ +
24
VDC
Source
- -
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-17 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Interface Specifications C-33

 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact

Installation Notes
„ The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact card. An optional
terminal block is the I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-10 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system at 250 VAC.

Detection level for On > 1.4 mA

Detection level for Off < 0.56 mA

Impedance 60 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 75 mA

card 100 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 15 mA at 120 VAC

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-34 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
120 VAC Bussed
field power connection
Optional fuse
L N
Termination I/O Card

Common
(Odd no.) connection
+ for 8 channels

System

-
(Even no.)

I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-18 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact

Interface Specifications C-35

 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal block
is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-11 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from

the system at 250 VAC and from other
channels at 250 VAC.

Detection level for On 84 VAC to 130 VAC

Detection level for Off 0 VAC to 34 VAC

Input load (contact cleaning) 2 mA at 120 VAC

Input impedance 60 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 75 mA typical

100 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-36 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
Optional fuse

Termination I/O Card

(Odd no.)
+ 60K Ω System
L
120
VAC
Source
N -
(Even no.)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
I/O Terminal block
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-19 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated

Interface Specifications C-37

 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact

Installation Notes
„ The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact card. An optional
terminal block is the I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-12 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system at 250 VAC.

Detection level for On > 0.71 mA

Detection level for Off < 0.28 mA

Impedance 238 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 75 mA

card 100 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 7 mA at 230 VAC

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-38 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
230 VAC Bussed
field power connection
Optional fuse
L N
Termination I/O Card
Common
(Odd no.) connection
+ for 8 channels

System

-
(Even no.)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
I/O Terminal block
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-20 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact

Interface Specifications C-39

 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the DI, 8-channel, 230 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal block
is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-13 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system at 250 VAC and from other channels
at 250 VAC.

Detection level for On 168 VAC to 250 VAC

Detection level for Off 0 VAC to 68 VAC

Input load (contact cleaning) 1 mA at 230 VAC

Input impedance 238 kΩ

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 75 mA

100 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Optional fuse 2.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-40 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
Optional fuse

Termination I/O Card

(Odd no.)
+ 238K Ω System
L
230
VAC
Source
N -
(Even no.)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
I/O Terminal block
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-21 Wiring Diagram for DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated

Interface Specifications C-41

 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
The DeltaV system supports the DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and the
Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card in Simplex mode.

Installation Notes
„ The 32-Channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact and Series 2 DI, 32-
channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards. Refer to page C-105 for specifications. The
40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to page C-122 for
specifications.
„ The return connection for all 32 channels is the 24 VDC Field Power Ground.
You must supply an external wire to make this connection. However the
connection is internally made if the 40-pin mass termination block is used with
the Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card and no external wire is
required.
Table C-14 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels 32

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Detection level for ON > 2 mA

Detection level for OFF < 0.25 mA

Impedance 5 KΩ

LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card 50 mA typical

75 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 150 mA at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Series 2
150 mA at 24 VDC (-15%/+20%)

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-42 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
Termination I/O Card Common
connection
System for 32
channels
32-Channel terminal
block (the numbers
indicate the channel
assigments)
+

1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30

3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32

Figure C-22 Wiring Diagram for DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact

Interface Specifications C-43

 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
The DeltaV system supports the DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card and the
Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card (Simplex and Redundant modes).

Installation Notes
„ The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side and the Series 2 DO,
8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card in Simplex mode. Optional terminal blocks
are the I/O terminal block, and the 10 and 16-pin mass termination blocks. Refer
to page C-96 for specifications on the I/O terminal blocks and to page C-118
and page C-119for mass termination block specifications.
„ If you use a mass termination block with the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
I/O card, refer to the termination block specifications for the output rating for
each block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications
listed in Table C-15.
„ The Redundant Discrete terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
card. Refer to page C-112 for terminal block specifications.
„ Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal
block and operated in Redundant mode.
„ Line Fault Detection — The Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC High-Side card
has line fault detection that can be enabled on a channel-by-channel basis as a
configuration item. When line fault detection is enabled, the card detects open
and short line fault conditions by performing an internal readback of the output
to verify its value in both on and off states. The card tests the opposite state of its
current value by temporarily changing the output to that value, performing the
internal readback, then returning the output to its configured output value. The
pulses to the opposite state are never greater than 200 µSec. High speed inputs
that connect to a DO channel with line fault enabled must consider these pulses
in the input software scheme.
When line fault detection is not enabled, a more limited detection of open and
short line fault conditions is available on the active redundant card only. This is
accomplished by the internal readback mechanism without pulsing the output to
the opposite state. Therefore, shorts can be detected only when the DO channel
is on, and opens can be detected only when the DO channel is off. When line
fault detection is not enabled, and the card is simplex, line fault tests do not run
and line fault conditions are not reported.
„ When pulse testing is enabled, the LED on the output device may be slightly
illuminated.

C-44 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Note Total cable capacitance of less than 30nF is acceptable. Line fault detection does not
work with large inductive or capacitive loads and must be disabled under these conditions.

Line Fault Detection Value Detected

Short Circuit < 5 Ω for > 3 seconds

Open Circuit >25 KΩ for guaranteed open loop detection

< 8 KΩ for guaranteed no open loop
detection

Table C-15 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Output range 2 VDC to 60 VDC

Series 2:
24 VDC± 10%

Output rating 1.0 A continuous per channel

(inrush 4.0 A for <100 ms; 6.0 A for <20 ms);
3.0 A maximum per card

Optional fuse (Simplex mode only) 2.0 A (inrush 5.0 A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty
cycle)

Off-state leakage 1.2 mA maximum

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 100 mA typical

card 150 mA maximum
Series 2:
90 mA typical
150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 3.0 A at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Interface Specifications C-45

 Table C-15 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications (includes Series 2) (Continued)

Item Specification

Configurable channel types:

Discrete Output Output stays in last state submitted by the

controller.

Momentary Output Output is active for a pre-configured time

period (100 ms to 100 s).

Continuous Pulse Output Output is active as a percentage of a pre-

configured base time period
(100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms.

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
I/O Card Termination Optional fuse
Common
connection
for 8
channels
(Odd no.)
System
+
Load

-
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
- 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-23 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Simplex
Mode

C-46 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ - + -
Primary Redundant
I/O card termination
Common
connections
for 8 channels
System Relay
Mode

(Odd no.)
+
Secondary
I/O card
Load

System
-
(Even no.)

Redundant discrete
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8

Figure C-24 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side in Redundant
Mode

Interface Specifications C-47

 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card. Refer to page C-96 for
specifications. Optional terminal blocks are the Fused I/O terminal block and
16-pin mass termination block. Refer to page C-119 for specifications on the 16-
pin mass termination block.
„ If you use a mass termination block with the DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated
card, refer to the termination block specifications for the output rating for each
block. Those specifications might be more restrictive than the specifications
listed in Table C-16.
Table C-16 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and from each other and factory
tested to 1500 VDC.

Output range 2 VDC to 60 VDC

Output rating 1.0 A (inrush 4.0 A for <100 ms; 6.0 A for <20
ms)

Off-state leakage 1.2 mA maximum

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 100 mA typical

150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Configurable channel types:

Discrete Output Output stays in last state submitted by the

controller.

Momentary Output Output is active for a pre-configured time

period (100 ms to 100 s).

Continuous Pulse Output Output is active as a percentage of a pre-

configured base time period
(100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms.

Optional fuse 2.0 A (inrush 5.0 A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty

cycle)

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-48 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier Optional fuse

I/O Card Termination

(Odd no.)
System + +
DC
Power
supply
Load
-(Even no.) -

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
- I/O Terminal block

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-25 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated

Interface Specifications C-49

 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side

Installation Notes
„ The Fused I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side card. An
optional terminal block is the I/O terminal block. Refer to page C-96 for
specifications.
Table C-17 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the system at

250 VAC.

Output range 20 VAC to 250 VAC

Output rating 1.0 A continuous per channel

(inrush 5 A for < 100 ms; 20 A for < 20 ms)
3.0 A maximum per card up to 50°C
2.0 A maximum per card up to 60°C

Optional fuse 2.0 A (inrush 5A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty cycle)

Off state leakage 2 mA maximum at 120 VAC, 4 mA maximum at 230

VAC

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), 100 mA typical

per card 150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 3.0 A at 120 VAC or 230 VAC per I/O Interface

Configurable channel types:

Discrete Output Output stays in last state submitted by the controller.

Momentary Output Output is active for a pre-configured time period

(100 ms to 100 s).

Continuous Pulse Output Output is active as a percentage of a pre-configured

base time period (100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms.

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-50 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
120/230 VAC Bussed AC
field power connection
L N
I/O Card Termination
Optional fuse
Common
connection
for 8 channels (Odd no.)
System +
Load

-
(Even no.)

I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-26 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side

Interface Specifications C-51

 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated

Installation Notes
„ The I/O terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for field
wiring for the DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, Isolated card. An optional terminal
block is the Fused I/O block. Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
Table C-18 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system at 250 VAC and from other channels
at 250 VAC.

Output range 20 VAC to 250 VAC

Output rating 1.0 A continuous per channel

(inrush 5 A for <100 ms; 20 A for <20 ms)
3.0 A maximum per card up to 50°C (122°F)
2.0 A maximum per card up to 60°C (140°F)

Optional fuse 2.0 A (inrush 5A for <10 ms at 0.1% duty

cycle)

Off state leakage 2 mA maximum at 120 VAC

4 mA maximum at 230 VAC

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 100 mA typical

card 150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Configurable channel types:

Discrete Output Output stays in last state submitted by the

controller.

Momentary Output Output is active for a pre-configured time

period (100 ms to 100 s).

Continuous Pulse Output Output is active as a percentage of a pre-

configured base time period
(100 ms to 100 s). Resolution = 5 ms.

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-52 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
Optional fuse

I/O Card Termination

120/230 VAC Power

(Odd no.)
System + L N

Load
-
(Even no.)
I/O Terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-27 Wiring Diagram for DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated

Interface Specifications C-53

 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
The DeltaV system supports the DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card and the
Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card in Simplex mode.

Installation Notes
„ The 32-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the DO, 32-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side and Series 2 DO, 32-
Channel, 24 VDC, High Side cards. Refer to page C-105 for terminal block
specifications. The 40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to
page C-122 for information on the 40-pin mass termination block.
„ The return connection for all 32 channels is the 24 VDC Field Power Ground.
You must supply an external wire to make this connection. However the
connection is internally made if the 40-pin mass termination block is used with
the Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side card and no external wire is
required. A resettable 1A fuse protects each group of four channels (1-4, 5-8,...29-
32) from a short circuit. Excessive current on any single channel can trip the fuse
and disable all four channels in the group. If the fuse trips, turn off or disconnect
the group of four channels and allow the fuse to cool and reset.
Table C-19 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of channels 32

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Output range 24 VDC (± 10%)

Series 2
24 VDC (-15%/+20%)

Output rating 100 mA per channel

Off-state leakage 0.1 mA maximum

LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card 100 mA typical

150 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 3.2 A at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Series 2
3.2 A at 24 VDC (-15%/+20%)

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-54 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
I/O Card Termination

Common
connection for
32 channels Load
System

32-Channel terminal
block (the numbers
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 indicate the channel
assigments)
2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30

3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32

Figure C-28 Wiring Diagram for DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side

Interface Specifications C-55

 Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1
The DeltaV system supports the following types of H1 cards:
„ Fieldbus H1
„ Series 2 H1 (Simplex and Redundant modes)
Fieldbus is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that
interconnects devices such as actuators, sensors, discrete devices, and controllers in
the field. It is a Local Area Network (LAN) for instruments that enables basic control
and I/O to be moved to the field device. Refer to the manual Fieldbus Installations in a
DeltaV Digital Automation System for more information.

Installation Notes
„ The Fieldbus H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the H1 card. Refer to page C-97 for information.
„ The Series 2 H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the Series 2 H1 card in Simplex mode. Refer to page C-98 for
specifications.
„ The Redundant H1 terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 H1 card in Redundant mode. Refer
to page C-113 for specifications.
„ Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to a redundant terminal
block and operated in Redundant mode.
„ Refer to Appendix J for information on extending power to a fieldbus segment.

C-56 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-20 DeltaV Fieldbus H1 and Series 2 H1 Specifications

Item Specification

Number of Ports Two

Port Type Foundation Fieldbus H1 - 31.25 Kbit/second

Isolation Each port is isolated from the system and from

each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum

card Series 2:
200 mA typical
300 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None.

Fieldbus power (for Series 2 card) 9 to 32 VDC, 12 mA per port

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Carrier

I/O Card Termination

1+
System 2+
Port 1
3-

4-

5+

System 6+
Port 2
7-

8-

Fieldbus H1
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+ + - - + + - -
Port Port
1 2

Figure C-29 Wiring Diagram for Fieldbus H1

Interface Specifications C-57

 Carrier

I/O Card Termination

Optional +
1, 7 24 VIN ( ) (optional)
power
module
-
2, 8 24 VIN ( ) (optional)
Port 1
H1
encoder/
decoder
+
3 Port 1 ( )

Port 1

System
-
4 Port 1 ( )

Port 2
+
5 Port 2 ( )
H1 Port 2
encoder/
decoder -
6 Port 2 ( )

Series 2 H1
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+ - + -
Port Port
1 2

Figure C-30 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Simplex Mode

C-58 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier 24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

Primary Redundant
I/O card termination

Port 1
+ Primary +
1, 7 24 VIN ( )
power Optional
H1 encoder/decoder - module -
2 , 8 24 VIN ( )

Secondary
power
+
9, 15 24 VIN ( )
Optional
System
module 10, 16 24 VIN (-)

Port 2 + +
H1 encoder/decoder - 3, 11 +
Port 1
Secondary 4, 12 -
I/O card -

Port 1
+
H1 encoder/decoder -
+
System
5, 13 +
Port 2
6, 14 -
Port 2 + -
H1 encoder/decoder -
Redundant H1
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+- +-
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Port 1 Port 2

Figure C-31 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 H1 in Redundant Mode

Interface Specifications C-59

 Isolated Input
The DeltaV system supports the Series 2 Isolated Input card.
The Isolated Input card supports Thermocouple, MilliVolt, RTD, ohms, and Voltage
input ranges.

Installation Notes
The Isolated Input Card uses the Isolated Input Terminal Block to provide
terminations for wiring. Refer to “Isolated Input Terminal Block” on page C-100 for
information.
Table C-21 Isolated Input Card Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 4

Isolation CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.1010.1-92 Installation Cat II, Pollution degree 2

Channel to system - 600 VAC double insulation. Each
channel is optically isolated from the system and
factory tested to 5000 VDC.
Channel to channel - 600 VAC basic insulation1.Each
channel is optically isolated from each other and
factory tested to 3100 VDC.

ADC Resolution 16 bit

-3dB Filter Frequency 2.7 Hz

DC/50/60 Hz Common Mode Rejection 120 dB

Input Impedance 10 MΩ

Thermocouple Sensor Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, Uncharacterized

RTD Sensor Types PT100, PT200, Ni120, Cu10, Resistance, User

defined

mV and V ranges Refer to Table C-24 and Table C-27.

Input type mix Independently configurable

Ambient temperature -40 to 70°C

Calibration None required

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

LocalBus power rating 12 VDC, 350 mA, no field power required

1. Warning: When hazardous live voltages are present on a channel, adjacent channel wiring must
be inaccessible.

C-60 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-22 Isolated Input Card, Thermocouple and MilliVolt Input Specifications

Item Specification

Linearization error ± 0.003% Full Scale

Cold Junction Compensation Accuracy ± 1.0°C

Cold Junction Compensation types Off, local, remote

Cold Junction Compensation range -40 to 85°C

Temperature scale ITS90

Open circuit detection (Thermocouple 0.4 µA DC

only)

Detection time 1 second

Table C-23 Isolated Input Card Thermocouple Input Range Specifications

Sensor Types 25°C Temperature Nominal Full Scale Operating Range

Reference Drift Resolution
Accuracy1

B ± 1.2° C ± 0.116 ° C/ °C 0.09° C 250 to 1810° C 500 to 1810° C

E ± 0.5° C ± 0.004° C/ °C 0.05° C -200 to 1000° C -200 to 1000° C

J ± 0.6° C ± 0.005° C/ °C 0.06° C -210 to 1200° C -190 to 1200° C

K ± 0.5° C ±.013° C/ °C 0.05° C -270 to 1372° C -140 to 1372° C

N ± 1.0° C ±.015° C/ °C 0.05° C -270 to 1300° C -190 to 1300° C

R ± 1.7° C ±.083° C/ °C 0.06° C -50 to 1768° C 0 to 1768° C

S ± 1.8° C ±.095° C/ °C 0.08° C -50 to 1768° C 0 to 1768° C

T ± 0.7° C ±.025° C/ °C 0.04° C -270 to 400° C -200 to 400° C

Uncharacterized ± 0.05 mV .0003 mV/ °C .0031 mV -100 to 100 mV -100 to 100 mV

no linearization or
CJC

1.Total error is made up of reading accuracy, CJC accuracy, and sensor accuracy.

Interface Specifications C-61

 Table C-24 Isolated Input Card MilliVolt Input Range Specifications

Sensor Type Input Ranges 25°C Reference Temperature Drift Maximum

Accuracy Resolution

20 mV ± 20 mV ± 0.02 mV 0.001 mV / °C 0.0008 mV

50 mV ± 50 mV ± 0.03 mV 0.0005 mV / °C 0.0017 mV

100 mV ± 100 mV ± 0.05 mV 0.0003 mV / °C 0.0031 mV

Table C-25 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Specifications

Item Specification

Measurement configurations 2, 3, and 4 wire

Excitation current 100 µA DC

Temperature scale ITS90

Open sensor detection time 1 second

Short circuit detection time 1 second

Pt 100 and Pt 200 alpha 0.00385

Table C-26 Isolated Input Card, RTD, ohms Input Range Specifications

Sensor Type 25°C Reference Temperature Drift Resolution Sensor Input

Accuracy Range

Pt100 ± 0.5° C ± 0.018° C/°C 0.05° C -200 to 850° C

Pt200 ± 0.5° C ± 0.012° C/°C 0.05° C -200 to 850° C

Ni120 ± 0.2° C ± 0.006° C/°C 0.02° C -70 to 300° C

Cu10 ± 2.0° C ± 0.076° C/°C 0.23° C -30 to 140° C

Resistance ± 0.5 ohms ± 0.018 ohms/°C 0.02 ohms 1 to 1000 ohm

User defined ± 0.4 ohms ± 0.009 ohms/°C ~0.05 ohms 0 to 1000

ohms

C-62 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-27 Isolated Input Card, Voltage Input Range Specifications

Sensor Type Sensor Range 25°C Temperature Drift Maximum

Reference Resolution
Accuracy

0-5V 0-5V ± 0.005 V ± 0.0002 V/° C 0.00009 V

0 - 10 V 0 - 10 V ± 0.010 V ± 0.0004 V/° C 0.00016 V

1-5V 1-5V ± 0.005 V ± 0.0002 V/° C 0.00009 V

1V ±1V ± 0.0025 V ± 0.0002 V/° C 0.00015 V

5V ±5V ± 0.005 V ± 0.0002 V/° C 0.00017 V

10 V ± 10 V ± 0.010 V ± 0.0004 V/° C 0.0003 V

Interface Specifications C-63

 Carrier

Termination I/O Card

Excitation
1, 5, 9, 13 current

+
2, 6, 10, 14
4 3 2 TC
wire wire wire
mV
V A/D
To
- Conv.
system
3, 7, 11, 15

4, 8, 12, 16

1 5 9 13 4-wire sensor excitation

Isolated input
terminal block
2 6 10 14
+ Sensor +
3 7 11 15
- Sensor -
4 8 12 16
Wire compensation

Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4

Figure C-32 Wiring Diagram for Series 2 Isolated Input

C-64 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Multifunction

Installation Notes
„ The Multifunction card uses the 32-channel terminal block to provide
terminations for wiring. Table C-28 lists the cable pin out connections for the
Multifunction card. Refer to page C-105 for 32-channel terminal block
specifications.
Table C-28 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Multifunction Card

Terminal on Channel Nomenclature Terminal on Channel Nomenclature

Termination Termination
Block Block

Terminal 1 Reserved for future use Terminal 17 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch1+

Terminal 2 Reserved for future use Terminal 18 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch1-

Terminal 3 Reserved for future use Terminal 19 Reserved for future use

Terminal 4 Reserved for future use Terminal 20 Reserved for future use

Terminal 5 Reserved for future use Terminal 21 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch2+

Terminal 6 Reserved for future use Terminal 22 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch2-

Terminal 7 Reserved for future use Terminal 23 Reserved for future use

Terminal 8 Reserved for future use Terminal 24 Reserved for future use

Terminal 9 Reserved for future use Terminal 25 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch3+

Terminal 10 Reserved for future use Terminal 26 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch3-

Terminal 11 +24 VDC Terminal 27 Reserved for future use

Terminal 12 - 24 VDC (return) Terminal 28 Reserved for future use

Terminal 13 Reserved for future use Terminal 29 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch4+

Terminal 14 Reserved for future use Terminal 30 DI or PIN (pulse input), Ch4-

Terminal 15 +24 VDC Terminal 31 Reserved for future use

Terminal 16 - 24 VDC (return) Terminal 32 Reserved for future use

„ The Multifunction I/O Card discrete input channel has a switching hysteresis of
80 mV. Noise signals above this amplitude are detected by the input channel.

Interface Specifications C-65

 Table C-29 Multifunction Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 4

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the system and from
each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Detection level for ON 4.8 VDC (minimum)

Detection level for OFF 1.0 VDC (maximum)

Input impedance 3 to 25 mA at 5 to 24 VDC

Input accuracy 0.1% reading (over 10 Hz - 50 kHz signals)1

Input frequency Sine wave - 10Hz to 50kHz

Square wave - 0.1 Hz to 50kHz

Resolution 1 pulse

Minimum pulse width 10 S

Maximum input voltage 26.4 VDC

Resolution counter 32 bits

LocalBus current 250 mA maximum

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

1. For a pulse input channel, filtering may be required to meet the accuracy specification.

C-66 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier

Termination I/O Card

System
750 Ω
+ +
24
VDC
Source
- -

Ch Ch Ch Ch
Use 32-channel 1 2 3 4
terminal block (refer
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29
to table for pin out
connections and
+
channel nomenclature) 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30
-
3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32

Figure C-33 Wiring Diagram for Multifunction 24 VDC

Interface Specifications C-67

 Profibus DP
The DeltaV system supports the Profibus DP and Series 2 Profibus DP card in
Simplex mode.
Profibus is an all digital, serial, bi-directional communication protocol that
interconnects devices in the field. For information on installing Profibus devices, refer
to the Profibus web site at http://www.profibus.com.

Installation Notes
„ The Profibus terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for
field wiring for the Profibus DP card and Series 2 Profibus DP card in Simplex
mode. Refer to page C-101 for terminal block specifications.
Table C-30 Profibus Interface Specifications (includes Series 2)

Item Specification

Number of Ports One

Port Type Profibus DP

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 400 mA typical, 600 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card None

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-68 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier

I/O Card Termination

1 A1

T in Terminator
System

3 B1

4 A2
T out
6 B2

7 CTS

2S

5S

8S

Profibus DP
terminal block
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (refer to terminal
block specifications for
terminator positions)
A1 S B1 A2 S B2 CTS S

Figure C-34 Wiring Diagram for Profibus DP

Interface Specifications C-69

 RTD, ohms

Installation Notes
„ The RTD, ohms terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the RTD, ohms card. Refer to page C-103 for terminal block
specifications.
Table C-31 RTD, ohms Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Sensor Types 2-wire, 3-wire, or 4-wire: Resistance, Pt100,

Pt200, Pt500, Ni120, Cu10, user defined

Full scale signal range Selectable based on sensor. Refer to

Table C-32.

LocalBus Power Rating 12 VDC, 160 mA

Ambient Temperature 0 to 60º C

Accuracy over temperature range Refer to Table C-32.

Resolution (Varies with sensor type. Refer to 16 bits conversion

Table C-32).

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Normal Mode Rejection 100 dB at 50/60 Hz

Calibration None required

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-70 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-32 shows the full scale, operating range, reference accuracy, temperature
drift, and resolution for the RTD, ohms sensor types.
Table C-32 RTD, ohms Sensor Type Specifications

Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25° Reference Temperature Drift Resolution
Accuracy

Resistance 0 to 2,000 ohms 0 to 2,000 ohms ± 6.2 ohms ± 0.112 ohms/°C ~0.02 ohms

Pt100 -200 to 850°C -200 to 850°C ± 0.5° C ± 0.018° C/°C ~0.05° C

Pt200 -200 to 850°C -200 to 850°C ± 0.5° C ± 0.012° C/°C ~0.05° C

Pt500 -200 to 850°C -200 to 850°C ± 3.5° C ± 0.063° C/°C ~0.18° C

Ni120 -70 to 300°C -70 to 300°C ± 0.2° C ± 0.006° C/°C ~0.02° C

Cu10 -30 to 140°C -30 to 140°C ± 2.0° C ± 0.157° C/°C ~0.23° C

User defined 0 to 1000 ohms 0 to 1000 ohms ± 0.4 ohms ± 0.009 ohms/°C ~0.05 ohms

Interface Specifications C-71

 Carrier

Termination I/O Card

Sensor
excitation Excitation
current

Sensor +
4 3 2 A/D
wire Conv. System
wire wire
Sensor -
Circuit
common
RTD, ohms
Terminal block

17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 Sensor
excitation
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
+ Sensor

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
- Sensor

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Circuit
common

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-35 Wiring Diagram for RTD, ohms

C-72 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Sequence of Events
The DeltaV system supports the Sequence of Events card and the Series 2 Sequence
of Events card in Simplex mode.

Installation Notes
„ The 32-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the Sequence of Events card. Refer to page C-105 for
specifications. The 40-pin mass termination block also can be used. Refer to
page C-122 for specifications. Table C-33 lists the cable pin out connections for
the Sequence of Events card.
Table C-33 32-Channel Terminal Block used with Sequence of Events

Terminal Channel Terminal Channel

Nomenclature Nomenclature

Terminal 1 Channel 1+ Terminal 17 Channel 9+

Terminal 2 Channel 1- Terminal 18 Channel 9-

Terminal 3 Channel 2+ Terminal 19 Channel 10+

Terminal 4 Channel 2- Terminal 20 Channel 10-

Terminal 5 Channel 3+ Terminal 21 Channel 11+

Terminal 6 Channel 3- Terminal 22 Channel 11-

Terminal 7 Channel 4+ Terminal 23 Channel 12+

Terminal 8 Channel 4- Terminal 24 Channel 12-

Terminal 9 Channel 5+ Terminal 25 Channel 13+

Terminal 10 Channel 5- Terminal 26 Channel 13-

Terminal 11 Channel 6+ Terminal 27 Channel 14+

Terminal 12 Channel 6- Terminal 28 Channel 14-

Terminal 13 Channel 7+ Terminal 29 Channel 15+

Terminal 14 Channel 7- Terminal 30 Channel 15-

Terminal 15 Channel 8+ Terminal 31 Channel 16+

Terminal 16 Channel 8- Terminal 32 Channel 16-

Interface Specifications C-73

 „ An MD controller and Network Time Server are required for a Sequence of
Events card. Refer to “Setting Up a Network Time Server” on page 2-49 for
information on using a Network Time Server with the DeltaV system.
Table C-34 Sequence of Events Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 16
Each channel can be configured for DI or
SOE operation.

Scan rate 0.25 msec for all 16 channels

Time stamp accuracy (for SOE channels 0.25 msec on a card; 1 msec in a controller.
only) Accuracy with reference to system clock
time after a 4 msec debounce filter has been
applied.

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.

Detection level for ON > 2 mA

Detection level for OFF < 0.25 mA

Impedance 5K Ω

LocalBus current (12VDC nominal), per card 50 mA typical

75 mA maximum

Field circuit power, per card 75 mA at 24 VDC (± 10%)

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-74 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier
24 VDC Bussed
field power connection

+ -
Termination I/O card Common
(Odd no.) connection
for 16 channels
+

System

-
(Even no.)

32-Channel
terminal block Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29
+
2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30
-
3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31
+
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Figure C-36 Wiring Diagram for Sequence of Events

Interface Specifications C-75

 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485
The DeltaV system supports the Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 and the Series 2
Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485.
The DeltaV Serial Card provides an interface to a variety of serial devices, such as
PLCs (Programmable Logic Controllers) that use the Modbus RTU or ASCII
protocol. With the DeltaV Explorer, you can configure each of the two ports
provided on the serial card to support RS232, RS422/485 half duplex, or RS422/485
full duplex signals and you can configure the baud rate of each port.

Installation Notes
„ For CE compliance, use shielded cables to connect the serial card to external
devices. Ground the cable shield at one end only. If the external device does not
provide a mechanism to ground the cable shield, connect the shield to the DeltaV
Carrier Shield Bar. If you use the RS422/485 ports, the shield must also provide
the ground reference for the port. Connect the cable shield to the corresponding
ground (GND) terminal on the interface terminal block.
„ The Interface terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations for
field wiring for the Serial card and the Series 2 Serial card in Simplex mode. Refer
to page C-99 for terminal block specifications.
„ The Redundant Interface terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for the Series 2 Serial card in Redundant mode. Refer
to page C-114 for information.
„ Refer to ANSI TIA/EIA-485-A for RS485 full duplex termination requirements.
The following tables define the terminal assignments for RS232, RS422/485 half
duplex, and RS422/485 full duplex port types.
Table C-35 RS232 Terminal Assignments

Terminal Assignment

Terminal 1 Port 1 GND

Terminal 3 Port 1 TXD

Terminal 5 Port 1 RXD

Terminal 7 Port 1 DTR

Terminal 8 Port 1 DSR

Terminal 9 Port 2 GND

C-76 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-35 RS232 Terminal Assignments (Continued)

Terminal Assignment

Terminal 11 Port 2 TXD

Terminal 13 Port 2 RXD

Terminal 15 Port 2 DTR

Terminal 16 Port 2 DSR

Table C-36 RS422/485 Half Duplex Terminal Assignments

Terminal Assignment

Terminal 1 Port 1 GND

Terminal 2 Port 1 DATA+

Terminal 4 Port 1 DATA–

Terminal 9 Port 2 GND

Terminal 10 Port 2 DATA+

Terminal 12 Port 2 DATA–

Note RS-485 Full Duplex is not supported when the card is configured as a Modbus slave
in a multidrop environment.

Interface Specifications C-77

 Table C-37 RS422/485 Full Duplex Terminal Assignments

Terminal Assignment

Terminal 1 Port 1 GND

Terminal 2 Port 1 TXD+

Terminal 4 Port 1 TXD–

Terminal 6 Port 1 RXD+

Terminal 8 Port 1 RXD–

Terminal 9 Port 2 GND

Terminal 10 Port 2 TXD+

Terminal 12 Port 2 TXD–

Terminal 14 Port 2 RXD+

Terminal 16 Port 2 RXD–

Table C-38 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 Specifications

Item Specification

Number of serial ports Two

Port types RS232, RS422/485 half duplex, RS422/485 full

duplex (configurable with the DeltaV Explorer)

Isolation Each port is optically isolated from the system and

from each other and factory tested to 1500 VDC.
The ports must be grounded via the external
device.

Baud rate Configurable with the DeltaV Explorer

Maximum cable lengths RS232: 15 m (50 ft)

RS422/485: 610 m (2000 ft)

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), 200 mA typical, 300 mA maximum

per card

Field circuit power, per card None

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

C-78 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure C-37 shows a wiring scheme from Port 1 on the Interface terminal block for a
Serial card and a Series 2 Serial card in Simplex mode to a Modicon Model 984
controller.
Terminal
1 3 5 7 9 111315 Block

2 4 6 8 10121416 Modicon
Model 984 Controller
9-Pin Connector

Bottom View
1 (SHIELD)

(GND) 1 5 (GND)

(TXD) 3 2 (RXD)

(RXD) 5 3 (TXD)

(DTR) 7 6 (DSR)

(DSR) 8 4 (DTR)

7 (RTS)

8 (CTS)

Figure C-37 Wiring Example, Interface Terminal Block, Serial Card

Interface Specifications C-79

 Figure C-38 shows an example for connecting a primary and secondary computer to a
Redundant Interface terminal block for a Series 2 Serial card in Redundant mode. For
each computer, use the same wiring scheme as shown in Figure C-37.

1 3 5 7 9111315 1 3 5 7 9111315

2 4 6 810121416 2 4 6 810121416

Bottom View

To Primary To Secondary
Computer Computer

Figure C-38 Wiring Example for Redundant Interface Terminal Block

C-80 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Thermocouple, mV

Installation Notes
„ The Thermocouple, mV terminal block is recommended to provide screw
terminations for field wiring for the Thermocouple, mV card. Refer to page C-
104 for specifications. An optional terminal block is the I/O terminal block.
Refer to page C-96 for specifications.
„ When the Thermocouple, mV card is plugged into a Thermocouple terminal
block, it functions as a Thermocouple card; when it is plugged into an I/O
terminal block, it functions as an mV card.
Table C-39 Thermocouple, mV Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Sensor Types:
mV Low level voltage source
Thermocouple B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, uncharacterized

Isolation Each channel is optically isolated from the

system and factory tested to 1500 VDC.
Channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are isolated from
channels 5, 6, 7, and 8 (verified by 1500 VDC
factory test). Thermocouples attached to
channels 1, 2, 3,and 4 are not electrically
isolated and should be within± 0.7 VDC of
each other. Thermocouples attached to
channels 5, 6, 7,and 8 are not electrically
isolated and should be within ± 0.7 VDC of
each other.

Full scale signal range Selectable based on sensor type. Refer to

Table C-40.

LocalBus Power Rating 12 VDC, 350 mA

Ambient Temperature 0 to 60º C

Accuracy over temperature range

(linearized):
Thermocouple Refer to Table C-40.
mV Refer to Table C-41.

Interface Specifications C-81

 Table C-39 Thermocouple, mV Specifications (Continued)

Item Specification

Cold Junction Compensation ± 1° C

Resolution (Varies with sensor type. Refer 16 bits

to Table C-40).

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Normal Mode Rejection:

mV -25 dB at 50/60 Hz
Thermocouple -100 dB at 50/60 Hz

Calibration None required

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Table C-40 shows specifications for the Thermocouple sensor types and Table C-41
shows specifications for the mV sensor types.
Table C-40 Thermocouple Sensor Type Specifications

Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25° Reference Temperature Drift Resolution
Accuracy1

Uncharacterized -100 to 100 mV -100 to 100 mV 0.1 mV ± 0.002 mV/ °C ~ 0.003mV

(No linearization,
no cold junction
compensation.)

B 250 to 1810° C 500 to 1810° C ± 2.4° C ± 0.056 ° C/ °C ~ 0.18° C

E -200 to 1000° C -200 to 1000° C ± 0.6° C ± 0.008° C/ °C ~ 0.07° C

J -210 to 1200° C -190 to 1200° C ± 0.8° C ± 0.011° C/ °C ~ 0.05° C

K -270 to 1372° C -200 to 1372° C ± 0.5° C ± 0.016° C/ °C ~ 0.18° C

N -270 to 1300° C -190 to 1300° C ± 1.0° C ± 0.007° C/ °C ~ 0.10° C

R -50 to 1768° C -50 to 1768° C ± 2.1° C ± 0.013° C/ °C ~ 0.14° C

S -50 to 1768° C -40 to 1768° C ± 2.2° C ± 0.067° C/ °C ~ 0.24° C

T -270 to 400° C -200 to 400° C ± 0.7° C ± 0.001° C/ °C ~ 0.04° C

1.Total error is made up of reading accuracy, CJC accuracy, and sensor accuracy.

C-82 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-41 mV Sensor Type Specifications

Sensor Type Full Scale Operating Range 25° Reference Temperature Drift Resolution
Accuracy

Low Level -100 to 100 mV -100 to 100 mV 0.1 mV 0.002 mV/ °C ~ 0.003 mV
Voltage Source

Carrier

Termination I/O Card

(Odd no.)
+
A/D
System
Converter

-
(Even no.)
Thermocouple,
mV terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-39 Wiring Diagram for Thermocouple, mV

Interface Specifications C-83

 Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards
The I/O subsystem supports the following types of Intrinsically Safe (I.S.) I/O cards:
„ I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
„ I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
„ I.S. DI, 16-Channel
„ I.S. DO, 4-Channel

C-84 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

Installation Notes
„ The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the I.S. AI, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card. An optional
block is the I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel terminal block. Refer to page C-124
for specifications.
Table C-42 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation:
LocalBus to any channel 60 VAC
Between channels None
I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail 250 VAC

Nominal signal range (span) 4 to 20 mA

Full scale signal range 2 to 22 mA

Valid range for LED indication 0.78 to 21.9 mA

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per card 600 mA

Line fault detection:

Short circuit >21.5 mA
Open circuit <0.5 mA

Accuracy over temperature range ± 0.006% of span per °C

Accuracy over EMC conditions 1% of span

Resolution 16 bits

Repeatability 0.05% of span

Calibration Not required

Communications Support HART pass-through request/response

HART variable report
Field device status report

Optional loop disconnect Yes

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Interface Specifications C-85

 Warning Hand-held, two-way radios should not be keyed within 0.5 M (1.64 ft., 19.7 in.)
of Intrinsically Safe Analog Input cards as the level of radiated emissions from
these units can interfere with the operation of the system.

I/S Carrier 12 VDC IS

Power

IS Termination I/O Card

Loop
(Odd no.) disconnect
(optional)
+ IS Power
Common
T connection
for 8 channels
A/D System
-
(Even no.)
Converter

I.S. 8-channel
terminal block

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-40 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

C-86 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA
The DeltaV system supports the I.S. AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA card and the I.S. AO,
8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART card.

Installation Notes
„ The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the HART and non-HART versions of the I.S. AO, 8-channel,
4-20 mA card. An optional block is the I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel terminal
block. Refer to page C-124 for specifications.
Table C-43 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART)

Item Specification

Number of channels Eight

Isolation:
LocalBus to any channel 60 VAC
Between channels None
I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail 250 VAC

Nominal signal range (span) 4 to 20 mA

Full scale signal range 1 to 22 mA

Voltage to load 13 V minimum @ 20 mA

Load resistance 450 Ω maximum

650 Ω maximum with HART

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 630 mA

card

Open circuit detection threshold 0.7 mA ± 0.2 mA

Accuracy (@ 25 °C) ± 20 µA

Accuracy over temperature range ± 0.006% of span per °C

Accuracy over EMC conditions 0.5% of span

Interface Specifications C-87

 Table C-43 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA (includes HART) (Continued)

Item Specification

Resolution 12 bits

Output compliance 20 mA stored into 450 ohm load;

independent of supply (non-HART)
20 mA stored into 650 ohm load;
independent of supply (HART)

Optional loop disconnect Yes

Calibration Stored on card

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Warning Before substituting an I.S. AO, 4-20 mA card with an I.S. AO, 4-20 mA, HART card,
you must perform a loop analysis or reassess the field parameters. Refer to the
following documents for valid field parameters:
12P1892, DeltaVTM Scalable Process System Class I Div.2 with Class I, II, III, Div.
1 Field Circuit Installation Instructions
12P2524, DeltaVTM I.S. I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance in
Zone 2 Hazardous Areas
12P1990, DeltaVTM Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits,
Installation Instructions

C-88 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Carrier 12 VDC IS
Power
I/O Card IS Termination
Loop
disconnect (Odd no.)
(optional)
Common IS Power
+
connection
for 8 channels
Load

System A/D
Converter -
(Even no.)

I.S. 8-channel
terminal block
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-41 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA

Interface Specifications C-89

 I/S Carrier 12 VDC IS
power

I/O Card IS Termination

Loop
disconnect (Odd no.)
(optional)
Common IS Power
+
connection
for 8 channels
Load

System A/D
Converter
-
(Even no.)

I.S. 8-channel
terminal block
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-42 Wiring Diagram for I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART

C-90 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 I.S. DI, 16-Channel

Installation Notes
„ The I.S. 16-channel terminal block must be used to provide screw terminations for
field wiring for the I.S. DI, 16-channel card. If this terminal block is not used, the
card will not communicate with the DeltaV controller. Refer to page C-126 for
information on this terminal block.
Table C-44 I.S. DI, 16-Channel

Item Specification

Number of channels Sixteen

Isolation:
LocalBus to any channel 60 VAC
Between channels None
I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail 250 VAC

Detection level for On >2.1 mA

Detection level for Off <1.2 mA

Voltage applied to sensor 7.0 to 9.0 V from 1 kΩ ± 10%

Line fault detection:

Short circuit <100 Ω
Open circuit > 50 kΩ

Maximum input frequency 20 Hz

Minimum pulse width detected 45 ms

Output impedance 100 Ω @ > 6 mA (wetting current)

LocalBus current 350 mA

Switching hysteresis 200 µA (nominal)

Optional loop disconnect Not offered

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Interface Specifications C-91

 Common
connection
for 16 channels

IS IS Carrier
12 VDC IS
Termination
Power

Resistors I/O Card

optional

(Odd no.) System

680 Ω
+ Sense
circuit
22k Ω
-
(Even no.)

I.S.16-channel
terminal block
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
+
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
-
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure C-43 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DI, 16-Channel

C-92 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 I.S. DO, 4-Channel

Installation Notes
„ The I.S. 8-channel terminal block is recommended to provide screw terminations
for field wiring for the I.S. DO, 4-channel card. An optional block is the I.S. loop
disconnect 8-channel terminal block. Refer to page C-124 for specifications.
Table C-45 I.S. DO, 4-Channel

Item Specification

Number of channels Four

Isolation:
LocalBus to any channel 60 VAC
Between channels None
I.S. channel to non-I.S. rail 250 VAC

Output range 22 V (open circuit)

11 V at 45 mA
25 VDC (maximum)

Output rating 45 mA (min.)

Off state leakage N/A

LocalBus current (12 VDC nominal), per 560 mA

card

Current limit per channel 45 mA

Configurable channel types:

Discrete output Output stays in the last state submitted by the
Momentary output controller.
Continuous pulse output Output is active for a pre-configured time period
(100 ms to 100 s).
Output is active as a percentage of a pre-
configured base time period (100 ms to 100 s).
Resolution is 2 ms.

Optional loop disconnect Yes

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Interface Specifications C-93

 Carrier 12 VDC IS
Power connection

I/O Card IS Termination

Loop
disconnect (Odd no.)
IS Power (optional)
System +
Load

Common
connection for
4 channels
-
(Odd no.)

I.S. 8-channel
terminal block
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 (refer to terminal block
specifications for
pin out connections
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
and channel
nomenclature)
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Figure C-44 Wiring Diagram for I.S. DO, 4-Channel

C-94 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Terminal Blocks
The DeltaV system supports Terminal Blocks, Redundant Terminal Blocks, Mass
Termination Blocks, and Intrinsically Safe Termination Blocks.
The I/O subsystem supports the following types of terminal blocks:
„ I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-wire I/O
„ Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block
„ Series 2 H1 Terminal Block
„ Interface Terminal Block
„ Isolated Input Terminal Block
„ Profibus DP Terminal Block
„ RTD, ohms Terminal Block
„ Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block
„ 32-Channel Terminal Block
„ 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block

Note The terminal blocks contain a latch for quick release. To remove the terminal block,
depress the latch with a screw driver or finger and pull the terminal block down and off.
The next sections provide information on Terminal Blocks. Refer also to “Redundant
Terminal Blocks” on page C-108, “Mass Termination Blocks” on page C-116, and
“Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks” on page C-124.

Interface Specifications C-95

 I/O Terminal Blocks
Table C-46 and Figure C-45 show specifications for the I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-wire
I/O terminal blocks.
Table C-46 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating
I/O and fused I/O 250 VAC between non-connected signals
4-wire I/O 30 VDC

Maximum current 1 A per I/O channel

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying depends upon

the card type. Refer to
"I/O Interface Keying"
for key position.

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-45 I/O, Fused I/O, and 4-Wire I/O Terminal Block

C-96 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block
The DeviceNet and Fieldbus H1 cards use the Fieldbus H1 terminal block to provide
terminations for wiring.
Table C-47 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage Rating 32 VDC

Max Current 500 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (D6)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+ + - - + + - -
Port Port
1 2

Front View Bottom View

Figure C-46 Fieldbus H1 Terminal Block

Note Change the key position to D5 for the DeviceNet card.

Interface Specifications C-97

 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block
The Series 2 H1 card uses the Series 2 H1 terminal block to provide terminations for
wiring.
Table C-48 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage Rating 35 VDC

Max Current 500 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (D6)

Cover with
H1 I/O labels

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+Port- +Port-
1 2

Front View Bottom View

Figure C-47 Series 2 H1 Terminal Block

C-98 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Interface Terminal Block
The AS-Interface and Serial cards use the Interface terminal block to provide
terminations for wiring.
Table C-49 Interface Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage Rating 35 VDC

Max Current 1.0 A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying depends upon

the card type.
Refer to "I/O Interface
Keying" for key position.

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Port Port
1 2

Front View Bottom View

Figure C-48 Interface Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-99

 Isolated Input Terminal Block
The Isolated Input card uses the Isolated Input terminal block to provide
terminations for wiring.
Table C-50 Isolated Input Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage Rating 10 VAC/DC

Max Current 500 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (C2)

1 5 9 13 4-wire sensor excitation

2 6 10 14
+ Sensor +
3 7 11 15
- Sensor -
4 8 12 16
Wire compensation

Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-49 Isolated Input Terminal Block

C-100 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Profibus DP Terminal Block
The Profibus DP card uses the Profibus DP terminal block to provide terminations
for wiring.
Table C-51 Profibus DP Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage Rating 5 VDC

Max Current 100 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

The Profibus terminal block has two terminator positions on the front of the unit.
Terminator OUT is the bottom position; terminator IN is the top position. The
terminal block is shipped in the IN position.
Keying (D3)

Terminator in
IN

OUT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1 S B1 A2 S B2 C S
T
S
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-50 Profibus DP Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-101

 Gently tug on the jumper to remove it and then push the jumper onto a terminator
position. The location of the terminal block on the segment determines the
terminator position.

Terminal Block Position Terminator Position

End of segment IN

Middle of segment OUT

Note When the terminator is in the OUT position, the
connection through the terminal block continues to the
next device on the segment.

C-102 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 RTD, ohms Terminal Block
The RTD, ohms card uses the RTD, ohms terminal block to provide terminations for
wiring.
Table C-52 RTD, ohms Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 5 VDC

Maximum current 200 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (C3)

Sensor
excitation

Sensor +
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
Sensor -
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
+
Circuit common
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
-
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-51 RTD, ohms Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-103

 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block
The Thermocouple, mV card uses the Thermocouple, mV terminal block to provide
terminations for wiring.
Table C-53 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block

Item Specification

Voltage rating 5 VDC

Maximum current 100 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (C1)

Thermocouple
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-52 Thermocouple, mV Terminal Block

C-104 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 32-Channel Terminal Block
Table C-54 32-Channel Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specifications

Voltage rating 30 VDC

Maximum current 1A

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying depends upon

the card type. Refer to
"I/O Interface Keying"
for key position.

1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29

2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 The numbers on the

terminal block indicate
3 7 11 15 19 23 27 31 the channel assigments.

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32

Front View Bottom View

Figure C-53 32-Channel Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-105

 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block
Table C-55 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 30 VDC

Maximum current 100 mA

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Keying (A2)

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
+
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
-
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-54 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal Block

C-106 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-56 lists the cable pin out connections for the 16-channel analog input
terminal block.
Table C-56 16-Channel Analog Input Terminal block

Terminal on Channel Terminal on Channel

Termination Block Nomenclature Termination Block Nomenclature

Terminal 1 Channel 1+ Terminal 17 Channel 9+

Terminal 2 Channel 1- Terminal 18 Channel 9-

Terminal 3 Channel 2+ Terminal 19 Channel 10+

Terminal 4 Channel 2- Terminal 20 Channel 10-

Terminal 5 Channel 3+ Terminal 21 Channel 11+

Terminal 6 Channel 3- Terminal 22 Channel 11-

Terminal 7 Channel 4+ Terminal 23 Channel 12+

Terminal 8 Channel 4- Terminal 24 Channel 12-

Terminal 9 Channel 5+ Terminal 25 Channel 13+

Terminal 10 Channel 5- Terminal 26 Channel 13-

Terminal 11 Channel 6+ Terminal 27 Channel 14+

Terminal 12 Channel 6- Terminal 28 Channel 14-

Terminal 13 Channel 7+ Terminal 29 Channel 15+

Terminal 14 Channel 7- Terminal 30 Channel 15-

Terminal 15 Channel 8+ Terminal 31 Channel 16+

Terminal 16 Channel 8- Terminal 32 Channel 16-

Interface Specifications C-107

 Redundant Terminal Blocks
The DeltaV system can use the following types of redundant terminal blocks:
„ Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block
„ Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block
„ Redundant Discrete Terminal Block
„ Redundant H1 Terminal Block
„ Redundant Interface Terminal Block
Series 2 cards require the MD controller when connected to redundant terminal
blocks and operated in Redundant mode.

Note The redundant terminal blocks contain a latch for quick release. To remove the terminal
block, depress the latch with a screw driver or finger and pull the terminal block down
and off. The Redundant Interface terminal block contains two latches. To remove the
terminal block, depress both latches and pull the terminal block down and off.

C-108 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block
Table C-57 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 30 VDC

Maximum Current 200 mA

Operating -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)

Temperature

Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot

number must be odd and the upper slot
number must be the next higher even
number. For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3
and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots
2 and 3 are not a valid pair.

Figure C-55 shows the Redundant Analog Input terminal block. You can change
between two and four wire connections in groups of four channels. The 2-wire and
4-wire jumpers on the left are for channels 1-4 and the 2-wire and 4-wire jumpers on
the right are for channels 5-8.
For 4-wire transmitter applications, rotate the jumper module 180° until the Field
Type arrows on the terminal block point to the 4-wire transmitter on the jumper.

Interface Specifications C-109

 To set the jumpers
from 2-wire to 4-wire
transmitters:
(Keying A1)
1. Remove jumper module
from the terminal block.

2. Rotate jumper module

180 degrees to the
connected transmitter
field type.

3. Place it back into the

terminal block.
I/O labels
Jumper module

2-WIRE

4-WIRE
(shipped as 2-wire
4-WIRE

2-WIRE

2-WIRE

4-WIRE
transmitter field type)

Analog Input Field Type

Front View

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8
Bottom View

Figure C-55 Redundant Analog Input Terminal Block (shown as shipped)

C-110 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block
Table C-58 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 30 VDC

Maximum Current 200 mA

Operating Temperature -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)

Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot

number must be odd and the upper slot
number must be the next higher even number.
For example, slots 1 and 2, slots 3 and 4, and
slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are
not a valid pair.

(Keying A4)

I/O labels
Redundant Analog Output
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-56 Redundant Analog Output Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-111

 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block
Table C-59 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 30 VDC

Maximum current 1 A per I/O channel

3 A per card

Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower slot number

must be odd and the upper slot number must be the
next higher even number. For example, slots 1 and 2,
slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are valid pairs. Slots
2 and 3 are not a valid pair.

Figure C-57 shows the Redundant Discrete terminal block. The key on the
Redundant Discrete terminal block is set to B1 at the factory for use with the Series 2
DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact card. Change the key position to B6 to use this
terminal block with the Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side card.
Keying B1 for
DI card (as
shown), B6
for DO card

I/O labels

Redundant Discrete
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+Ch -1 +Ch -2 +Ch -3 + - +- +- +- +-

Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Ch 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-57 Redundant Discrete Terminal Block

C-112 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Redundant H1 Terminal Block
Table C-60 Redundant H1 Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 35 VDC

Maximum Current 500 mA

Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower

slot number must be odd and the upper
slot number must be the next higher
even number. For example, slots 1 and
2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are
valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid
pair.

Keying (D6)

I/O labels

Redundant H1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+- +-
Port 1 Port 2
+- +-
Port 1 Port 2

Front View Bottom View

Figure C-58 Redundant H1 Terminal Block

Interface Specifications C-113

 Redundant Interface Terminal Block
Table C-61 Redundant Interface Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 35 VDC

Maximum Current 1A

Mounting Assigned slots of I/O carrier. The lower

slot number must be odd and the upper
slot number must be the next higher
even number. For example, slots 1 and
2, slots 3 and 4, and slots 5 and 6 are
valid pairs. Slots 2 and 3 are not a valid
pair.

The Series 2 Serial cards use the Redundant Interface terminal block. Figure C-59
shows the Redundant Interface terminal block.

Note The Redundant Interface terminal block contains two latches for quick release. To
remove the terminal block, depress both latches with a screw driver or finger and pull the
terminal block down and off.

C-114 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Keying (D4)

Redundant Interface Cover with

I/O labels

Front View

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
Refer to card
specifications for pin out
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 connections and channel
nomenclature.

Bottom View

Figure C-59 Redundant Interface Terminal Block

Refer to Table C-35, Table C-36, and Table C-37 for information on the terminal
assignments for the Redundant Interface terminal block.

Interface Specifications C-115

 Mass Termination Blocks
The DeltaV system can use the following types of mass termination blocks:
„ 10-Pin Mass Termination Block
„ 16-Pin Mass Termination Block
„ 24-Pin Mass Termination Block
„ 40-Pin Mass Termination Block
The DeltaV mass termination blocks allow you to connect external marshalling panels
and termination assemblies to your DeltaV system, significantly reducing wiring costs.
The mass termination blocks provide a method to route the wiring within an
enclosure and are used with low-level signals that are conducted over 0.093 mm2
(28 AWG) ribbon cable or round instrument cable. These mass termination blocks
interface to a feed-through IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact
FLKM20 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. For more information on these
modules, visit the Phoenix Contact website (www.phoenixcon.com/deltav).
Table C-62 Mass Termination Block Specifications

Item Specification

Models 10-pin mass termination block

16-pin mass termination block
24-pin mass termination block
40-pin mass termination block

Voltage rating 30 VDC between non-connected signals

Maximum current 1 A per I/O channel (16-pin, 40-pin)

1 A per cable (10-pin, 24-pin)

Maximum cable length 4 m (13.1 ft)

Mounting Assigned slot of I/O carrier

Key position Set key position based on I/O card type.

Factory settings:
10-pin: B 6
16-pin: A 1
24-pin: A 3
40-pin: B 3

Note The above specifications might be more restrictive than those listed in Table C-9
(DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications), Table C-16
(DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, Isolated Specifications), and Table C-15
(DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High-Side Specifications).

C-116 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure C-60 Mass Termination Block

Interface Specifications C-117

 10-Pin Mass Termination Block
The 10-pin mass termination block is used for relay panels or optically isolated panels.
The 10-pin assembly provides an interface to many off-the-shelf,
8-channel PLC terminations and to other termination panels that use a 10-pin cable
pin out.
The two-row header accepts a 10-pin 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x5
header connectors (AMP part #746288-1, Strain Relief #499252-5) that can interface
to a Phoenix Contact UMK-8 RM Series VARIOFACE output module or other
similar modules.
Table C-63 lists the cable pin out connections for the 10-pin mass termination block.
Table C-63 10-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out

Pin on Mass Termination Channel

Block Nomenclature

Pin 1 Channel 1+

Pin 2 Channel 2+

Pin 3 Channel 3+

Pin 4 Channel 4+

Pin 5 Channel 5+

Pin 6 Channel 6+

Pin 7 Channel 7+

Pin 8 Channel 8+

Pin 9 No connection

Pin 10 Common channel return for all 8

channels

C-118 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 16-Pin Mass Termination Block
The 16-pin mass termination block provides 1:1 signal transmission of eight signals to
the external passive input/output modules. The two-row header accepts a 16-pin
1-for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x8 header connectors
(AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-8). The assembly interfaces to an
IDC-to-discrete-wire module, such as the Phoenix Contact 2281034 FLKM16
VARIOFACE ribbon connector module, or other similar modules.
Table C-64 lists the cable pin out connections for the 16-pin mass termination block.
Table C-64 16-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out

Pin on Mass Termination Channel

Block Nomenclature

Pin 1 Channel 1–

Pin 2 Channel 1+

Pin 3 Channel 2–

Pin 4 Channel 2+

Pin 5 Channel 3–

Pin 6 Channel 3+

Pin 7 Channel 4–

Pin 8 Channel 4+

Pin 9 Channel 5–

Pin 10 Channel 5+

Pin 11 Channel 6–

Pin 12 Channel 6+

Pin 13 Channel 7–

Pin 14 Channel 7+

Pin 15 Channel 8–

Pin 16 Channel 8+

Interface Specifications C-119

 24-Pin Mass Termination Block
The 24-pin mass termination block can be used with 4-wire Analog Input 4-20 mA
and 1-5 VDC applications that are conducted over 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable
with 2x12 header connectors (AMP part # 746288-5, Strain Relief # 1-499252-0) or
round instrument cable.
The Phoenix Contact 2301134 FLK16/24DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 24-pin to 16-pin
conversion cable can be used with 4-wire applications. The conversion cable uses the
Phoenix Contact 2281034 FLKM16 VARIOFACE ribbon connector module and
comes in one meter (three foot) and other lengths.

Caution When using a 26-pin ribbon cable, there must be a slight fold in the cable at
the cover opening. Damage might occur if the cable is pinched by the cover.

C-120 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-65 lists the cable pin out connections for the 24-pin mass termination block.
Table C-65 24-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out

Pin on Mass Channel

Termination Block Nomenclature

Pin 1 Channel 1+

Pin 3 Common channel for Channels 1 and 2

Pin 5 Channel 2+

Pin 7 Channel 3+

Pin 9 Common channel for Channels 3 and 4

Pin 11 Channel 4+

Pin 13 Channel 5+

Pin 15 Common channel for Channels 5 and 6

Pin 17 Channel 6+

Pin 19 Channel 7+

Pin 21 Common channel for Channels 7 and 8

Pin 23 Channel 8+

Note The 24 VDC return for the Analog Devices 7 V power supply must be connected to
the DeltaV 24 VDC return.

Interface Specifications C-121

 40-Pin Mass Termination Block
The 40-pin mass termination block provides terminations for the 32-channel digital
input and output cards and the Sequence of Events card.

For Use with 32-Channel DO and DI Cards

The 40-pin mass termination block has two, 20-pin IDC headers that split the 32
channels into two, 16-channel headers. Both of the two-row headers accept a 20-pin
1-for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x10 header connectors
(AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-10). The assembly interfaces to a feed-
through IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact FLKM20
VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. Phoenix Contact provides two ways to
connect to the 20-pin connection:
„ A 20-pin to 2x14-pin configuration cable that connects to all 8-channel digital
input and output modules. These modules include the PLC-RELAY with V-8
adapter, fuse, feed-through and relay (both solid-state (SSR) and
electromechanical relays (EMR)).
„ A 20-pin 1-for-1 cable that is connected to 16-channel modules. These modules
include feed-through, fuse, relay, (SSR and EMR) and relay modules with fuses on
the relay contact commons.
The return connection is made internally when the 40-pin mass termination block is
used with Series 2 DI and DO 32-channel cards. No external wire is required. Refer to
the cards’ installation notes for more information.

For Use with SOE Cards

The 40-pin mass termination block has two, 20-pin IDC headers that split the 16
channels into two, 8-channel headers. Both of the two-row headers accept a 20-pin 1-
for-1 passthrough, 0.093 mm2 (28 AWG) ribbon cable with 2x10 header connectors
(AMP part #746288-3, Strain Relief #499252-10). The assembly interfaces to a feed-
through IDC-to-discrete-wire module such as the Phoenix Contact FLKM20
VARIOFACE ribbon connector module. Phoenix Contact provides the following
way to connect to the 20-pin connection:

1. A 20-pin to 14-pin configuration cable that connects to all 8-channel digital input
modules. These modules include the PLC-RELAY with V-8 adapter, fuse, feed-
through and relay (both solid-state (SSR) and electromechanical relays (EMR)).

C-122 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-66 lists the cable pin out connections for the 40-pin mass termination block.
Table C-66 40-Pin Mass Termination Block Cable Pin Out

Left hand Channel Nomenclature Right hand Channel Nomenclature

Pins (1-16) J3 Pins (17-32) J4
32-channel DI SOE 32-channel DI SOE
and DO and DO

Pin 1 Channel 1+ 1+ Pin 1 Channel 17+ 9+

Pin 2 Channel 2+ 1- Pin 2 Channel 18+ 9-

Pin 3 Channel 3+ 2+ Pin 3 Channel 19+ 10+

Pin 4 Channel 4+ 2- Pin 4 Channel 20+ 10-

Pin 5 Channel 5+ 3+ Pin 5 Channel 21+ 11+

Pin 6 Channel 6+ 3- Pin 6 Channel 22+ 11-

Pin 7 Channel 7+ 4+ Pin 7 Channel 23+ 12+

Pin 8 Channel 8+ 4- Pin 8 Channel 24+ 12-

Pin 9 Channel 9+ 5+ Pin 9 Channel 25+ 13+

Pin 10 Channel 10+ 5- Pin 10 Channel 26+ 13-

Pin 11 Channel 11+ 6+ Pin 11 Channel 27+ 14+

Pin 12 Channel 12+ 6- Pin 12 Channel 28+ 14-

Pin 13 Channel 13+ 7+ Pin 13 Channel 29+ 15+

Pin 14 Channel 14+ 7- Pin 14 Channel 30+ 15-

Pin 15 Channel 15+ 8+ Pin 15 Channel 31+ 16+

Pin 16 Channel 16+ 8- Pin 16 Channel 32+ 16-

Pin 17 no no Pin 17 no no
connection connection connection connection

Pin 18 return N/A Pin 18 return N/A

Pin 19 no no Pin 19 no no
connection connection connection connection

Pin 20 return N/A Pin 20 return N/A

Interface Specifications C-123

 Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks
The system can use the following types of Intrinsically Safe terminal blocks:
„ I.S. 8-channel and I.S. loop disconnect 8-channel
„ I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block

I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block

The 8-channel I.S. terminal block uses standard and loop disconnects. Loop
disconnects are located in odd numbered terminals.
Table C-67 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 250 VAC between I.S. and non-I.S. circuits.

Maximum current Refer to the specifications table for the I.S. card in use.
(Tables C-43, C-42, C-44, and C-45.)

Mounting Assigned slot of I.S. I/O carrier.

Table C-68 lists the cable pin out connections for the I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block
and shows the channel nomenclature for the I.S. analog input and output cards
(AI, 2-20 mA, 8-Channel with HART, AO, 2-20 mA, 8-Channel) and the discrete
output card (DO, 4-Channel).
Table C-68 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature

Pin on Termination Block Channel Nomenclature Channel Nomenclature for DO card

for Analog Cards

Terminal 1 Channel 1+ Channel 1+

Terminal 2 Channel 1-

Terminal 3 Channel 2+ Channel 1-

Terminal 4 Channel 2-

Terminal 5 Channel 3+ Channel 2+

Terminal 6 Channel 3-

Terminal 7 Channel 4+ Channel 2-

Terminal 8 Channel 4-

Terminal 9 Channel 5+ Channel 3+

C-124 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-68 I.S. 8-Channel Terminal Block Cable Pin Outs and Channel Nomenclature (Continued)

Pin on Termination Block Channel Nomenclature Channel Nomenclature for DO card

for Analog Cards

Terminal 10 Channel 5-

Terminal 11 Channel 6+ Channel 3-

Terminal 12 Channel 6-

Terminal 13 Channel 7+ Channel 4+

Terminal 14 Channel 7-

Terminal 15 Channel 8+ Channel 4-

Terminal 16 Channel 8-

Interface Specifications C-125

 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block
Table C-69 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block Specifications

Item Specification

Voltage rating 250 VAC between I.S. and non-I.S. circuits.

Maximum current Refer to the specifications table for the I.S. card in use.
(Tables C-43, C-42, C-44, and C-45.)

Mounting Assigned slot of I.S. I/O carrier.

Keying (B1)

Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31
+
18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
-
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
+
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
-
Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch Ch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front View Bottom View

Figure C-61 I.S. 16-Channel Terminal Block

C-126 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-70 lists the cable pin out connections for the I.S.16-channel terminal block.
Table C-70 I.S.16-Channel Terminal Block

Terminal on Channel Terminal on Channel

Termination Block Nomenclature Termination Block Nomenclature

Terminal 1 Channel 1+ Terminal 17 Channel 9+

Terminal 2 Channel 1- Terminal 18 Channel 9-

Terminal 3 Channel 2+ Terminal 19 Channel 10+

Terminal 4 Channel 2- Terminal 20 Channel 10-

Terminal 5 Channel 3+ Terminal 21 Channel 11+

Terminal 6 Channel 3- Terminal 22 Channel 11-

Terminal 7 Channel 4+ Terminal 23 Channel 12+

Terminal 8 Channel 4- Terminal 24 Channel 12-

Terminal 9 Channel 5+ Terminal 25 Channel 13+

Terminal 10 Channel 5- Terminal 26 Channel 13-

Terminal 11 Channel 6+ Terminal 27 Channel 14+

Terminal 12 Channel 6- Terminal 28 Channel 14-

Terminal 13 Channel 7+ Terminal 29 Channel 15+

Terminal 14 Channel 7- Terminal 30 Channel 15-

Terminal 15 Channel 8+ Terminal 31 Channel 16+

Terminal 16 Channel 8- Terminal 32 Channel 16-

Interface Specifications C-127

 I/O Interface Keying
There are two keys on the I/O terminal block and two keys on the I/O card. The keys
on the I/O card are set at the factory; you can change the keys on the I/O terminal
block to match the corresponding I/O card. Table C-71 lists the non-I.S.
I/O card keying and the recommended I/O terminal blocks. Figure C-62 shows an
example key setting.
Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks

I/O Card I/O Card Recommended Optional

Keying I/O Terminal Block I/O Terminal Block

AI, 8-Channel, A1 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

4–20 mA 4-wire I/O terminal block
16-pin mass termination block
(2-wire connection)
24-pin mass termination block
(4-wire connection)

AI, 8-Channel, A1 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

4–20 mA, HART and 4-wire I/O terminal block
Series 2 AI, 16-pin mass termination block
8-Channel,4–20 mA, (2-wire connection)
HART (Simplex mode) 24-pin mass termination block
(4-wire connection)

Series 2 AI, A1 Redundant Analog

8-Channel, Input terminal block
4–20 mA HART
(Redundant mode)

Series 2 AI, A2 16-Channel Analog

16-Channel, 4–20 mA Input terminal block
HART (Simplex mode)

AI, 8-Channel, A3 4-wire I/O terminal 24-pin mass termination block

1–5 VDC block

AO, 8-Channel, A4 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

4–20 mA 16-pin mass termination block

AO, 8-channel, A4 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

4-20 mA, HART and 16-pin mass termination block
Series 2 AO,
8-channel, 4-20 mA,
HART (Simplex mode)

Series 2 AO, A4 Redundant Analog

8-channel, Output terminal
4-20 mA, HART block
(Redundant mode)

C-128 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued)

I/O Card I/O Card Recommended Optional

Keying I/O Terminal Block I/O Terminal Block

AS-Interface D1 Interface terminal

block

DeviceNet D5 Fieldbus H1 terminal

block

DI, 8-Channel, B2 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

24 VDC, Isolated 16-pin mass termination block

DI, 8-Channel, B1 Fused I/O terminal I/O terminal block

24 VDC, Dry Contact block 16-pin mass termination block
and Series 2 DI,
8-Channel, 24 VDC,
Dry Contact (Simplex
mode)

Series 2 B1 Redundant Discrete

DI, 8-Channel, terminal block
24 VDC, Dry Contact
(Redundant mode)

DI, 8-Channel, E4 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

120 VAC, Isolated

DI, 8-Channel, E1 Fused I/O terminal I/O terminal block

120 VAC, Dry Contact block

DI, 8-Channel, E5 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

230 VAC, Isolated

DI, 8-Channel, E2 Fused I/O terminal I/O terminal block

230 VAC, Dry Contact block

DI, 32-channel, B3 32-channel terminal 40-pin mass termination block

24 VDC Dry Contact block
and Series 2 DI, 32-
channel, 24 VDC Dry
(Simplex mode)

DO, 8-Channel, F4 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

120 VAC/230 VAC,
Isolated

DO, 8-Channel, F1 Fused I/O terminal I/O terminal block

120 VAC/230 VAC, block
High-Side

DO, 8-Channel, B5 I/O terminal block Fused I/O terminal block

24 VDC, Isolated 16-pin mass termination block

Interface Specifications C-129

 Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued)

I/O Card I/O Card Recommended Optional

Keying I/O Terminal Block I/O Terminal Block

DO, 8-Channel, B6 Fused I/O terminal I/O terminal block

24 VDC, High-Side block 10-pin mass termination block
and Series 2 DO, 16-pin mass termination block
8-Channel, 24 VDC,
High-Side (Simplex
mode)

Series 2 B6 Redundant Discrete

DO, 8-Channel, terminal block
24 VDC, High-Side
(Redundant mode)

DO, 32-Channel, B4 32-channel terminal 40-pin mass termination block

24 VDC High-Side and block
Series 2 DO, 32-
Channel, 24 VDC High
Side (Simplex mode)

Fieldbus H1 D6 Fieldbus H1
terminal block

Series 2 H1 (Simplex D6 Series 2 H1 terminal

mode) block

Series 2 H1 D6 Redundant H1
(Redundant mode) terminal block

Series 2 Isolated Input C2 Isolated Input

(Simplex mode) terminal block

Multifunction C6 32-channel terminal

block

Profibus DP D3 Profibus DP terminal

block

RTD, ohms C3 RTD, ohms terminal

block

C-130 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table C-71 Non-I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks (Continued)

I/O Card I/O Card Recommended Optional

Keying I/O Terminal Block I/O Terminal Block

Sequence of Events C5 32-channel terminal 40-pin mass termination block

block

Serial Card, 2 Ports, D4 Interface terminal

RS232/RS485 and block
Series 2 Serial Card, 2
Ports, RS232/RS485
(Simplex mode)

Series 2 Serial Card, 2 D4 Redundant Interface

Ports, RS232/RS485 terminal block
(Redundant mode)

Thermocouple, mV C1 Thermocouple, mV I/O terminal block

terminal block Note When the Thermocouple,
Note When the mV card is plugged into an I/O
Thermocouple, mV terminal block, it functions as an
card is plugged into mV card.
a Thermocouple
terminal block, it
functions as a
Thermocouple card.

A 1
F B 6 2
Terminal
Block
E C 5 3
D 4

Slot
Setting Shown = D6

Note: Key position is indicated by the slot.

Figure C-62 I/O Key Setting Example

Interface Specifications C-131

 Intrinsically Safe I/O Interface Keying
Table C-72 lists I.S. I/O card keying and the recommended I.S. terminal blocks.
Figure C-63 shows an I.S. example key setting.
Table C-72 I.S. I/O Card Keying and Compatible I/O Terminal Blocks

I/O Card I/O Card Recommended I/O Optional I/O

Keying Terminal Block Terminal Block

I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 A1 I.S. 8-channel I.S. loop

mA, HART terminal block disconnect 8-
channel terminal
block

I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 A4 I.S. 8-channel I.S. loop

mA (HART) terminal block disconnect 8-
channel terminal
block

I.S. DO, 4-Channel B5 I.S. 8-channel I.S. loop

terminal block disconnect 8-
channel terminal
block

I.S. DI, 16-Channel1 B1 I.S. 16-channel

terminal block

1.The I.S. DI, 16-channel card will not communicate with the DeltaV controller unless the I.S.
16-channel terminal block is used.

A 1
F B 6 2
Intrinsically Safe
Terminal Block
(Blue) E C 5 3
D 4

Setting Shown = A1

Note: Key position is indicated by the slot.

Figure C-63 I.S. I/O Example Key Setting

C-132 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix D Controller Specifications
This appendix provides specifications for the controller and specifications and
installation information for the Remote Interface Unit and the Fiber-Optic Media
Converter. It also explains how to install an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) to
backup the controller.
Table D-1 shows specifications for the MD and MDPlus controllers.
Table D-1 Controller Specifications

Item MD MDPlus

Power requirement (supplied by +5 VDC at 1.4 A maximum +5 VDC at 1.4 A maximum

system power supply through 2-wide
power/controller carrier)

Fuse protection 3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses 3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses

Power dissipation 5.0 W typical 5.0 W typical

7.0 W maximum 7.0 W maximum

Mounting On right slot of power/controller On right slot of power/controller

carrier carrier

Controller Specifications D-1

 Power
Error
Active
Standby
Pri. CN
Sec. CN

15.9 cm
Controller
(6.3 in)

4.1 cm (1.6 in) 10.7 cm (4.2 in)

Front View Side View

Figure D-1 Controller Dimensions

D-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Remote Interface Unit
The Remote Interface Unit allows standard DeltaV I/O cards to be installed remotely
from the controller. The remote subsystem, consisting of the Remote Interface Unit,
system power supply, carriers, and I/O cards, can be located in Zone 2. The Remote
Interface Unit communicates with the controller over redundant, Control Network
(ethernet) connections.
Table D-2 shows specifications for the Remote Interface Unit.
Table D-2 Remote Interface Unit Specifications

Item Specification

Power requirement (supplied by +3.3 VDC at 500 mA maximum

system power supply through 2-wide +5 VDC at 200 mA maximum
power/controller carrier)

Fuse protection 3.0 A, non-replaceable fuses

Power dissipation 3.0 W maximum

Mounting On right slot of power/controller

carrier

Controller Specifications D-3

 The Remote Interface Unit mounts in the controller slot of a 2-wide carrier and has
redundant ethernet connections to the DeltaV Control Network switch or hub.
Connect the primary port to the primary switch or hub and the secondary port to the
secondary switch or hub. The primary Control Network connection is capable of
10/100 M ethernet while the secondary connection is limited to 10 M ethernet.

Power
Error
Active
Standby
Pri. CN
Sec. CN

15. 9 cm
(6. 3 in)
Remote
Interface
Unit

4. 1 cm (1. 6 in) 10. 7 cm (4. 2 in)

Front View Side View

Figure D-2 Remote Interface Unit Dimensions

D-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
This section describes connection with a UPS. Unless otherwise noted, the Liebert
600VA UPS sold with the workstation is assumed.
The UPS must be mounted upright on a level surface, such as a floor or a work
surface, for proper operation. The UPS is not rack-mountable or DIN rail-mountable.
The type of DeltaV System Power Supply determines how the UPS backs up
controller power.
If you use a System Power Supply (AC/DC) to provide power to your controller, one
UPS backs up one controller (MD or MDPlus). Install the UPS between the AC main
power source and the system power supply (or supplies), as shown in Figure D-3.

AC Power Distribution

Uninterruptible
Power Supply

System Controller I/O Subsystem

Power
Supply
(AC/DC)

Figure D-3 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (AC/DC)]

If you use a combination of the Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply and a System
Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) to provide power to your controller(s), use one UPS to
back up each controller for maximum backup time. However, if you do not require
maximum backup time, one UPS can back up as many as four controllers. Install the
UPS between the AC main power source and the bulk power supply, as shown in
Figure D-4.

Controller Specifications D-5

 AC Power Uninterruptible Bulk AC to12 VDC
Distribution Power Supply Power Supply

System
Power Supply
Dual(DC/DC)

Controller
I/ O Subsystem

Figure D-4 UPS Installation for Controller Power Backup [System Power Supply (Dual
DC/DC)]

Note If you use the UPS as backup for your DeltaV Controller, only the system power is
backed up; no field power backup is provided. If you require backup field power, you
need additional UPSs to back up power connected to the I/O interface carrier(s).
If you have a system with only one controller that is powered by a DeltaV System
Power Supply (AC/DC), you can use the smaller Liebert® PowerSure™ 250 V·A
UPS for controller power backup. If you have a system with a server, you can use the
larger Liebert® PowerSure™ 1400 V·A UPS for server power backup. The 250 V·A
UPS is for controller backup only and the 1400 V·A UPS for server backup only. The
600 V·A UPS is required for workstation backup.
The 250 V·A UPS and 1400 V·A UPS are not standard Emerson Process
Management products; you can purchase them from a local supplier. Refer to the
documentation supplied with your UPS for specifications.

D-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Liebert MultiLink Software
DeltaV systems and Liebert UPS support Liebert MultiLink software. The Liebert
UPS connects to a DeltaV workstation by a custom serial cable (the serial cable ships
in the box with the UPS or can be made based on the instructions in the Liebert
documentation). The MultiLink software monitors several UPS-related events
including:
„ UPS operating on battery power
„ Low battery
„ UPS returned from battery power
You can configure a variety of actions based on these events such as: popup messages,
emails, pager messages, and orderly shutdowns.
MultiLink software and documentation are available from the Liebert website. The
Liebert documentation and Liebert’s Software Technical Applications Support Center
provide information on proper setup and use of the software.

Controller Specifications D-7

 Fiber-Optic Media Converter
This section describes controller connections with a fiber-optic media converter. The
media converter converts 10BaseT TP to 10Base-FL ST fiber cable without repeating
the signals and is used in conjunction with the controller to allow an Ethernet link to
a range of 2000 meters. Refer to Appendix G for more information on media
converters. Table D-3 shows the media converter specifications.
Table D-3 Fiber-Optic Media Converter Specifications

Item Specification

LAN interface Ethernet IEEE802.3 compatible

Port interface 10BaseT RJ45 compatible

Data rate 10 MBPS

Fiber interface 10Base-FL compatible

Fiber type Multimode 62.5/125 microns

LocalBus current (12 VDC 250 mA typical

nominal), per card 300 mA maximum

The media converter mounts on a 2-wide carrier next to (or close to) the controller
and connects to the controller with two standard 12 to 16 inch twisted pair cables with
shielded connectors on both ends of the cable. Figure G-22 shows the pin outs for
both ends of the cable. The four fiber-optic cables connect transmit to receive
between the Workstation’s media converter and the controller’s media converter as
shown in Figure D-5. The dimensions for the fiber-optic media converter case are the
same as the controller case. The connectors on the media converter extend one half
inch above the case.

D-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Top View
Fiber optic
media converter Controller
Pri Pri Sec Sec
Rx Tx Rx Tx

To 10Base-FL
2 fiber optic hub or
media converter
1 1 2 3

Twisted pair cable

with shielded
connectors
on both ends

Power
Error
Pri F Link
Pri C Link
Sec F Link Pri Sec
Sec C Link

Front Side View To

View Controller
Twisted pair cable
with shielded
connectors
on both ends

Bottom View
Notes:
1. Fiber Optic Media Converter may go in position 1, 2, or 3; but is shown mounted in position 2.
2. Fiber Optic cables connect transmit to receive and receive to transmit.

Figure D-5 Fiber-Optic Media Converter

Controller Specifications D-9

D-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix E System Power Supply Specifications
This appendix provides specifications for the system power supplies:
„ System Power Supply (AC/DC)
„ System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)
„ Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply

System Power Supply (AC/DC)

Table E-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Specifications

Item Specification

Input 100 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase

Inrush (soft start) 230 VAC input at 35 A peak maximum for one cycle or
less

Output power 25 W total at 60 ºC

Output voltages +12 VDC at 2.1 A maximum

(25 W maximum) +5 VDC at 2.0 A maximum
+3.3 VDC at 0.5 A maximum
Combined 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC output = 10 W
maximum

Input protection Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses

Overvoltage protection Output protected at 110% to 120%

Hold-up time Output remains within 5% of nominal at full load and

115 VAC input for 20 ms.

Mounting On either slot of 2-wide power/controller carrier

External connectors:

Primary power AC input, 3-wire

Alarm contacts 2-wire normally open relays; relays are closed when
outputs are within ±4% of nominal;
30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A

System Power Supply Specifications E-1

 Power
Error

15.9 cm
System
(6.3 in)
Power Supply
(AC/DC)

4.1 cm (1.6 in) 10.7 cm (4.2 in)

Front View Side View

Figure E-1 System Power Supply (AC/DC) Dimensions

Note Ground connection is not required for the secondary 2-wide power/controller carrier.

E-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Redundant AC Input Power

Figure E-2 Redundant AC Input Power for System Power Supply (AC/DC)

System Power Supply Specifications E-3

 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)
Table E-2 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Specifications

Item Specification

Input
12 VDC (±5%) 11.4 VDC to 12.6 VDC at 14.8 A
24 VDC (-15% - +20%)1 20.4 VDC to 28.8 VDC2 at 4.0 A

Inrush (soft start) 12 A peak maximum for 5 ms over the 12 VDC input
range (excluding 12 VDC output)
20 A peak maximum for 5 ms over the 24 VDC input
range (including 12 VDC outputs)

Output power rating -40 to 60 ºC3 + 12 VDC at 13.0 A (12 VDC input)
+ 12 VDC at 4.5 A (24 VDC input)
+ 5 VDC at 2.0 A
3.3 VDC at 2.0 A
10 W total (combined outputs of 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC)

Output power rating -40 to 70 ºC4 + 12 VDC at 10.0 A (12 VDC input)
+ 12 VDC at 3 A (24 VDC input)
+ 5 VDC at 2.0 A
3.3 VDC at 2.0 A
10 W total (combined outputs of 5 VDC and 3.3 VDC)

Input protection Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses

Overvoltage protection Output protected at 110% to 120%

Hold-up time Output remains within 5% of nominal at full load and

minimum input voltage for 5 ms (excluding 12 VDC
current with 12 VDC input)

Mounting On either slot of 2-wide power/controller carrier

External connectors:
Primary power DC input, 2-wire
Alarm contacts 2-wire normally open relays; relays are closed when 3.3
and 5 VDC outputs are within ±4% of nominal

30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A

Alarm relay contact rating

1. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, input is 24 VDC (±5%).

2. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, input specification is 22.8 VDC to 25.2 VDC.
3. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, output power rating is -20 to 60 ºC.
4. For model number KJ1501X1-BC1, this output power rating is not applicable.

E-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Power
Error

15.9 cm
System (6.3 in)
Power Supply
(Dual DC/DC)

4.1 cm (1.6 in) 10.7 cm (4.2 in)

Front View Side View

Figure E-3 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Dimensions

Warning Always remove input power to the supply before connecting or disconnecting
the input power connection. The connector should not interrupt current flow
and could be damaged if actuated under a load condition.

System Power Supply Specifications E-5

 Redundant DC Input Power

Figure E-4 Redundant DC Input Power and Grounding for System Power Supply (Dual
DC/DC)

See Figures J-6, J-7, and J-8 for power supply overviews.

E-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply
Table E-3 I.S System Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification

Input 18.5 to 36 VDC (24 VDC nominal)

Output 12 VDC ± 5%

Output current 5A

Input to output isolation 250 VAC rms

Holdup time 1.8 ms

Input protection Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses

Over voltage protection 110% to 120%

Input power 80 Watts

Mounting I.S. Power Supply Carrier

External connectors DC input 2-part screw terminal

Front View Side View

15.9 cm
(6.25 in.)

8.4 cm 10.9 cm
(3.3 in.) (4.3 in.)

Figure E-5 I.S. System Power Supply Dimensions

System Power Supply Specifications E-7

E-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix F Workstation and Server Specifications
This appendix provides information on DeltaV workstations, the Fault-Tolerant
Server, Multiple Monitors, and Touch Screens. Refer to the following sources for
current DeltaV Workstation and Fault-Tolerant Server configuration details and for
current Ethernet card specifications:
„ DeltaV Workstation Product Data Sheets
„ The PC manufacturer’s (Dell Computer Corporation) specifications
„ Your local Emerson Process Management Representative

Primary and Secondary Channel Ethernet Card

Specifications - Plant LAN Interface Card
The DeltaV system uses Ethernet to create the DeltaV Control Network, both
primary and secondary channels. All network cards used in DeltaV Workstations must
be 10/100BaseT Ethernet network cards.

Fault-Tolerant Server
The Stratus® ftServer 4300 can be used as a hardware platform for DeltaV
Application stations. This server provides fault-tolerance through redundancy of the
major hardware sub-systems (CPU/Memory, PCI Bus, storage, and power supplies).
For information on installing the ftServer 4300, refer to “Installing the Fault-Tolerant
Server” on page 2-51. Refer to earlier versions of this DeltaV manual for information
on installing other ftServer models. For information on configuring the ftServer 4300
to run the DeltaV system, refer to DeltaV Books Online. For complete technical
information on the fault-tolerant servers, refer to the Stratus hardware and software
manuals and to the electronic documentation installed on the servers.

Workstation and Server Specifications F-1

 Multiple Monitors
The DeltaV system can support up to four monitors that work together like one large
screen and are driven by the same workstation. Multiple monitors can be laid out in a
horizontal orientation (1x2, 1x3, 1x4) or a square orientation (2x2). Other monitor
arrangements are not supported. Refer to the video card manufacturer’s
documentation for information on how to install the video cards and remove any
existing video cards. The NEC MultiSync LCD 2080UX+ is approved for use in a
multiple monitor system. Refer to Books Online for information on installing the
driver and video card and setting up the video card for multiple monitors.

Touch Screens
Touch screens can be used on single monitors and on multiple monitors.Connect a
cable from any USB connector on the back of the workstation to a touch screen
monitor in any order or sequence. The NEC MultiSync LCD 2080UX with integrated
capacitive touchscreen is approved for use with the DeltaV system. After connecting
the touch screen monitors, refer to the 3M TouchWare™ Software for Windows User Guide
for complete information on calibrating and configuring the touch screens.

F-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix G Control Network Specifications
This appendix provides information and specifications for the DeltaV Control
Network. Refer to the following sources for current DeltaV Network configuration
details:
„ DeltaV Product Data Sheets and the DeltaV Site Preparation Guide and System
Planning Guide
„ The network equipment manufacturers’ specifications
„ Your local Emerson Process Management representative

Hubs, Switches, Cable, and the DeltaV Controller Firewall

The following pages provide specifications and usage information for the hubs,
switches, cable, and the DeltaV Controller Firewall. Diagrams that show these
components in DeltaV Control Networks are provided as examples.

Important DeltaV systems require a specific version of Cisco switch software and a special switch
configuration. The use of other versions of the switch software or an improperly configured
switch could cause serious problems with the operation of the DeltaV system. Switches
ordered from Emerson Process Management are shipped with the supported software
version and are pre-configured to operate properly with the DeltaV system. To ensure
that you have the proper switch configuration and the correct switch software for your
DeltaV system, you should purchase the switch though normal Emerson channels. The
DeltaV supported software version of the switch may not be the version that is currently
shipping on off-the-shelf Cisco switches.
If you want to verify the configuration of a switch supplied by Emerson Process
Management, refer to the System Administration and Maintenance manual in the
DeltaV Books Online. This documentation provides written examples of correct,
DeltaV specific switch configuration for the supported revision level of the switch
software. Emerson Process Management does not provide the Cisco operating software
separately for field configuration. If you purchase Cisco switches from sources other than
Emerson Process Management, the switch must be configured to DeltaV instructions
and the supplier is responsible for ensuring that the switch software is at the supported
revision level.
Cisco switches can be managed from a Management station. Refer to “Connecting the
Management Station” on page G-56 and “The Management Station” on page G-55
for information on installing and using a Management station in a DeltaV Control
Network. Refer to "Managing Cisco Switches" in DeltaV Books Online.

Control Network Specifications G-1

 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub
Table G-1 10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub Specifications

Item Specification

Model 3Com® OfficeConnect® Hub 8/TPO (3C16700A)

Type 10BaseT Ethernet (3C16440A)

100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch

Table G-2 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch Specifications

Item Specification

Model Cisco 24-Port MTRJ Fiber-Optic Switch1

(WS-C3550-24-FX-SMI)

Type 100Mbit Fiber Ethernet

1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.

Figures G-1 and G-2 show the front and rear views of the 100Mbit 24-port fiber
switch.

100Base-FX ports GBIC

Module slots

Figure G-1 Front View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch

RJ-45
Console port

Figure G-2 Rear View of the 100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch

G-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports
Table G-3 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports Specifications

Item Specification

Model Cisco 24-Port Twisted Pair with 2, MTRJ Fiber-Optic

Ports1
(WS-C2950C-24)

Type 24, 10/100BaseT Ethernet

2, 100Base FX Fiber-Optic

1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.

Figures G-3 and G-4 show the front and rear views of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch
with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports.

10/100 Ports 100BASE-FX

ports

Figure G-3 Front View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports

RJ-45
Console port

Figure G-4 Rear View of the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports

Control Network Specifications G-3

 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch
Table G-4 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch Specifications

Item Specification

Model Cisco 24-Port Twisted Pair1

(WS-C2950-24)

Type 10/100BaseT Ethernet

1 Refer to the important information about Cisco switch configuration on page G-1.

Figure G-5 shows the front view of the 24-port switch. The rear view is the same as
the 10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 MTRJ Fiber-Optic Ports as shown in
Figure G-4.

10/100 Ports

Figure G-5 Front View of the 24-Port Switch

Note Refer to the Cisco documentation for more detailed specifications.

G-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 12-Port SFP Managed Switch
Table G-5 12 Port SFP Managed Switch

Item Specification

Model Cisco 12-port SFP managed

(Catalyst 3750G-12S)

Type 12-port Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Managed switch

Figures G-6 and G-7 show the front and rear views of the 12-port SFP managed
switch.

Catalyst 3750

SFP slots

Figure G-6 Front View of the 12-Port SFP Managed Switch

DC INPUTS FOR REMOTE

RATING POWER SUPPLY
100-240V ~ SPECIFIED IN MANUAL
CONSOLE 3A-1.5A, 50-60 HZ
STACK 1 STACK 2
WARNING

Stacking cable RJ-45

connection Console port

Figure G-7 Rear View of the 12-Port SFP Managed Switch

Control Network Specifications G-5

 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots
Table G-6 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots

Item Specification

Model Cisco 24-port fiber-optic managed switch with 100BASE-FX

fiber ports and 2 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) Gigabit
slots
(Catalyst 3750-24FS)

Type 24, 100BASE-FX fiber-optic

2, SFP gigabit

Figures G-8 and G-9 show the front and rear views of the 24-port fiber managed
switch with 2 SFP gigabit slots.

Catalyst 3750

100 Base-FX ports SFP slots

Figure G-8 Front View of the 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots

DC INPUTS FOR REMOTE

POWER SUPPLY RATING
SPECIFIED IN MANUAL 100-240V ~
CONSOLE 3A-1.5A, 50-60 HZ
STACK 1 STACK 2
WARNING

Stacking cable RJ-45

connection Console port

Figure G-9 Rear View of the 24-Port Fiber Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots

G-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit
Slots
Table G-7 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit Slots

Item Specification

Model Cisco 24-port twisted pair managed switch with 2 SFP gigabit
slots
(Catalyst 3750-24TS)

Type 24, 10/100 twisted pair managed

2, SFP gigabit slots

Figures G-10 and G-11 show the front and rear views of the 24-port twisted pair
managed switch with 2 SFP gigabit slots.

Catalyst 3750

10/100 Ports SFP slots

Figure G-10 Front View of the 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit
Slots

WARNING DC INPUTS FOR REMOTE

POWER SUPPLY
RATING SPECIFIED IN MANUAL
CONSOLE 100-240V ~
1.2A-0.0a, 50-60 HZ
STACK 1 STACK 2

Stacking cable RJ-45

connection Console port

Figure G-11 Rear View of the 24-Port Twisted Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP Gigabit
Slots

Control Network Specifications G-7

 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch
Table G-8 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch

Item Specification

Model Allied Telesyn 8-port unmanaged switch

(AT-FS708)

Type 8, 10/100 twisted pair unmanaged

Figure G-12 shows the front view of the 8-port twisted pair unmanaged switch.

Allied Telesyn
POWER
AT-FS708 LINK/ACT

100M AUTO
MD/MDIX
FDX
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10/100 Ports

Figure G-12 Front View of the 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch

G-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber
Port
Table G-9 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber Port

Item Specification

Model Allied Telesyn 8-port unmanaged switch

(AT-FS709FC)

Type 8, 10/100 twisted pair unmanaged

1, 100BASE-FX

Figure G-13 shows the front view of the 8-port twisted pair unmanaged switch with
one fiber port.

10/100 Ports (MDI/MDIX)

use one port only

Allied Telesyn FS709FC POWER

LINK/ACT

100 M

FDX

10/100 Ports 100BASE-FX Port

Figure G-13 Front View of the 8-Port Twisted Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber Port

Control Network Specifications G-9

 DeltaV Fiber Switches
The DeltaV system supports the following DeltaV fiber switches:
„ Single Port Fiber Switch
„ Four Port Fiber Switch
The Single Port Fiber Switch is an Ethernet switch with one 100BaseFx port and four
10/100BaseTx ports. The Four Port Fiber Switch is an Ethernet switch with four
100BaseFx ports and one 10/100BaseTx port. The switches can be mounted on a
DIN rail and provide comprehensive LED diagnostics as described in Chapter 3. The
switches can be installed in Zone 2 and provide connection to Zone 1 components
over the certified energy-limited fiber port. Primarily the switches are the fiber port
connection to the Zone 1 components; however, they can be used for all Control
Network applications. Refer to the Installing Your DeltaV Zone 1 Intrinsically Safe
Hardware manual in Books Online for information on connecting to the DeltaV
Intrinsically Safe system. Table G-10 shows the specifications for the DeltaV Fiber
Switches.
Table G-10 Single Port and Four Port Fiber Switch Specifications

Item Specification

Input voltage 24 VDC ±20%

Input current 0.25 A for the Single Port Fiber Switch

0.35 A for the Four Port Fiber Switch

Link budet Multimode 62.5/125 µm - max attenuation 11 dB

Multimode 50/125 µm - max attenuation 8 dB
Wavelength 1300 nm

Fiber interface 100 BaseFx with MT-RJ receptacle, full duplex only

Fiber type Refer to page 2-37

Nominal fiber 2 km
distance

Twisted pair 10/100 BaseT, RJ45 compatible

ports

Cable type Category 5e screened twisted pair (ScTP)

Mounting Vertically on a horizontal DIN rail

G-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure G-14 shows the top view of the Single Port Fiber Switch and Figure G-15
shows the bottom view.

+
Not used

+
Shield
ground
-

100 Management Power

BaseFx port inputs
port (not used)

Figure G-14 Top View of the Single Port Fiber Switch

10/100BaseTx ports

Figure G-15 Bottom View of the Single Port Fiber Switch

Control Network Specifications G-11

 Figure G-16 shows the top view of the Four Port Fiber Switch and Figure G-17
shows the bottom view.

Management port
(not used)

+
Not used

+
Shield
ground
-

100BaseFx Power
ports inputs

Figure G-16 Top View of the Four Port Fiber Switch

100BaseFx Ports

10/100BaseTx port

Figure G-17 Bottom View of the Four Port Fiber Switch

G-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers
Table G-11 Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers Specifications

Item Specification

Model Cisco Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers

(GLC-LH-SM and GLC-SX-MM)

Type:
GLC-LH-SM Single-mode, long-haul, up to 10 km
GLC-SX-MM Multi-mode, up to 550 m

Figure G-18 shows the front view of the fiber-optic single and multi-mode gigabit
transceivers.

Figure G-18 Front View of the Fiber-Optic Transceivers - Single and Multi-Mode

Control Network Specifications G-13

 Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver
Table G-12 Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver

Item Specification

Model Cisco Twisted Pair Copper Gigabit Transceiver

(GLC-T)

Type 1 twisted pair port, up to 100 m

Figure G-19 shows the front view of the twisted pair gigabit transceiver.

Figure G-19 Front View of the Twisted Pair Gigabit Transceiver

G-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules
Cable that meets Category 5 specifications can be purchased from Emerson Process
Management or directly from the manufacturer (CommScope). Visit the CommScope
website for the most current specifications for Category 5e Screened 4 Twisted Pair
Cable (ScTP).
CommScope type 5ES4 cable meets the minimum requirements for Category 5 cable
used in 100Mbit and 1000Mbit Ethernet networks for DeltaV systems.
Follow these rules during cable installation to protect the electrical performance of
the cables:
„ A cable is under loaded conditions when it is being pulled or it is under pressure.
Under loaded conditions do not exceed:
• 25 pounds pulling tension
• 16 times the Outside Diameter (OD) of the cable (3.2 inches) for the
minimum bend radius while pulling the cable
„ A cable is under no load or unloaded conditions when the cable is being placed with
no tension. Under unloaded conditions do not exceed:
• 8 times the OD of the cable (1.6 inches) for the minimum bend radius
„ Under both loaded and unloaded conditions, do not:
• Install the cable unless the temperature is between 0°C and 60°C
• Operate cable in environments outside the operating temperature range of
-20°C and 60°C

Control Network Specifications G-15

 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications
Table G-13 Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications

Item Specification

Type Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 2-37

Minimum number of fibers Two per communications channel

Attenuation Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 2-37

Temperature rating Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 2-37

Connectors Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cables” on page 2-37

Cable Accessory Specifications

Table G-14 Twisted Pair Control Network Cable Accessory Specifications

Item Specification

Connectors Category 5, 8-position RJ45 plug connectors1

Terminating tool Hand or automatic machine tool for 8-position

connectors1

Boots, color-coded Yellow = primary control network cable1

Black = secondary control network cable1

Vinyl plastic tape Yellow

Note Color marking tape also can be used. Black

Cable markers Vinyl film, self-laminating1

1 Available from Emerson Process Management

G-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies
Straight-through and crossover twisted pair cable assemblies are used in DeltaV
Control Networks. Both shielded, metal-enclosed and isolated or unshielded, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connectors are used on both types of assemblies.
You will need to build four types of cable assembly combinations:
„ Crossover cable with one end shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connector) and one
end isolated (plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector)
„ Crossover cable with both ends shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connectors)
„ Straight-through cable with one end shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connector)
and one end isolated (plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector)
„ Straight-through cable with both ends shielded (metal-enclosed RJ45 connectors)
Before building any of these assemblies, you will need to determine the correct
combination of shielded and unshielded RJ45 connectors for your DeltaV Control
Network. Refer to Figures G-24 to G-34 to make this determination. These figures
contain notes that indicate where metal-enclosed and plastic-enclosed RJ45
connectors are required and where straight-through and crossover cable are needed.
When building cable assemblies with shielded and unshielded connectors, always refer
to the connector and tool manufacturer’s latest assembly instructions and application
specifications. These specifications show the correct jacket and shield preparation
length for the specific connectors being used.
Figure G-20 shows an unshielded, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector. First the boot is
slid onto the cable, next the load bar is loaded with the eight inner cable conductors,
then the load bar/cable assembly is inserted into the connector housing and crimped.
Finally, the boot is slid over the assembly for additional strain relief.

Control Network Specifications G-17

 Plastic-enclosed
RJ45 connector

Cable
conductors
Load bar/cable
assembly
Boot

Load bar

Figure G-20 Unshielded Connector

Figure G-21 shows a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector. First the boot is slid
onto the cable, then the cable shield and drain wire are folded back, next the load bar
is loaded with the eight inner cable conductors, then the load bar/cable assembly is
inserted into the connector housing and crimped. Finally, the boot is slid over the
assembly for additional strain relief.
Metal-enclosed
RJ45 connector

Cable
conductors
Load bar/cable
assembly
Drain wire
Shielding
Boot
Load bar

Figure G-21 Shielded Connector

G-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs
Figure G-22 shows the pin outs for building a straight-through cable assembly. The
same pin outs are used for both ends of the cable.
Cable Pin Out (Both Ends)

Pair
3

Pair Pair Pair

2 1 4

1 23 456 7 8
O BL G BR
W/O W/G W/BL W/BR

T568B

Figure G-22 Straight-Through Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends

Control Network Specifications G-19

 Crossover Cable Pin Outs
Figure G-23 shows the pin outs for building a crossover cable assembly. Different pin
outs are used for each end of the cable.

Cable Pin Out (One End) Cable Pin Out (Other End)

Pair Pair
3 2

Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair Pair

2 1 4 3 1 4

1 234567 8 1 234567 8
O BL G BR G BL O BR
W/O W/G W/BL W/BR W/G W/O W/BL W/BR

T568B T568A

Figure G-23 Crossover Cable Pin Outs for Both Ends

G-20 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DeltaV Control Networks
The DeltaV Control Network examples starting on page G-24 are designed according
to the IEEE 802.3 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks standards. The topologies
shown in the examples are a small subset of the control network topologies that
conform to the Ethernet 802.3 standard. Network topologies vary depending upon
the plant layout. One plant layout may require a large number of hubs in one wiring
closet rather than single hubs in several wiring closets or rack rooms located
throughout the plant. Another plant layout may require a centralized hub or switch in
a star topology that branches to several remote locations. These and other network
configurations are possible and fully supported by Emerson Process Management.
Consult your sales representative for assistance with network configuration.
The examples begin with simple 10 megabit per second (abbreviated here as 10Mbit)
twisted pair network implementations, and end with more complex 10/100Mbit
twisted pair networks with a combination of fiber-optic and twisted pair segments. In
all cases, the examples show the maximum cable distances and the maximum number
of intermediate Ethernet hubs. These maximum limits assure you that any network
design that exactly matches the example, or is a subset of the example, is guaranteed to
operate according to Ethernet rules and will provide the necessary performance for
your DeltaV system.

Hop Rules
Advanced Ethernet models used for the calculation of maximum packet transmission
distances over copper cabling can be found in Ethernet 802.3 standards. For
simplicity, this Appendix uses general Ethernet rules. For example, the number of
repeater hops is limited to four (four repeater hubs physically connected together in
series) for 10Mbit networks, and to two (two repeater hubs physically connected
together in series) for 100Mbit networks. This limitation on the number of repeater
hops allows for a minimum amount of space (Inter Frame Gap) between each packet
that is transmitted over the network so that the physical medium’s receivers and
transmitters located on each repeater port have time to distinguish between the end of
one packet and the beginning of the next. As a packet travels between end nodes on a
network, each repeater through which the packet travels reduces the Inter Frame Gap
by a small amount. If too many repeater hubs are in the path between two end nodes,
the overall net Inter Frame Gap shrinkage will result in an Inter Frame Gap that is too
small and packet information will be corrupted by the time it reaches the receiving
device. When all repeater hubs used in a network, such as the repeater hubs that are
qualified for use with the DeltaV system, are designed in compliance with Ethernet
standards, the generalized two hop/ four hop rules can be used. Otherwise, a custom

Control Network Specifications G-21

 calculation would have to be performed on a case by case basis for every network
connection.

Extending a DeltaV Control Network with Media

Converters
Media converters are sometimes used to add a point-to-point fiber-optic link between
buildings for ground isolation and noise immunity. Media converters may be more
cost effective than an entire hub or switch fitted with a fiber-optic transceiver on both
ends of the link. Sometimes, small form factor Ethernet switches are used as media
converters and are often a better choice than a typical media converter.
Consider the following guidelines when choosing between a media converter and
switches with small form factors:
„ With Ethernet media converters, the entire link must operate at the same speed
and duplex or severe communication problems can occur. This means that both
fiber-optic and twisted pair devices must operate at the same speed and duplex.
For example, the twisted pair link cannot operate at 100Mbit while the fiber-optic
link operates at 10Mbit. The lower speed of the two attached devices determines
the maximum speed for the link. Likewise, the twisted pair port of the media
converter cannot operate at half duplex while its fiber-optic port operates at full
duplex. For 100Mbit half duplex operation between a half duplex MD controller
and a half duplex fiber-optic media converter attached to a switch’s fiber-optic
port, fiber-optic distance is limited to less than 300 meters because the entire link
is half duplex. The actual fiber cable distance must be calculated on a case-by-case
basis depending upon the manufacturer’s specifications for propagation delay
through the media converter.
„ With Ethernet switches with small form factors such as the DeltaV Single
Port Fiber Switch and DeltaV Four Port Fiber switch, the twisted pair port
on the switch operates with independent collision domain timing from all other
ports including the fiber-optic ports. This ensures that the fiber-optic distance
can always be two kilometers and the twisted pair distance can always be 100
meters. Due to advances in switch technology and new components, the cost of a
multi-port small form factor switch is about the same as a two port media
converter. In addition, more devices can be added to this small switch as the
system grows.

G-22 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 10Mbit Hub Example
Ethernet design rules apply for the maximum distance between workstation A and
workstation B (the furthest points) when four repeaters are in series that are
connected by twisted pair link segments for the 10Mbit networks shown in Figure G-
24. Each port on each hub can have a 100 meter (328 feet) maximum length twisted
pair cable attached. This allows a total network diameter of 500 meters (1640.5 feet)
end to end. This configuration can be implemented at installations having several
wiring closets or rack rooms configured within a single building with stable
environmental conditions and a common ground.
The 3Com mini-hubs in Figure G-24 have the following specifications:
„ 8 port non-stackable
„ table top or wall mount
„ external wall plug power supply
„ no upgrade options for Fiber-Optic Transceivers

Note Make a ground connection to the mini-hub chassis with a 12 AWG wire for the twisted
pair cable shield ground.

Control Network Specifications G-23

 2 2 2 2
Workstation Workstation
A 3Com 8-port B
10 Mbit Office
connect hub

3 1 1 1 3

Figure G-24 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub

Notes for Figure G-24 10Mbit Copper with 8 Port Hub

1 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on
either hub. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17.

2 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector connects only
to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45
connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the
controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector
on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

3 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed
on the switch and hub but not on the PC. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on
page G-17 for information.

In figure G-24 any port on any hub can be used for DeltaV Workstation, Controller,
and Application Station connections. However, port 8 on each hub is a special port
used for the hub to hub connections. The hub to hub connection through these
special ports allows the use of a standard straight-through twisted pair cable. A push
button next to these ports is for the crossover function. When the crossover function
is not used, the port can be used for regular workstation and controller connections.

G-24 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 10/100Mbit Examples
Figures G-25 through G-34 provide examples of more complex networks that use
10/100Mbit twisted pair and fiber-optic segments. These examples go beyond the
simple 10Mbit network and are intended to help you visualize some of the
possibilities for control network expansion and growth.
Figure G-25 applies to both primary and secondary networks.

8 7 7
8
6 Cisco 2950C
twisted pair switch
with 2 MTRJ ports
4,6 6
1,3 2
4,6
1,3 Cisco 2950
6 twisted pair switch
7 2
8 6 7
8

Management ProPLUS
station station

7 7 7
6
2

1,3 4,6 Cisco 3550FX

fiber optic switch
Controllers
6
7 7

8 7
5,6
6 8 7
Operator stations
6
1,3 2
1,3 2

6 4,6
7 6 7 4,6
8 8

Figure G-25 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star with Cisco 3550 Switch

Control Network Specifications G-25

 The notes in Figure G-25 are explained on page G-27.

10

Port 3
Power
Error

7
Port 1 Port 4

Port 2 Port 5 8

10

2 Power
Error
Port 3

Port 1 Port 4

7 Port 2 Port 5

8 7
Management ProPLUS
station station
10
2
9 Port 3
Power
Error

7 7 7 Port 1 Port 4

Port 2 Port 5

6
2
8
1,3 4,6 Cisco 3550FX
fiber optic switch

6
7 7 10

Port 3
Power

5,6
Error

7
Port 1 Port 4

Port 2 Port 5 8
Operator stations

10 10
2
Port 3
Power
Error
Port 3
Power
Port 1 Port 4 Error

7 Port 1 Port 4

7
Port 2 Port 5

Port 2 Port 5

8 7
8 7

Figure G-26 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch

The notes in Figures G-25 and G-26 are explained on the next page.

G-26 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-25 Fiber-Optic and Twisted Pair Network Star with Cisco 3550 Switch and Figure G-26 Fiber-Optic and Twisted
Pair Network Using the Single Port Fiber Switch

100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5e Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit and receive) is
1 required between switches. Refer to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation Rules” on page G-15 and
to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

2 2 km (max) full duplex Multimode Fiber with MTRJ Connectors. Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cable Specifications”
on page G-16 for information.

To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one
3
end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this
cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on
page G-17.

The two MTRJ ports on this switch are set by Cisco to 100Base-FX full duplex operation. Neither the speed
4
nor duplex can be changed. Ensure that any devices attached to these ports are properly configured for
100Base-FX full duplex operation before making the connection.

5 All ports have been preconfigured by Emerson Process Management to 100Base-FX full duplex operation in
order to meet the most typical network configuration requirements. It is good practice to check each port’s
duplex setting before connecting to them since it is possible to configure each of these ports to half duplex
operation. Half duplex operation is not recommended when using switch-to-switch connections as shown in
Figure G-25. A duplex mismatch can cause serious communications problems.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that access
6
privileges and port configuration requirements exist for both fiber-optic and twisted pair switch-to-switch links.
Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP
Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV
systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management. Use an IP address from the address range allowed for switches for this PC.

7 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded,
metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other
end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC.
Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

8 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to a
Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating
and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this
cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted
Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

9 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The Management
Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page G-56 before connecting the
station to the DeltaV Control Network.

The cable shields connected to the Single Port Fiber Switch must be grounded. To ground the shields,
10
connect the shield GND to ground or use a twisted pair cable with both shield ends connected and installed
in a grounded port.

Control Network Specifications G-27

 Figure G-27 applies to both primary and secondary networks.

4 4
3 3
5 5
1,2 All Cisco 2950 1,2
twisted pair switches
5 5
1,2

4 3 4 3
1,2

Management
station ProPLUS stations
6 4
1,2 3
3 5
4 3 3
1,2
5
5
1,2
5 5

4 3
4 3 3
1,2

Operator stations 1,2

4 3 4
3 5
5

1,2 1,2

5 5

4 3 4 3

Figure G-27 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches

The notes in Figure G-27 are explained on the next page.

G-28 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-27 Twisted Pair Network Star Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches

1 100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit
and receive) is required between switches. Refer to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and
Installation Rules” on page G-15 and to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on
page G-17 for information.

To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45
2
connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end.
The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch. Refer
to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

3 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
4
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
5
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair
switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

6 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

Control Network Specifications G-29

 Figure G-28 applies to both primary and secondary networks.

4
3
All Cisco 2950 5
twisted pair switches

1,2

4
3 5

ProPLUS stations
1,2
4 3 3
5

3
1,2
6 Management
station
5

4 3 3 1,2

Operator stations
5

4 3
1,2

4 3

Figure G-28 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches

The notes in Figure G-28 are explained on the next page.

G-30 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-28 Twisted Pair Cascaded Network Using Cisco 2950 Twisted Pair Switches

1 100 m (max) crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair crossover cable (transmit
and receive) is required between switches. Refer to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and
Installation Rules” on page G-15 and to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on
page G-17 for information.

2 To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45
connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other
end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch.
Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

3 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
5
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted
pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

6 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to
“The Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on
page G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

Control Network Specifications G-31

 Figure G-29 applies to both primary and secondary networks.

4
5
All Cisco 2950C 1,2
twisted pair switches
with 2 MTRJ fiber optic ports 3

4
5
1,2

ProPLUS stations 3

4 5 5
1,2

6 3
Management
station
1,2

4 5 5
3

Operator stations 1,2

4 5
3

1,2

4 5

Figure G-29 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using the Cisco 2950C

The notes in Figure G-29 are explained on the next page.

G-32 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-29 Twisted Pair Cascaded Networks with Fiber Links Using the Cisco 2950C

The two MTRJ ports on this switch are set by Cisco to 100Base-FX full duplex operation.
1
Neither the speed nor duplex can be changed. Ensure that any devices attached to these
ports are properly configured for 100Base-FX full duplex operation before making the
connection.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
2
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for both fiber-optic
and twisted pair switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books
Online for information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list
of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management. Use an IP address from the address range allowed for
switches for this PC

3 2Km (max) full duplex Multimode Fiber with MTRJ Connectors. Refer to “Fiber-Optic
Cable Specifications” on page G-16 for information.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
5
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to“Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

6 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

Control Network Specifications G-33

 Figure G-30 shows a 100 MB twisted pair cascaded network with Cisco 3750
switches.
Operator stations Operator stations

4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS

Catalyst 3750
Catalyst 3750

Switch 1 7 5 8 Switch 4 7 5 8
3 Controllers 3 Controllers

Operator ProPLUS Management

Operator stations
stations station station
6

4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS

4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS
Catalyst 3750

Catalyst 3750

Switch 5 7 5 8
Switch 2 7 5 8 3 Controllers
3
Controllers
1,2 1,2

Operator stations Operator stations

4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 4 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS

Catalyst 3750 Catalyst 3750

Switch 3 7 5 8 Switch 6 7 5 8
3 Controllers 3 Controllers

Figure G-30 100 MB Twisted Pair Cascaded Network with Cisco 3750 Switches

The notes in Figure G-30 are explained on the next page.

G-34 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-30 100 MB Twisted Pair Cascaded Network with Cisco 3750 Switches

100 m (max) straight-through or crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair cable
1
is required between switches. Refer to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation
Rules” on page G-15 and to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for
information.

To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45
2
connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end.
The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch.
Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

3 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
5
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair
switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

6 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

7 All twisted pair ports are configured to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex. Do
not hard-configure speed or duplex on the twisted pair switch ports or duplex
mismatches, which create communications failures, will occur. Always allow the switch
to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex.

8 The switch is equipped with two gigabit slots that require a fiber-optic or twisted pair small
form factor pluggable (SFP) module (not used in Figure G-30). These slots always
operate at 1000Mbit (gigabit) full duplex when fitted with the SFP module.

Control Network Specifications G-35

 Figure G-31 shows a twisted pair cascaded network with Cisco 3750 switches. Gigabit
twisted pair small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules are used in this network.

Operator stations Operator stations

4 Cisco Catalyst 4 Cisco Catalyst

Switch 1 3750-24TS Switch 4 3750-24TS 5

Catalyst 3750
Catalyst 3750

7 5 8
3 3 7
Cisco Cisco
Controllers Gigabit Controllers Gigabit
8 Twisted Pair Twisted Pair
SFP Module SFP Modules

Operator ProPLUS Management

stations station station
6 1,2
1,2 Operator stations

Cisco Catalyst 4 Cisco Catalyst

Switch 2 4 3750-24TS 5 Switch 5 3750-24TS 5
Catalyst 3750

Catalyst 3750

3 7 Cisco Cisco 8
3 7
Controllers Gigabit Controllers Gigabit
Twisted Pair Twisted Pair
SFP Modules SFP Modules
8

1,2
Operator stations Operator stations
1,2
4 Cisco Catalyst 4 Cisco Catalyst
5
Switch 3 3750-24TS 5 Switch 6 3750-24TS
Catalyst 3750 Catalyst 3750

8
3 7 Cisco 3 7 Cisco
Controllers Gigabit Controllers Gigabit
Twisted Pair Twisted Pair
8 SFP Modules SFP Module

1,2

Figure G-31 Gigabit Twisted Pair Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches

The notes in Figure G-31 are explained on the next page.

G-36 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-31 Gigabit Twisted Pair Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches

100 m (max) straight-through or crossover cable. Cat. 5(e) Screened Twisted Pair cable
1
is required between switches. Refer to “Ethernet Cable Specifications and Installation
Rules” on page G-15 and to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for
information.

To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45
2
connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end.
The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link can be placed on either switch.
Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

3 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
5
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair
switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

6 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

7 All twisted pair ports are configured to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex. Do
not hard-configure speed or duplex on the twisted pair switch ports or duplex
mismatches, which create communications failures, will occur. Always allow the switch
to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex.

8 The switch is equipped with two gigabit slots that require a fiber-optic or twisted pair small
form factor pluggable (SFP) module. The twisted pair gigabit module is shown in
Figure G-31. These slots always operate at 1000Mbit (gigabit) full duplex when fitted with
the SFP module.

Control Network Specifications G-37

 Figure G-32 shows a fiber-optic cascaded network with Cisco 3750 switches. Gigabit
fiber-optic small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules are used in this network

Operator stations Operator stations

5 Cisco Catalyst 1,7 5 Cisco Catalyst 1.7

Switch 1 3750-24TS Switch 4 3750-24TS
Catalyst 3750
Catalyst 3750

6 Cisco
4 4 6
Gigabit Cisco
Controllers Controllers
Fiber Optic Gigabit
2 SFP Module Fiber Optic
2
Management SFP Modules
Operator ProPLUS station
stations station 8

5 Cisco Catalyst 1,7 5 Cisco Catalyst 1,7

Switch 2 5 3750-24TS Switch 5 3750-24TS
Catalyst 3750

Catalyst 3750

4 6 Cisco
4 6 Cisco
Controllers Gigabit Controllers Gigabit
Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
2 3 SFP Modules 2 3 SFP Modules

Operator stations Operator stations

5 Cisco Catalyst 1,7 5 Cisco Catalyst 1,7

Switch 3 3750-24TS Switch 6 3750-24TS
Catalyst 3750 Catalyst 3750

4 6 Cisco 4 6 Cisco
Controllers Gigabit Controllers Gigabit
Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
3 SFP Modules 2 3
2 SFP Module

Figure G-32 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches

The notes in Figure G-32 are explained on the next page.

G-38 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-32 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Cascade with Cisco 3750 Switches

The SFP slots can be fitted with any combination of the SX or LH fiber-optic transceiver
1
modules. The SX module supports up to 550 meters of Multimode Fiber and the LH
module supports up to 10 kilometers of Single Mode Fiber. Fiber-optic splices, patch
panels, and connector losses reduce these overall distances. The SFP slots and
transceivers operate at 1000Mb (gigabit) full duplex only. Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cable
Specifications” on page G-16 for information.

Each SFP transceiver module has a transmit port and a receive port. An LC type duplex
2
fiber-optic connector is required on the end of the fiber-optic cable pair. The fiber-optic
switch-to-switch connection is a crossover where the transmit on one end is connected
to the receive on the other end.

3 For Multimode Fiber on the SX type module, a 62.5/125 micron or 50/125 micron fiber
can be used. For Single Mode fiber on the LH module, a 9 micron fiber can be used.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
5
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

6 All twisted pair ports are configured to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex. Do
not hard-configure speed or duplex on the twisted pair switch ports or duplex
mismatches, which create communications failures, will occur. Always allow the switch
to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex

7 If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair
switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

8 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

Control Network Specifications G-39

 Figure G-33 shows a fiber-optic network star with Cisco 3750 switches. Gigabit fiber-
optic small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules are used in this network.
Central Area of Network Star
Operator ProPLUS Management Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1,7
stations station station 8 Catalyst 3750

Stacking
cable (rear)
1,7 Switch 5 4 6
5 5 5 Cisco
Catalyst 3750
2 Gigabit
Fiber Optic
Controllers SFP Module
Switch 2 6 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS
Operator
Cisco Catalyst 3750G-12S 9 stations 3

Catalyst 3750

Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1,7

Switch 1 1,7 Cisco Catalyst 3750

Gigabit
Fiber Optic
2 Switch 6 6 5 4
SFP Modules
Cisco
3 Gigabit
Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1,7 Fiber Optic
Controllers SFP Modules
2
Catalyst 3750
Operator stations
Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1,7
Switch 3 5 4 6
Cisco Catalyst 3750

Gigabit
Fiber Optic 3
Controllers 2
Switch 7 5 4 6
Operator stations SFP Module
Cisco
Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1,7 2 Gigabit
Fiber Optic
Catalyst 3750 Controllers SFP Module
Operator stations

Switch 4 5 4 6 Remote Leg of Star with Additional Switch 3

Daisy-chained
Cisco
Gigabit
2 Fiber Optic
Controllers SFP Module
Operator stations
Typical Remote Leg of Star

Figure G-33 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Star with Cisco 3750 Switches

The notes in Figure G-33 are explained on the next page.

G-40 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-33 Gigabit Fiber-Optic Network Star with Cisco 3750 Switches

The SFP slots can be fitted with any combination of the SX or LH fiber-optic transceiver
1
modules. The SX module supports up to 550 meters of Multimode Fiber and the LH
module supports up to 10 kilometers of Single Mode Fiber. Fiber-optic splices, patch
panels, and connector losses reduce these overall distances. The SFP slots and
transceivers operate at 1000Mb (gigabit) full duplex only. Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cable
Specifications” on page G-16 for information.

Each SFP transceiver module has a transmit port and a receive port. An LC type duplex
2
fiber-optic connector is required on the end of the fiber-optic cable pair. The fiber-optic
switch-to-switch connection is a crossover where the transmit on one end is connected
to the receive on the other end.

3 For Multimode Fiber on the SX type module, a 62.5/125 micron or 50/125 micron fiber
can be used. For Single Mode fiber on the LH module, a 9 micron fiber can be used.

4 100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector
connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground.
Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at the
hub or switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair
Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly
5
with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-
enclosed RJ45 connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable
assembly/link must be placed on the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building
Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

6 All twisted pair ports are configured to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex. Do
not hard-configure speed or duplex on the twisted pair switch ports or duplex
mismatches, which create communications failures, will occur. Always allow the switch
to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex

7 If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be
aware that access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the twisted pair
switch-to-switch links. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for
information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of
reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV systems. Refer to the
Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-DeltaV PC is
required for switch management.

8 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page
G-56 before connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

9 A Cisco stacking cable is included with the switch and can be used to connect two 3750-
series switches together to form a single switch that can be managed with one IP
address.

Control Network Specifications G-41

 Figure G-34 shows a 100Mbit Fiber-Optic Star with Cisco 2950C and 3750 Switches.
Central Area of Network Star
Cisco Catalyst 2950C-24 3 8
Operator ProPLUS Management
stations station station 9
Stacking
cable (rear)
10 Switch 5 5 7
6 6 6

Catalyst 3750
4
Controllers
Switch 2 7 Cisco Catalyst 3750-24TS 1 8 Operator
Cisco Catalyst 3750-24FS stations
Catalyst 3750

Cisco Catalyst 2950C-24 3 8

Switch 1 2 1 8

Switch 6 5 7
3 8 6
Cisco Catalyst 2950C-24

4
Controllers
Switch 3 6 5 7 Operator stations
Cisco Catalyst 2950C-24 3 8
4

Controllers
Operator stations
3 8 Switch 7 6 5 7
Cisco Catalyst 2950C-24

Controllers
Switch 4 6 5 7 Operator stations

4 Remote Leg of Star with Additional Switch

Daisy-chained
Controllers
Operator stations
Typical Remote Leg of Star

Figure G-34 100Mb Fiber-Optic Star with Cisco 2950C and 3750 Switches

The notes in Figure G-34 are explained on the next page.

G-42 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-34 100Mb Fiber-Optic Star with Cisco 2950C and 3750 Switches

The SFP slots (not used in Figure G-34) can be fitted with any combination of the SX or LH fiber-optic
1
transceiver modules. The SX module supports up to 550 meters of Multimode Fiber and the LH
module supports up to 10 kilometers of Single Mode Fiber. Fiber-optic splices, patch panels, and
connector losses reduce these overall distances. The SFP slots and transceivers operate at 1000Mb
(gigabit) full duplex only.

All MTRJ fiber-optic ports on this switch have been preconfigured by Emerson Process Management
2
to 100BASE-FX full duplex operation in order to meet the most typical network configuration
requirements. It is good practice to check each port’s duplex setting before connecting to them since
it is also possible to configure each of these ports to half duplex operation. Half duplex operation is
not recommended for switch-to-switch connections. Check both ends of the link and ensure that they
are both configured to full duplex operation or a duplex mismatch, which can cause serious
communications problems, could occur.

3 The two MTRJ ports on this switch are set by Cisco to 100BASE-FX full duplex operation. Neither
the speed nor duplex can be changed. Ensure that all devices attached to these ports are properly
configured for 100BASE-FX full duplex operation before making the connection.

4 2 km (max) full duplex Mulimode Fiber with MTRJ connectors. Refer to “Fiber-Optic Cable
Specifications” on page G-16 for information.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to
5
a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors
are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is
connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends.
Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for information.

6 100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the switch and not on the PC. Refer to “Building Twisted Pair Cable Assemblies” on page G-17 for
information.

7 All twisted pair ports are configured to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate duplex. Do not hard-
configure speed or duplex on the twisted pair switch ports or duplex mismatches, which create
communications failures, will occur. Always allow the switch to auto-sense speed and auto-negotiate
duplex.

8 If switch management is to be used over the network via telnet or a web browser, be aware that
access privileges and port configuration requirements exist for the switch-to-switch links. Refer to
“Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for information. Refer to “Reserved DeltaV IP
Addresses” on page G-58 for the list of reserved IP addresses that are allowed for switches on DeltaV
systems. Refer to the Cisco documentation for web management information. A dedicated non-
DeltaV PC is required for switch management.

9 The Management station has special hardware and software requirements. Refer to “The
Management Station” on page G-55 and “Connecting the Management Station” on page G-56 before
connecting the station to the DeltaV Control Network.

10 A Cisco stacking cable is included with the switch and can be used to connect two 3750-series
switches together to form a single switch that can be managed with one IP address.

Control Network Specifications G-43

 DeltaV Controller Firewall
The DeltaV Controller Firewall is designed to protect DeltaV controllers from Denial
of Service (DoS) attacks originating from DeltaV workstations or other computers on
the DeltaV Control Network.

Important The DeltaV system requires a specific hardware and software version of the firewall and
a special firewall configuration that includes the packet inspection rules and packet rate
limits that have been tested with the DeltaV system. DeltaV Controller Firewalls
ordered from Emerson Process Management are shipped with the supported software and
are pre-configured to operate properly with the DeltaV system. To ensure that you have
the proper firewall configuration and the correct hardware and software versions, you
must purchase the firewall through normal Emerson channels.
Refer to Figure G-35. A detachable screw terminal block is used to supply the
required 24 VDC system power to the DeltaV Controller Firewall. The DeltaV
Controller Firewall is installed close to the controllers on the DIN rail and can use the
same system power supply as the controllers. To more tightly control physical access
to the firewall, it can be installed on a DIN rail with a 24 VDC power supply in the
equipment room. A set of normally closed, potential-free relay contacts, also supplied
on the detachable terminal block, monitor proper device functioning.
The ground screw connects to an instrumentation ground to provide a shield ground
for the controller and firewall communications cables.
The 10/100 BaseT Ethernet port labeled Workstations is for DeltaV workstations
only. Typically, the workstations are connected to a managed switch such as the Cisco
2950 series or Cisco 3750 series managed switches and the switch is connected to the
firewall's workstation port. The 10/100 BaseT Ethernet port labeled Controllers is for
DeltaV controllers only. Typically, the controllers are connected to a managed switch
such as the Cisco 2950 series or Cisco 3750 series or the Hirschmann managed rail
switch and the switch is connected to the firewall's controller port. For controllers
that are distributed over wider geographic areas, consider using a firewall on a one-to-
one basis with each controller. This is a more secure arrangement because it
eliminates the possibility of open switch ports on the controller side.

G-44 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table G-15 DeltaV Controller Firewall Specifications

Item Specification

Input voltage 24 VDC

Input current 400 mA (max)

Twisted pair ports: Controller 10/100 BaseT Ethernet

(protected) and Workstation
(unprotected)

Cable type Category 5e Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP)

Alarm contacts Normally closed. Configurable to Opened if:

Redundant power supply fails
Cables on either or both ports are disconnected
Internal fault occurs
Self-Test failure occurs

Controllers supported 8
If more than 8 controllers require firewall protection,
add more firewalls in parallel to share the
communications load.

Workstations supported All combinations of workstations up to normal DeltaV

limits for workstations. Refer to the System Capacities
table in Books Online for complete information on
workstation limits.

Mounting DIN rail. The firewall can be mounted on the same DIN
rail as the controller.

Control Network Specifications G-45

 Controller Firewall
Power/
Relay
connectors
P1 2 FAULT Status LEDs
LS/DA STATUS
1 2 V.24
R Reset button

Controllers
Controller port

Workstation
port
Workstations
FAULT
+24V (P1)

+24V (P2)

Serial port
0V
0V

(not used)

V.24

Ground screw

Figure G-35 DeltaV Controller Firewall

The DeltaV Controller Firewall must be installed on the Primary and Secondary
Control Networks to provide protection on both access ports of the controllers.
Among the things to consider when determining the best location in which to install
the DeltaV Controller Firewall are:
„ Power and grounding requirements
„ Cable shielding requirements
„ Securing access to the firewall

G-46 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Note Do not connect a workstation to the controller side of the firewall and do not connect a
controller to the workstation side of the firewall. Incorrect connections will completely
bypass firewall protection for controllers.
Refer to “DeltaV Controller Firewall Network Examples” for examples of how the
DeltaV Controller Firewall can be used in a Control Network.
The DeltaV Controller Firewall can be managed from a Management station. Refer to
“Connecting the Management Station” on page G-56 and “The Management
Station” on page G-55 for information on installing and using a Management station
on the DeltaV Control Network. Refer to "Managing the DeltaV Controller Firewall"
in DeltaV Books Online.

DeltaV Controller Firewall Network Examples

Figures G-36 through G-39 show examples of how the DeltaV Controller Firewall
can be used in Control Networks. In all figures, Firewall refers to the DeltaV
Controller Firewall. The examples begin with simple networks and end with more
complex networks.
Figure G-36 shows DeltaV Controller Firewalls in a network with single controllers
and three port switches.

Control Network Specifications G-47

 Building A Building B

Protected side Protected side

1 Switch P
LSDA
1 2 V24
Default
Fault
Status
P
LSDA
1 2 V24
Default
Fault
Status P
LSDA
1 2 V24
Default
Fault
Status
P
LSDA
1 2 V24
Default
Fault
Status

Controllers Controllers
Controllers Controllers

Workstations Workstations
Workstations Workstations

IP Address IP Address
IP Address IP Address
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
OV

OV

OV

OV
V.24

Firewall Switch V.24

Firewall Switch V.24

Firewall Switch V.24

Firewall
5
6
2

3 Rack room
Primary switch Secondary switch

Operator stations ProPLUS station

3
P1
LSDA
1

Controllers
2

2 V24
Fault

Default
Status Switch Switch P1
LSDA
1

Controllers
2

2 V24
Fault

Default
Status

Workstations
Workstations
IP Address

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
IP Address
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

Firewall Firewall
Protected
side

Building C

Figure G-36 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and Switches

The notes in Figure G-36 are explained on the next page. The notes apply to both the
primary and secondary connections between all components.

G-48 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-36 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and Switches

1 100 m (max) straight-through Category 5e Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP) cable. The shield on the
controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s
DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at
the switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-
enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
2
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the mini-switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
3
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
4
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the workstation.

On the mini-switch, attach a separate ground wire to the terminal block screw that is labeled with
5
the ground symbol and connect this wire to a suitable instrumentation ground.

6 On the firewall, attach a separate ground wire to the front panel screw that is labeled with the ground
symbol and connect this wire to a suitable instrumentation ground.

Control Network Specifications G-49

 Figure G-37 shows DeltaV Controller Firewalls in a network with single controllers
and switches. Single Port Fiber Switches are depicted in this example.
Building A Building B

Protected side Protected side

1
Port 3 P Fault
Fault
LSDA Status P
Power LSDA Status
P Fault Error 1 2 V24 Port 3
Default 1 2 V24
Port 3 LSDA Status Power Default
1 2 V24 Fault Error
Power Default P
Error Port 1 Port 4 Controllers
LSDA Status
1 2 V24 Controllers
Port 3 Default
Controllers Port 1 Port 4
Port 1 Port 4 Power
Error
Controllers
Port 2 Port 5

Workstations
Port 1 Port 4 Port 2 Port 5
Port 2 Port 5 Workstations
Workstations IP Address
IP Address

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
IP Address Workstations
Port 2 Port 5
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

OV

OV
IP Address
OV

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
V.24
V.24

Switch Firewall Firewall

OV
V.24

V.24

Firewall Firewall

6
2
3
Primary switch Rack room 4 Secondary switch

3 Operator stations ProPLUS station

P1 2 Fault
2 Fault LSDA Status
P1 1 2 V24
LSDA Status Port 3 Default
1 2 V24 Power
Default Port 3 Error
Power Controllers
Error
Controllers
Port 1 Port 4
Port 1 Port 4

Port 2 Port 5 Workstations

Workstations
Port 2 Port 5 IP Address

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
IP Address
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

Firewall Firewall
Protected side

Building C

Figure G-37 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and the Single Port Fiber
Switch

The notes in Figure G-37 are explained on the next page. The notes apply to both the
primary and secondary connections between all components.

G-50 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Notes for Figure G-37 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Single Controllers and the Single Port Fiber Switch

100 m (max) straight-through Category 5e Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP) cable. The shield on the
1
controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s
DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at
the switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-
enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
2
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the mini-switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
3
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
4
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the workstation.

On the mini-switch, attach a separate ground wire to the terminal block screw that is labeled with
5
the ground symbol and connect this wire to a suitable instrumentation ground.

On the firewall, attach a separate ground wire to the front panel screw that is labeled with the ground
6
symbol and connect this wire to a suitable instrumentation ground.

Control Network Specifications G-51

 Figure G-38 shows DeltaV Controller Firewalls in a network with eight controllers.
The firewall supports a maximum of eight controllers.

1 01 05

02 06

03 07

04 08
2

Firewall P1
LSDA
1
2

2 V24
Default
Fault
Status
P1
LSDA
1
2

2 V24
Default
Fault
Status

Controllers Controllers

3
Workstations Workstations

IP Address IP Address

Firewall
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

Pri Sec
OV

OV

V.24 V.24

Switch Switch

5
Primary switch Secondary switch
Rack room

Operator stations ProPLUS station

Figure G-38 DeltaV Controller Firewall with Eight Controllers

Figure G-39 shows DeltaV Controller Firewalls in a network with more than eight
controllers. Add firewalls to share the communications load if the number of
controllers requiring protection exceeds eight. The notes in Figure G-38 also apply to
Figure G-39 and are explained on page G-54. The notes apply to both the primary
and secondary connections between all components.

G-52 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 01 05 09 13

02 06 10 14

03 07 11 15

04 08 12 16

P1 2 Fault P1 2 Fault P1 2 Fault P1 2 Fault

LSDA Status LSDA Status LSDA Status LSDA Status
1 2 V24 1 2 V24 1 2 V24 1 2 V24
Default Default Default Default

Controllers Controllers Controllers Controllers

Workstations Workstations Workstations Workstations

IP Address IP Address IP Address IP Address

Pri Switch
+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)

+24 (p1)

+24 (p2)
Pri Firewall Sec Firewall
OV

OV

OV

OV
V.24

Firewall V.24 V.24 V.24

Switch Switch Firewall Sec Switch

Primary switch Secondary switch

Rack room

Operator stations ProPLUS station

Figure G-39 DeltaV Controller Firewall with more than Eight Controllers

Control Network Specifications G-53

 Notes for Figures G-38 and G-39

100 m (max) straight-through Category 5e Screened Twisted Pair (ScTP) cable. The shield on the
1
controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s
DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors are floating and the single point of ground is made at
the switch to which the controller is connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-
enclosed RJ45 connector on both ends.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
2
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the mini-switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
3
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the firewall port.

100 m (max) straight-through ScTP cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with
4
a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed on
the rack room switch and not on the workstation.

Attach a separate ground wire to the front panel screw that is labeled with the ground symbol and
5
connect this wire to a suitable instrumentation ground.

G-54 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 The Management Station
A Management station is a qualified PC that is user-installed with the Cisco web-based
switch management software and/or DeltaV Controller Firewall management
software. A PC is qualified when it has been certified for use with the DeltaV system.
Any PC connected to the DeltaV Control Network must follow the same hardware
installation rules as DeltaV workstations even if the PC is not installed with the
DeltaV software. For example, the PC must use Category 5 Screened 4 Twisted Pair
Cable (ScTP) and cable lengths cannot exceed 100 meters (328 feet).
Qualified PCs for use as Management stations can be ordered from Emerson Process
Management; however, Emerson Process Management does not install the
management software. Users must install the management software on the
Management station. Switch management software and DeltaV Controller Firewall
management software are supported only on Management stations, not on DeltaV
workstations.
If a Management station connected to the DeltaV Control Network is also connected
to another network for plant area access outside of the DeltaV system, it is imperative
that the Management station is properly maintained with the latest Microsoft security
patches and virus software. This ensures that the Management station does not
become infected with viruses that could affect the operation of the DeltaV control
system equipment. Like other DeltaV stations, the Management station’s outside
network connection, which is usually a third NIC card in the PC, must be isolated via
a router to other local area networks and a firewall to the wide area network or
internet. If you do not have the resources or expertise to connect to the outside world
using a properly configured router and firewall, then do not attach the Management
station to both the DeltaV Control Network and other networks outside the DeltaV
control system. This way, the Management station will have the same protection as the
ProfessionalPLUS and Operator Stations.
A TFTP server application can be installed on the Management station. A TFTP
server can be used to flash Ethernet switches or archive Ethernet switch
configurations. Do not confuse a Management station with a Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) station that contains additional network management
software. The Management station is a basic PC with a web browser that can access
the switch or firewall using its IP address and is capable of displaying graphics, switch
network statistics, bar and line graphs, and firewall logs.
Emerson Process Management cannot be responsible for the operation of a DeltaV
system if these requirements for a Management station are not strictly followed.

Control Network Specifications G-55

 Connecting the Management Station
Connect the Management station to the Primary and Secondary Control Networks
with shielded twisted pair cable as shown in the figures in this Appendix. This enables
the Management station to access any switch or DeltaV Controller Firewall on the
network and creates one central location for switch and/or firewall management.
Qualified Ethernet cables that are described in all DeltaV network figures in this
Appendix must be used to connect a Management station to the DeltaV Control
Network. When considering cable shielding, treat the Management station like a
DeltaV device.
Additionally for switches, the Management station can be connected to the switch
through the “Comm Port” of the Management station and the “Console Port” of the
switch. The Console Port of the switch is a rear-facing port and is a low speed serial
connection. This port is used to set up the switch for telnet and web management and
to give the switch an IP address, name, and password protection. Once the switch has
an IP address, the serial port connection can be disconnected and the switch can be
managed from anywhere on the network using the Management station’s web
browser or telnet. Optionally, the serial connection can be kept intact and the link can
be used to observe network statistics, configure ports, and save switch data to the
Management station. The disadvantage of serial port management is that the
Management station must be physically moved from switch to switch to make the
physical connections to each switch’s Console port.

G-56 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Managing Switches and the DeltaV Controller Firewall
Cisco switches and the DeltaV Controller Firewall can be managed from the
Management station to monitor general network health or for troubleshooting
purposes. Refer to “Connecting the Management Station” on page G-56 and “The
Management Station” on page G-55 for information on installing and using a
Management station in a DeltaV Control Network.
For information on command line, Telnet, and Web-based switch management refer
to “Managing Cisco Switches” in the System Administration and Maintenance manual
in the DeltaV Books Online. For information on configuring the Cisco 2950, 2950C,
and 3550FX, 3750-24TS, 3750-24FS, and 3750G-12S switches for use with the
DeltaV system, refer to the topics under “Configuring Cisco Switches” in the System
Administration and Maintenance manual in the DeltaV Books Online.
For information on managing the DeltaV Controller Firewall refer to “Managing the
Firewall” in the System Administration and Maintenance manual in the DeltaV Books
Online.

Control Network Specifications G-57

 Reserved DeltaV IP Addresses
The DeltaV system automatically assigns IP addresses to the ProfessionalPLUS,
Operator and Application stations, and Controllers. In addition, there are reserved IP
addresses that can be used on the DeltaV system for optional, non-DeltaV
equipment. Table G-16 shows the IP addresses that are reserved for external Network
Time Protocol Servers, Table G-17 shows the IP addresses that are reserved for
Ethernet managed switches, and Table G-18 shows the IP addresses that are reserved
for the DeltaV Controller Firewall. These table can be copied and kept for your
records. Be sure to read the important table footnote for Table G-17.

Note If the Network Time Protocol Server is a DeltaV workstation, it is automatically

assigned an IP address.

Table G-16 Reserved IP Addresses for the Network Time Protocol Server

Primary Network Ethernet Reservations Secondary Network Ethernet Reservations

Server Address Server Address

Primary NTP server 10.4.128.1 Primary NTP server 10.8.128.1

Backup NTP server 10.4.128.2 Backup NTP server 10.8.128.2

G-58 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table G-17 Reserved IP Addresses for the Ethernet Managed Switch

Checklist Primary Ethernet Reservation Secondary Ethernet Reservation

Pri. Sec. IP Address1 Device name IP Address1 Device name

10.4.128.16 10.8.128.16

10.4.128.17 10.8.128.17

10.4.128.18 10.8.128.18

10.4.128.19 10.8.128.19

10.4.128.20 10.8.128.20

10.4.128.21 10.8.128.21

10.4.128.22 10.8.128.22

10.4.128.23 10.8.128.23

10.4.128.24 10.8.128.24

10.4.128.25 10.8.128.25

10.4.128.26 10.8.128.26

10.4.128.27 10.8.128.27

10.4.128.28 10.8.128.28

10.4.128.29 10.8.128.29

10.4.128.30 10.8.128.30

10.4.128.31 10.8.128.31

10.4.128.32 10.8.128.32

10.4.128.33 10.8.128.33

10.4.128.34 10.8.128.34

10.4.128.35 10.8.128.35

10.4.128.36 10.8.128.36

10.4.128.37 10.8.128.37

10.4.128.38 10.8.128.38

10.4.128.39 10.8.128.39

10.4.128.40 10.8.128.40

Control Network Specifications G-59

 Table G-17 Reserved IP Addresses for the Ethernet Managed Switch (Continued)

Checklist Primary Ethernet Reservation Secondary Ethernet Reservation

Pri. Sec. IP Address1 Device name IP Address1 Device name

10.4.128.41 10.8.128.41

10.4.128.42 10.8.128.42

10.4.128.43 10.8.128.43

10.4.128.44 10.8.128.44

10.4.128.45 10.8.128.45

10.4.128.46 10.8.128.46

10.4.128.47 10.8.128.47

1 For DeltaV systems running the NT4.0 operating system, Backup Domain Controllers (BDCs) are
not supported on nodes that are installed with the DeltaV system software. A Primary Domain
Controller (PDC) is supported on the ProfessionalPLUS workstation. However, an NT node with no
DeltaV system software installed can be used as a BDC on DeltaV systems running the NT
operating system. If a BDC is used on NT 4.0 systems, assign it the following IP addresses:
10.4.128.16 for the primary control network
10.8.128.16 for the secondary control network
255.254.0.0 for the subnet mask
It is not necessary to reserve IP addresses for BDCs on DeltaV systems running the XP and
Windows 2003 operating systems.
It is recommended that 10.4.128.17 and 10.8.128.17 be assigned to a TFTP server and/or an
Ethernet Management station. (A TFTP server and an Ethernet Management station can be
created on the same device.) A TFTP server can be used to flash Ethernet switches or archive
Ethernet switch configurations. Refer to “Managing Cisco Switches” in Books Online for more
information. It is recommended that the remaining addresses in this block be assigned to the
managed Ethernet switches.

G-60 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table G-18 Reserved IP Addresses for the DeltaV Controller Firewall

Checklist Primary Ethernet Reservation Secondary Ethernet Reservation

Pri. Sec. IP Address Device name IP Address Device name

10.5.128.16 10.9.128.16

10.5.128.17 10.9.128.17

10.5.128.18 10.9.128.18

10.5.128.19 10.9.128.19

10.5.128.20 10.9.128.20

10.5.128.21 10.9.128.21

10.5.128.22 10.9.128.22

10.5.128.23 10.9.128.23

10.5.128.24 10.9.128.24

10.5.128.25 10.9.128.25

10.5.128.26 10.9.128.26

10.5.128.27 10.9.128.27

10.5.128.28 10.9.128.28

10.5.128.29 10.9.128.29

10.5.128.30 10.9.128.30

10.5.128.31 10.9.128.31

10.5.128.32 10.9.128.32

10.5.128.33 10.9.128.33

10.5.128.34 10.9.128.34

10.5.128.35 10.9.128.35

10.5.128.36 10.9.128.36

10.5.128.37 10.9.128.37

10.5.128.38 10.9.128.38

10.5.128.39 10.9.128.39

10.5.128.40 10.9.128.40

Control Network Specifications G-61

 Table G-18 Reserved IP Addresses for the DeltaV Controller Firewall (Continued)

Checklist Primary Ethernet Reservation Secondary Ethernet Reservation

Pri. Sec. IP Address Device name IP Address Device name

10.5.128.41 10.9.128.41

10.5.128.42 10.9.128.42

10.5.128.43 10.9.128.43

10.5.128.44 10.9.128.44

10.5.128.45 10.9.128.45

10.5.128.46 10.9.128.46

10.5.128.47 10.9.128.47

G-62 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DeltaV Zones
DeltaV Zones is a combination of hardware and software for connecting separate
DeltaV systems or Zones. An Inter-Zone Server (IZS) must be installed in each
DeltaV system to implement zones. The Inter-Zone Servers are connected by an
Inter-Zone Control Network (IZCN). The only function of the Inter-Zone Servers
and the Inter-Zone Control Network is to communicate inter-zone operating data
between systems. Refer to the System Administration and Maintenance manual in
DeltaV Books Online for complete information on implementing zones, zone-to-
zone data communication, and security considerations.
Figure G-40 shows a simple Inter-Zone Control Network in which two DeltaV
systems are connected. It shows how the Inter-Zone Servers connect to the DeltaV
network and to each other.

Control Network Specifications G-63

 1

Zone A
Operator
Inter-Zone ProPLUS Station A
Server A Station A

Inter-Zone
Control
Network

1
Primary 1
1

Secondary 1 1
Primary 1

1 Controller A
Secondary

1 Zone B
Inter-Zone ProPLUS
Server B Station B Operator
Station B
2

Primary
1
1 1
1
Controller B
Secondary

2 2

Figure G-40 Simple Inter-Zone Control Network

Notes for Figure G-40

100 m (max) straight-through cable. To prevent ground loops, build this cable assembly with a
1
shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on one end and an isolated, plastic-enclosed RJ45
connector on the other end. The metal connector end of this cable assembly/link must be placed
on the switch and not on the PC.

100 m (max) straight-through cable. The shield on the controller’s RJ45 connector connects only to
2
a Faraday cage in the controller; not to the controller’s DC ground. Therefore, the RJ45 connectors
are floating and the single point of ground is made at the hub or switch to which the controller is
connected. Build this cable assembly with a shielded, metal-enclosed RJ45 connector on both
ends.

G-64 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix H Bulk Power Supply Specifications
Bulk power supplies supply power to the system or to field devices. Power to the
system is isolated from power to field devices. Refer to Appendix J for detailed
information on using Bulk Power Supplies in a DeltaV system. Figure H-1 shows one
method of providing system power and bussed field power.

24 VDC
from Plant Bulk 24 VDC
Distribution to 12 VDC
Power Supply

Bussed Field
12 VDC
Power Connection

I/O Interface Carrier

System
Passthrough
Power Supply

Figure H-1 System Power and Bussed Field Power Example

Bulk Power Supply Specifications H-1

 You can purchase DeltaV Bulk Power Supplies or use third-party bulk power
supplies. There are three types of DeltaV Bulk Power Supplies:
„ Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power Supply – Accepts 120/230 VAC power and supplies
24 VDC power to field devices and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC).
Panel-mounted and DIN rail-mounted versions of this power supply can be
purchased from Emerson Process Management.
„ Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply – Accepts 120/230 VAC power and supplies
12 VDC power to System Power Supplies (DC/DC) and System Power Supplies
(Dual DC/DC). Panel-mounted and DIN rail-mounted versions of this power
supply can be purchased from Emerson Process Management.
„ Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply – Accepts 24 VDC power and supplies
12 VDC power to System Power Supplies (DC/DC).

H-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12
VDC
Table H-1 DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification

AC input 120/230 VAC nominal, 90 VAC to 264 VAC range,

47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase

Current 3.6 A for 12 VDC

4.5 A for 24 VDC

Output power rating 60°C 24.6 VDC at 12.0 A

12.3 VDC at 12.0 A

Output power rating 70°C 24.6 VDC at 9.0 A

12.3 VDC at 9.0 A

Inrush current 40/25 A maximum (hot/cold start)

Hold-up time 20 ms (from 90 to 264 VAC input)

Ripple and Noise 1% PK to PK max (Bandwidth 20 MHz)

Output overvoltage protection 110% - 120%

Power factor 0.98 at full rated load

Input protection Internally fused, non-replaceable fuses.

Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition
only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.

Alarm relay contact rating 30 VDC at 2.0 A, 250 VAC at 2.0 A

Redundancy output isolation diode Integrated in unit

Isolation diode not required

Dimensions on horizontal DIN rail:

Height (max) 13.5 cm (5.3 in.)
Width (max) 24.0 cm (9.5 in.)
Depth (max) 10.6 cm (4.2 in.)

Bulk Power Supply Specifications H-3

 Table H-2 describes the connectors on the DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC
and Bulk AC to 12 VDC power supply.
Table H-2 Connectors on the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power Supply

Connector Description

Input 120/230 VAC

AC+ AC line

AC - AC neutral

Ground

Output 24 VDC

ENA Output Enable (Wire from ENA to ENA RTN is

connected at the factory)

V OUT DC Voltage Output (+)

V OUT DC Voltage Output (+)

RTN DC Voltage Return (-)

RTN DC Voltage Return (-)

SHARE Connection required for redundancy and load-

sharing applications

ENA RTN Output Enable Return (wire from ENA to ENA RTN
is connected at the factory)

Alarm contacts 250 VAC, 30 VDC

RELAY + Relay contacts +

RELAY - Relay contacts -

Figure H-2 is a top view of the DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC
to 12 VDC power supply. It shows the dimensions and connectors. Figure H-3 shows
a front view with dimensions.

H-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 24 cm (9.5 in.)

10.6 cm
(4.2 in.)

ENA RTN
SHARE
V OUT
V OUT
RTN
RTN
ENA
AC+

AC

Figure H-2 Top View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power
Supply

24 cm (9.5 in.)

AC OK

DC OK

MAGNETEK

13.5 cm 12V 12A

(5.3 in.)

Figure H-3 Front View DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC
Power Supply

Bulk Power Supply Specifications H-5

 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC
Table H-3 Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 and AC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification

AC input 120/230 VAC nominal, 90 VAC to 264 VAC range,

47 Hz to 63 Hz, single-phase

Output rating 24 VDC at 12.5 A

12 VDC at 25 A

DC output power options 300 W at 60°C

Input 5A

Inrush current 100/40 A maximum (hot/cold start )

Hold-up time 20 ms (from 90 to 264 VAC input)

Ripple and Noise 1% PK to PK max (Bandwidth 20 MHz)

Output overvoltage protection 125% (±5%)

Power factor 0.98 at full rated load

Fuse protection 15 A, 250 VAC 3AB or equivalent, non-replaceable

fuses.
Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition
only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.

Dimensions with mounting plate:

Height 12.70 cm (5 in.)
Width 39.37 cm (15.5 in.)
Depth 6.35 cm (2.5 in.)

Figure H-4 is a top view of the panel-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to
12 VDC power supply. It shows the dimensions and connectors.

H-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 39.37 cm (15.5 in.)
1.27 cm 1.90 cm (0.75 in.)
(0.5 in.) 3.17 cm (1.25 in.)

DC Output
bus bar
connections
12.70 cm
Slotted (5.0 in.)
mounting
holes

1.27 cm 1.09 cm (0.43 in.)

(0.5 in.)
Fan Mounting
holes

Figure H-4 Top View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power
Supply

Figure H-5 is an end view. It shows dimensions and provides more detail on the
connectors.
12.70 cm
1 (5.0 in.)

6.35 cm 2
(2.5 in.)

1. DC Output bus bar connections

2. AC input terminals

Figure H-5 End View, Panel-Mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power
Supply

Bulk Power Supply Specifications H-7

 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC
Table H-4 Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply Specifications

Item Specification

DC input voltage 24 VDC nominal (30 VDC maximum)

Output rating 12 VDC at 25 A

DC output power options 300 W at 60°C and altitude ≤ 914 m (3000 ft)

Power requirement 20 A

Inrush current 25 A/peak (cold start)

Hold-up time 20 ms after loss of nominal DC input voltage for

specified load regulation

Fuse protection GMA-15, 15 A/125 V, non-replaceable fuses

Note: The internal fuse is for an internal fault condition
only. Shorts and overload will not cause the fuse to fail.

Dimensions:
Height 12.70 cm (5 in.)
Depth 30.50 cm (12 in.)
Width 6.35 cm (2.5 in.)

Weight 1.6 kg (3.5 lb)

H-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix I Enclosure and Power Dissipation
Guidelines
This appendix explains how to select an enclosure and provides power dissipation
information.

Note All enclosures must conform to applicable federal, state, and local codes and regulations.
In addition, when designing enclosures for the European Union you must ensure that the
appropriate EU Directives have been considered as required (for example, 73/23/
EEC Low Voltage Directive and 89/336/EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility,
with amendments).

Selecting an Enclosure
To choose an enclosure for your DeltaV system, consider the following items:
„ System environment
„ Wire management
„ Heat dissipation
You can choose from a wide variety of suitable enclosures to protect your system
from adverse environmental conditions. The enclosures range from simple sheet
metal boxes to NEMA 4X-rated enclosures. Select the appropriate type for your
specific application.
Figure I-1 and Figure I-2 show example arrangements for mounting your DeltaV
system in a horizontal enclosure. Figure I-3 shows an example arrangement for
mounting your DeltaV system in a vertical enclosure. These figures indicate areas
available for wire management. You can access wiring through gland plates or through
conduited entries. The enclosure supplier can help you select the proper arrangement
for your application.
The enclosure must be designed to dissipate the heat generated within the enclosure
properly and to maintain an ambient temperature in the enclosure that is below the
rated temperature for any devices located in the enclosure. The information you need
to properly design the enclosure includes:
„ Maximum external ambient temperature for the application
„ Ambient rating of any equipment mounted in the cabinet
„ Power dissipation of each device

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-1

 The internal temperature of the enclosure cannot exceed the rated temperature for
any devices located in the enclosure.

61.0 cm (24.02 in.)

Mounting
Plate

Top View
Optional
AC Power Wall Mount
Distribution Enclosure 22.3 cm
(8.78 in.)

Bulk Power Supply

8.1 cm
DIN (3.17 in.)
Rail
9.1 cm
(3.60 in.)

61.0 cm
(24.02 in.)
11.4 cm
(4.50 in.)

Bundled Cable Area

Optional Front View Side View

Wire Way
5.0 x 7.5 cm
(2 x 3 in.)

Figure I-1 Enclosure Example #1

I-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 121.9 cm (48.00 in.)

Mounting
Plate

Optional Top View

Wall Mount 22.3 cm
AC Power Enclosure (8.78 in.)
Distribution

Bulk
Bulk Power
Power Supply
Supply
DIN 14.3 cm
Rail (5.65 in.)

9.1 cm
(3.60 in.)
76.2 cm
(30.0 in.) 15.1 cm
(5.96 in.)
Bundled Cable Area

Optional Wire Way Front View Side View

5.0 x 7.5 cm (2 x 3 in.)

Figure I-2 Enclosure Example #2

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-3

 Top View
10.2 cm (4.0 in.)

71.1 cm
(28.0 in.) Mounting
Surface

Bundled
5.8 cm Front View Cable Area
(2.3 in.)
Edge of
Mounting Surface
DIN Rail

185.9 cm
(73.2 in.)

71.1 cm
(28.0 in.)

Figure I-3 Enclosure Example #3

I-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Power Dissipation Considerations
The power dissipated within the enclosure generates heat. The enclosure supplier uses
power dissipation figures to determine the air flow requirements needed to maintain
the allowable heat rise. As the internal heat rise increases, the allowable external
ambient temperature decreases.
The power dissipation in an enclosure is dependent on the power requirements of the
enclosed equipment, including the:
„ Power required to operate devices in the enclosure
„ Field power dissipation within the cabinet
„ Power dissipated by the power supplies located in the enclosure

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-5

 Power consumption for DeltaV products is listed in the specifications in Appendices
B through G. Table I-1 lists maximum power dissipation for each DeltaV component.
To determine total power dissipation in an enclosure, sum the power requirements of
all components to be mounted within the enclosure.
Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products

Product Type Power 1

Controller (MDPlus) 14 W

Controller (MD) 14 W

Remote Interface Unit 6.0 W

I/O Subsystem

AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA 10.1 W

AI, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA, HART 10.1 W

AI, 8-Channel, 1–5 VDC 10.1 W

AO, 8-Channel, 4–20 mA 11.9 W

AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART 11.9 W

AS-Interface 9.6 W

DeviceNet 11.4 W

DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated 3.6 W

DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact 2.9 W

DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated 3.4 W

DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact 3.4 W

DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated 3.6 W

DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact 3.6 W

DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact 5.7 W

DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, Isolated 6.1 W

DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High Side 6.1 W

DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated 4.9 W

DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side 3.7 W + load dependent power

dissipation
(25 W maximum at 24 V)2

DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side 3.0 W + load dependent power

dissipation
(27 W maximum at 24 V)3

I-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued)

Product Type Power 1

Fieldbus H1 card 10.2 W

Multifunction 8.2 W

Profibus DP 10.1 W

RTD, ohms 2.7 W

Sequence of Events 3.5 W

Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 5.1 W

Thermocouple, mV 5.9 W

Series 2 I/O Cards

Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with HART

Simplex/Redundant 8.4 W
9.1 W (per card)

Series 2 AI, 16-channel, 4-20 mA HART

Simplex 12.7 W

Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA with HART

Simplex/Redundant 10.2 W
10.2 W (per card)

Series 2 DeviceNet
Simplex 11.4 W

Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact

Simplex/Redundant 3.7 W (per card)

Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact

Simplex 5.7 W

Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side

Simplex/Redundant 3.7 W (per card)

Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side 3.0 W + load dependent power

Simplex dissipation
(27 W maximum at 24 V)4

Series 2 H1
Simplex/Redundant 6.1 W (per card)

Series 2 Isolated Input

Simplex 5.9 W

Series 2 Profibus
Simplex 10.1 W

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-7

 Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued)

Product Type Power 1

Series 2 Serial
Simplex/Redundant 5.1 W (per card)

Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards

I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA, HART 9.8 W

I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA (and HART) 11.3 W

I.S. DI, 16-Channel 7.6 W

I.S. DO, 4-Channel 10.1 W

Power Supplies

DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power 12 W

Supply

DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power 12 W

Supply

Panel-mounted Bulk AC to 12 VDC Power 22 W

Supply

Panel-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC Power 22 W

Supply

Bulk 24 VDC to 12 VDC Power Supply 14.5 W

System Power Supply (AC/DC) 4.4 W

System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

12 VDC Input 2.0 W
24 VDC Input 5.2 W

DeltaV SIS Components

Simplex Logic Solver 21.4 W

Redundant Logic Solvers 32.0 W

SISNet Repeaters 9.6 W (per Repeater)

Auxiliary Relay Modules, Energize to Actuate 4.65 W

and De-Energize to Actuate, 24 VDC

Auxiliary Relay Diode Module 2.25 W

Miscellaneous Components

I-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table I-1 Maximum Power Dissipation for DeltaV Products (Continued)

Product Type Power 1

Fieldbus H1 carrier 5.2 W5

Media Converter 5.1 W

Single Port Fiber Switch 8.2 W

Four Port Fiber Switch 8.4 W

I.S. LocalBus Isolator 1.2 W

I.S. System Power Supply 1.5 W

1.The power dissipation for each DC-powered discrete and analog card includes the
loss of a power supply which is 75% efficient. If the power supply is not included in
the enclosure or a supply with a different efficiency is used, adjust the dissipation
accordingly.
2.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3 A at 24 V. Actual dissipation
is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load Current (8
channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1] A typical value for eight channels driving
a 24 V solenoid is 16.4 W.
3.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3.2 A at 24 V. Actual
dissipation is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load
Current (32 channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1]
4.Power dissipation in this card is based on a full load of 3.2 A at 24 V. Actual
dissipation is determined by the following equation: Supply Voltage x Actual Load
Current (32 channels) x [(1/Power Supply Efficiency) - 1]
5.Does not include I/O card dissipation or 2.2 W power supply dissipation. (Assumes
power supply is not in the same enclosure as the H1 carrier.)

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-9

 Enclosure Selection Procedure

¾ To select the proper enclosure for your DeltaV system

1. Determine the allowable temperature rise by subtracting the expected ambient

temperature from the lowest rated temperature of the components to be
mounted in the enclosure.

2. Determine the power dissipation for the components to be mounted in the

enclosure (see Table I-1).
3. Using the temperature rise and power dissipation information, the enclosure
supplier can determine the enclosure surface area and cooling options required
for your application.

I-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Example Enclosure Selection Calculations
Assume the system consists of the following components:
Table I-2 Example Enclosure Components

Quantity Product Type Power Dissipation from

Table I-1

1 Controller (MD, MDPlus) 14 W

1 AI, 8-channel, 4-20 mA, HART 10.1 W

1 AO, 8-channel, 4-20 mA 11.9 W

1 DI, 8-channel, 24 VDC, isolated 3.6 W

1 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, high side 3.7 W + 16.4 W

(driving 8 solenoids)

2 DO, 8-channel, 120/230 VAC, 12.2 W

isolated

2 DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, isolated 6.8 W

1 System power supply (AC/DC) 4.4 W

1 Bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply 22 W

Total power 105.1 W

Assume ambient temperature is 35ºC. The DeltaV components are rated for an
ambient temperature of 60ºC. Therefore, the enclosure design temperature rise must
be less than 60 - 35 = 25ºC with 105.1 W of heat dissipation within it.
If the surface area of the enclosure is insufficient to dissipate the heat, you can use
cooling options such as fans or blowers to improve heat dissipation.

Note The actual temperature rise varies with layout, enclosure location, and other factors. If
the application is critical or if the exact conditions are undetermined, follow your
standard corporate/plant safety standards. Cabinet manufacturers recommend a safety
margin of 25%.

Enclosure and Power Dissipation Guidelines I-11

I-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix J System Power Guidelines
This appendix contains important information about DeltaV system power. Refer to
the DeltaV Site Preparation Guide for additional information.

Sizing System Power Supplies

The following sections provide sizing information for System Power Supplies and
Bulk Power Supplies.

System Power Supply (AC/DC)

One System Power Supply (AC/DC) is sufficient for many small systems. The power
supply provides 1.25 A of LocalBus power, enough for:
„ 8 discrete I/O cards
or
„ 8 analog I/O cards
or
„ 4 serial I/O cards
or
„ 4 Series 2 H1 cards
Refer to Appendix N for complete information on calculating system power for all
I/O card combinations.
For systems that require additional power, use another System Power Supply (AC/
DC) for load sharing. For systems that require redundant power, connect a second
System Power Supply (AC/DC). Refer to Appendix N for power sizing calculations.
Other options for systems that require additional power are the System Power Supply
(Dual DC/DC) with a bulk power supply. These options do not require an additional
two-wide carrier and are good choices when future expansion is anticipated.

System Power Guidelines J-1

 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)
When it is operated on 12 VDC, the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is rated for
a maximum of 13 A of LocalBus power which is sufficient for most large DeltaV
systems. Refer to Appendix N for power sizing calculations.
When it is operated on 24 VDC, the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) is rated for
a maximum of 4.5 A of LocalBus power. For systems that require additional power,
use another System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC). For systems that require
redundant power, use a second System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC). Refer to
Table N-1 for power sizing calculations.

I.S. System Power Supply

The I.S. System Power Supply accepts locally available 24 VDC (nominal) power and
converts it to 12 VDC for powering I.S. I/O cards. Each I.S. power supply is rated at
5 A and can power from eight to fifteen cards depending upon the type and mix of
cards. You can have up to ten I.S. power supplies and add an additional power supply
for redundancy. (The total number of I.S. power supplies for a redundant system is
eleven.) When using multiple I.S. system power supplies, intersperse the power
supplies among the cards.

Note The I.S. Power Supply supplies 60 W and draws 80 W for 24 VDC bulk power
supply calculations at the rated load.

Bulk Power Supplies for System Power

The bulk AC to 12 VDC and 24 VDC to 12 VDC power supplies provide 12 VDC
power to the System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) for one or more controllers and
their associated I/O subsystems. However, if you are using the bulk power supply to
provide power for more than one DeltaV system or for other equipment, refer to the
I/O card specifications in Appendix C or use the simplified calculations in Appendix
N to determine if there is sufficient capacity.

J-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Bulk Power Supply for Bussed Field Power and System
Power
The bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply provides power to field devices and System
Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). In general, AI cards, AO cards, and dry contact DI
cards use small amounts of current. Thus, the bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply
provides enough power for approximately 40 of these types of I/O cards.
If you are supplying power to DO cards with high side switches, you must evaluate
the power requirements carefully. Refer to the manufacturer’s specifications for your
field devices to determine the load and use the simplified calculations in Appendix N
to determine your power requirements

Using Multiple System Power Supplies

There are three reasons to use more than one power supply for a system application:
„ To provide load sharing if more than 100 percent of the output of a single supply
is required
„ To supply separate power supplies for redundant equipment
„ To provide a backup for one or more power supplies in a system
Do not use different product types in multiple system power supply applications. Use
the same product type with the same input voltage (12 VDC or 24 VDC) for either
load sharing applications or redundant applications that use multiple system power
supplies.

Note Your individual requirements for system availability determine where to provide
redundancy in a system. Corporate/plant standards or “Hazardous Operations
Procedures” for your site often provide guidelines.
The system power supplies provide OR-ing diodes to isolate faults on one supply
from the output provided by the other supply.
Different system constraints apply to each type of DeltaV Power Supply. The
following sections discuss considerations for each type of power supply.

System Power Guidelines J-3

 System Power Supply (AC/DC)
The System Power Supply (AC/DC) converts AC input power to 12 VDC for the
I/O subsystem (I/O power is expressed as LocalBus power in the power calculation
worksheets in Appendix N). In addition, it converts some input power to supply the
requirements of the controller if it is mounted directly to the left of the controller or
on the right slot of a second 2-wide power/controller carrier.

Note The left slot of the second 2-wide power/controller carrier will NOT provide power to
the controller, only to the I/O subsystem.
Supplying System Power to the I/O
For some system sizes, I/O power requirements cannot be met by a single supply. In
these cases, you must use multiple supplies for load sharing. By adding a second
system power supply (or more) and additional carriers, you can increase the power
available for the I/O. You may need as many as four supplies for a full system of
analog I/O cards.
For load sharing, mount the second supply in either slot of the second
power/controller carrier. Additional supplies mount to the left of the second supply
or on a third power/controller carrier, if needed. Figure J-1 shows an example of four
system power supplies used for load sharing.

J-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 For load sharing, these system power
supplies provide 25 W power to the I/O .

Empty The first system power supply

Slot provides 10 W power to controller
and 15 W power to I/O.

Fourth Third Second First

System System System System
Power Power Power Power Controller
Supply Supply Supply Supply

Third 2-Wide Second 2-Wide First 2-Wide

Power/Controller Power/Controller Power/Controller
Carrier Carrier Carrier

Figure J-1 System Power Supply Mounting for Load Sharing with a Simplex Controller

Note In an application requiring redundant power to the controller rather than load sharing,
the second system power supply in Figure J-1 would provide only 15 W to the
I/O and 10 W to the controller. Refer to “Supplying Redundant System Power to the
Controller” on page J-8. Refer also to Table J-1 for information on LocalBus current
provided to the I/O in various controller/power redundancy situations.

System Power Guidelines J-5

 Extending System Power to the I/O
The LocalBus power is specified and limited to 8 A. Some cards consume up to
0.5 A of system power each. Because of this, a system with several cards such as
AS-Interface, Profibus, DeviceNet, and Fieldbus cards can exceed the ratings.
The power can be extended by modifying the wiring associated with the LocalBus
Extender cable. For most applications, the wiring supplied by the factory is correct.
However, when the power must be extended, the black and red auxiliary wires should
be removed from the assembly (at both ends). Additional power can be supplied
through the screw terminals on the left extender. The screw terminals are marked
HVCC + and -. Provide 12 VDC at these screw terminals.

Note The 8-wide carriers must be left-aligned when using 1-wide extenders.
Figure J-2 shows how to extend power using 1-wide extenders. Figure B-3 shows the
dimensions for the left and right extenders. Refer to page J-13 and Figure J-7 for
additional information on extending power.

J-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 System
Power I/O Subsystem 1-wide
Supply Controller (2 8-wides) extender

12 VDC
Power
Supply

Isolated common
ground reference

Carrier shield bar

Dedicated plant
ground grid point

. Carrier shield bar

Carriers must be left-aligned

Figure J-2 Extended Power Diagram

System Power Guidelines J-7

 Supplying Redundant System Power to the Controller
To provide redundant power to the controller, install a secondary system power
supply in the right slot of the second power/controller carrier, as shown in Figure J-3.
You must mount the secondary supply in the right slot of the second carrier to
provide power to the controller.

Empty A controller can receive power only from

Slot system power supplies in these slots.

Second First
System System
Power Power Controller
Supply Supply

Second 2-Wide First 2-Wide

Power/Controller Power/Controller
Carrier Carrier

Figure J-3 System Power Supply Mounting for Redundant Controller Power

If you require redundant power to the controller and additional system power
supplies for I/O load sharing, you must mount the secondary system power supply
for the controller in the right slot of the second carrier, as shown in Figure J-3.

J-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O Based on Controller/Power Redundancy
The following table shows the LocalBus current provided to the I/O based on the
number of System Power Supplies (AC/DC) and the controller/power redundancy
used in the configuration.
Table J-1 LocalBus Current Provided to the I/O

Number of System Controller/Power Redundancy

Power Supplies (AC/DC)
Simplex Controller Simplex Controller and Redundant Controller and
and Simplex Power Redundant Power Redundant Power

1 1.25 A N/A N/A

2 3.35 A 1.25 A 1.25 A

3 5.45 A 3.35 A 2.50 A

4 7.55 A 5.45 A 4.6 A

5 9.65 A; current 7.55 A 6.7 A

limted to 8.0 A due
to carrier
limitations

6 11.75 A; current 9.65 A; current limted 8.8 A; current limted to 8.0 A

limted to 8.0 A due to 8.0 A due to carrier due to carrier limitations
to carrier limitations
limitations

System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

The System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) provides 12 VDC LocalBus power to the
I/O subsystem when it is operated on either 12 VDC or 24 VDC input power. In
addition, it converts some input power to supply the requirements of the controller if
it is mounted directly to the left of the controller or on the right slot of a second 2-
wide power/controller carrier.

Supplying System Power to the I/O

You can add a second system power supply to provide I/O power redundancy. The
second supply mounts in the right slot of the second 2-wide power/controller carrier,
as shown in Figure J-4. Power this supply from a separate bulk power supply to
provide power if the primary bulk supply fails.

System Power Guidelines J-9

 A controller can receive power only from
system power supplies in these slots.

Second First
System System
Power Power Controller
Supply Supply

Second 2-Wide First 2-Wide

Power/Controller Power/Controller
. Carrier Carrier

Figure J-4 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) Mounting for Redundant Power

Supplying Redundant Power to the Controller

To provide redundant power to the controller, install a secondary system power
supply in the right slot of the second power/controller carrier, exactly as the system
power supply mounts in Figure J-4. You must mount the secondary supply in the right
slot to provide power to the controller.
The power conversion from 12 VDC is done inside of the system supply. Because of
this, you could decide that it is acceptable to supply power to both system supplies
from a single bulk supply if your application can support that single point of failure.

J-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Using Multiple Bulk Power Supplies
The Bulk AC to 24 VDC and Bulk AC to 12 VDC power supplies are available as
both DIN rail and panel-mounted units. Both types of power supplies can be used in
redundant systems and the DIN rail-mounted supply can be used in systems requiring
load sharing as well as redundancy. The DIN rail-mounted supply contains an
integrated OR-ing diode to isolate power supply faults. Refer to “OR-ing Diodes” on
page J-12 for usage information. The panel-mounted power supply cannot be used in
systems that require load sharing.
If you have redundant system power supplies, connect the redundant DIN rail-
mounted Bulk AC to 12 VDC power supplies to different System Power Supplies
(Dual DC/DC) on each controller and I/O subsystem.
The DIN rail-mounted Bulk AC to 24 VDC power supply provides 24 VDC power to
field devices and System Power Supplies (Dual DC/DC). This power supply provides
enough power for approximately 40 AI, AO, and dry contact DI cards.

System Power Guidelines J-11

 OR-ing Diodes
The DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power Supplies have an integrated OR-ing diode to
isolate power supply faults and are set at 12.3 or 24.6 VDC . If the DIN rail-mounted
Bulk Power Supply is used in a system that requires redundancy or load sharing,
connect the SHARE terminals on the top of the power supplies as shown in
Figure J-5.

+ +

share
AC+ AC VOUT RTN

Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC
power supply

share

+ +
share

AC+ AC VOUT RTN

Bulk AC to 12 or 24 VDC
power supply

Figure J-5 Connecting the DIN Rail-Mounted Bulk Power Supply for Redundancy or Load
Sharing

If the panel-mounted Bulk Power Supply or a bulk power supply from another
manufacturer without OR-ing diodes is used in a system that requires redundant
power, use external OR-ing diodes (such as the Weidmuller USA #998786 dual
rectifier diode module) to isolate power supply faults. Because an external OR-ing
diode has a nominal .7 V drop, the output of each supply must be adjusted to account
for the drop or the voltage to the carriers might be too low. The recommended
adjustments are:
„ 12.3 VDC for a 12 VDC bulk power supply (after the OR-ing diode)
„ 24.6 VDC for a 24 VDC bulk power supply (after the OR-ing diode)

J-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Verify these voltages with one bulk power supply disabled to ensure operation in a
fault condition.

Note The system power supply shuts down if the input power exceeds 12.6 V. Do not adjust
a 12 V bulk power supply to more than 12.3 V at the input to the system power supply.
If an additional 12 VDC power is required for a carrier, connect the primary and
secondary bulk power supplies through OR-ing diodes with the output going only to
the extender cable, not to the system power supplies as shown in Figure J-7.
The following table shows the current provided to the system based on the number of
DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power Supplies (AC to 12 and 24 VDC) and whether simplex
or redundant power is used in the configuration.
Table J-2 Bulk Power Provided to the System

Number of Bulk System Current Provided System Current

Power Supplies by Simplex Power Provided by Redundant
(AC to 24 VDC and AC Power
to 12 VDC)

1 12 A N/A

2 24 A 12 A

3 36 A 24 A

4 48 A 36 A

5 N/A 48 A

System Power Guidelines J-13

 Figure J-6 shows power and grounding for an AC System Power Supply. Note that the
2-wide carrier must be connected to the isolated common ground reference or to the
DeltaV instrumentation ground

From AC G
power N 24 VDC
distribution L return (-)
+ + 24 VDC (+)
AC+ AC VOUT RTN

share
+
Bulk AC to 24 VDC
power supply
DC return ground

From AC L 24 VDC
power N return (-) Fuse block 1
distribution G Bussed field
power
connectors

DC
reference 8 DC cards
ground

8-Wide carrier

Carrier shield bar

LEGEND:
To isolated common ground reference L Line
or DeltaV instrumentation ground (DIG) Isolated local N Neutral
ground reference G Ground
Notes:
1. A fuse block and fuse are optional. If you are providing bussed-field power to several carriers from
one power supply, it is recommended that you fuse the line to each carrier.

Figure J-6 Power and Grounding for an AC System Power Supply

J-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure J-7 shows power and grounding for a 12 VDC System Power Supply (Dual
DC/DC). Note that the 2-wide carrier is not connected to ground because the 12
VDC Bulk Power Supplies are connected to the isolated common ground reference
or to the DeltaV instrumentation gound.
Figure J-7 also shows:
„ How to provide redundant 24 VDC bussed field power
„ The recommended method for connecting 12 VDC redundant bulk power
supplies to redundant system power supplies
„ How to extend 12 VDC bulk power to the carriers

Providing 24 VDC Bussed Field Power

In Figure J-7, the 24 VDC Bulk Power Supplies are connected together to provide the
redundant bussed field power. The OR-ing diodes are integrated into the power
supply.

Connecting 12 VDC Bulk Power to Redundant System Power Supplies

As shown in Figure J-7, the recommended method for connecting redundant bulk
power supplies to redundant system power supplies is to connect the primary bulk
power supply directly to the primary system power supply and to connect the
secondary bulk power supply directly to the secondary system power supply. Do not
connect the bulk power supplies together because a single high-voltage failure in
either bulk power supply could cause both controllers to reset. OR-ing diodes are not
required in this situation.

Extending 12 VDC Bulk Power to the Carriers

Also shown in Figure J-7 are OR-ing diodes used for extending 12 VDC power to the
carrier. The primary and secondary bulk power supplies are connected through OR-
ing diodes with the output going to the extender cable not to the system power
supply.

System Power Guidelines J-15

 + +
+ +
AC+ AC + + AC+ AC + + AC+ AC + + AC+ AC + +
VOUT RTN VOUT RTN VOUT RTN VOUT RTN

share

share

share

share
Bulk AC to 12 VDC Bulk AC to 12 VDC Bulk AC to 24 VDC Bulk AC to 24 VDC
power supply power supply power supply power supply

+ + + +

8 DC cards 8 DC cards 24 VDC

2-Wide carrier bussed
field power
8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier

8 DC cards 8 DC cards
1-Wide carrier
+ +
8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier

+
+ +

OR-ing
diodes 8 DC cards 8 DC cards 24 VDC
bussed
field power
8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier

DC reference +
ground

8 DC cards 8 DC cards

8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier

Carrier
To isolated common ground reference Isolated local shield bar
or DeltaV instrumentation ground (DIG) ground reference

Figure J-7 Power and Grounding for a 12 VDC System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

Figure J-8 shows power and grounding for a 24 VDC System Power Supply (Dual
DC/DC). It also shows connections for providing 24 VDC bussed field power. In
Figure J-8 the bulk power supplies are connected together to provide power to the
sytem power supplies and to provide bussed field power. The OR-ing diodes are
integrated into the bulk power supply. Note that in Figure J-8 the 2-wide carrier is
connected to the isolated common ground reference or to the DeltaV
instrumentation ground.

J-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 +
+
AC+ AC + + AC+ AC + +
VOUT RTN VOUT RTN

share

share
Bulk AC to 24 VDC Bulk AC to 24 VDC
power supply power supply
+

24 VDC bussed
field power
8 DC cards 8 DC cards
2-Wide carrier

8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier 1-Wide carrier

DC
reference 8 DC cards 8 DC cards
ground

8-Wide carrier 8-Wide carrier

1-Wide
carrier

Carrier
shield
bar

To isolated common ground reference

or DeltaV instrumentation ground (DIG) Isolated local
ground reference

Figure J-8 Power and Grounding for a 24 VDC System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC)

System Power Guidelines J-17

J-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix K Bussed Field Power Guidelines
Many of the I/O cards use 24 VDC bussed field power to power their devices. These
cards are designed to operate at 21.6 to 26.4 VDC (24 VDC ± 10%). To minimize
field wiring, you can connect a power source directly to the I/O interface carrier to
provide power to field devices that are connected to these cards. The power source
can be a DeltaV Bulk Power Supply or your own source. Be sure that the power
supply allows the voltage to the carrier to be within the 21.6 to 26.4 VDC range
required for the cards that use bussed field power. Some I/O cards use a voltage other
than 24 VDC and others do not use bussed field power to power their associated field
devices. Refer to the I/O card specifications tables in Appendix C for details.

Note The bussed field power connection on the top of the carrier provides power to the field
through the I/O cards only. Extending power from this connection to additional field
devices is not supported or appropriate.
If the system requires redundant bulk power supplies or multiple bulk power supplies
for load sharing, it is recommended that the DIN rail-mounted bulk AC to 24 and 12
VDC power supplies with integrated OR-ing diodes be used. Refer to Figure J-5 for
information on connecting redundant DIN rail-mounted bulk power supplies. If
panel-mounted or third party bulk power supplies are used for redundancy use
external OR-ing diodes (such as the Weidmuller USA #998786 dual rectifier diode
module) to isolate faults on one supply from the power supplied to the bussed field
power connections.
DI and DO Applications
Observe the following guidelines if you implement bussed field power for DI and DO
applications.
„ If you use DeltaV discrete inputs (isolated or dry contact) to sense a contact
closure in a field device, use an arc suppression device at the contact. This arc
suppression device can be an R-C snubber or a varistor, as shown in Figure K-1
for isolated discrete inputs. Refer to “Sizing R-C Snubbers” on page K-5 for
information on selecting R-C snubbers.

Bussed Field Power Guidelines K-1

 DeltaV DeltaV
Field Discrete Field Discrete
Devices
e Input Devices Input
Card Card

Power OR Power

Figure K-1 Arc Suppression Device Examples for Contact Closure Detection (Isolated
Discrete Inputs)

Table K-1 lists example R-C values based on the load provided by the input card and
the formulas provided in “Sizing R-C Snubbers” on page K-5.
Table K-1 Example R-C Values

Load from Input Card R Value C Value

24 VDC 5 KΩ 2.4 nF

120 VAC 60 Ω 0.12 nF

230 VAC 115 Ω 0.01 nF

„ If you use DeltaV isolated discrete inputs to sense solid state devices such as
triacs, you may need to place some resistance in parallel with the input to avoid
false triggering due to leakage currents. Size the resistor so that the voltage level
generated by leakage current through the switch is less than the upper limit for
OFF voltage at the input card. The resistor wattage must support the following
calculation for dissipation when the switch is ON:
V
Watts = V ⋅ ---
R

where
V = voltage
R = resistance

K-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 „ You can use DeltaV dry contact discrete inputs to sense a solid state device only if
the leakage of the switch is less than the upper limit for OFF current of the input
card. Table K-2 lists the upper limit of the OFF current for the DeltaV input
cards.
Table K-2 OFF Current Limits for Input Cards

Input Card Voltage Level Upper Limit of OFF Current

24 VDC 1 mA

120 VAC 0.56 mA

230 VAC 0.28 mA

„ If you use DeltaV AC discrete outputs (high-side or isolated) to drive inductive

loads such as relay coils, it is recommended that the kickback from the coil be
suppressed at the coil with an R-C snubber or a varistor. Figure K-2 is a wiring
diagram example for a high-side discrete output. Sizing for the suppressor is
load-dependent; refer to “Sizing R-C Snubbers” on page K-5 and to the
documentation for the field device or suppressor.

DeltaV
e Discrete Field DeltaV Discrete Field
Output Devices Output Devices

Load OR Load

Figure K-2 Examples for Driving Inductive Loads with AC Outputs (High-Side Discrete
Output)

Bussed Field Power Guidelines K-3

 „ If you use DC discrete outputs to drive inductive loads such as relay coils, it is
recommended that the kickback from the coil be suppressed at the coil by a
parallel reverse-biased diode (such as a 1N4004). Figure K-3 is a wiring diagram
example for a high-side discrete output.

DeltaV Discrete Field

Output Devices

Load

Figure K-3 Example for Driving Inductive Loads with DC Outputs (High-Side Discrete
Output)

K-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 „ If your field device has low current requirements, you can connect a loading
resistor in parallel with your load to limit the effect of leakage currents on DeltaV
discrete AC outputs. Size the resistor to provide a total load of
10 mA and to handle the heat dissipation for this load. For example,
a 12 KΩ, 2 W resistor is appropriate for 120 VAC and a 23 KΩ, 3 W resistor is
appropriate for 230 VAC.
„ In electrically noisy environments, place one varistor in parallel with the field
terminal blocks at the I/O card and another varistor in parallel with the bussed
field power connection to the carrier. Size the varistor for 20% above the nominal
line voltage.

Sizing R-C Snubbers

R-C (resistor-capacitor) snubbers are used to suppress arcing when a contact is
opened or to suppress kickback when a coil is de-energized. Pre-assembled
R-C snubbers are available in a variety of ratings (QUENCHARC® and RIFA
RC-units are two trade names) or you can assemble R-C snubbers from discrete
components. Because the resistor is in series with the capacitor, the wattage
requirements are low (less than 0.25 W).
Use the following calculations to size the R-C snubber that is appropriate for your
application. Always round up to the next value available.

DC Applications
VDC
R = ---------------
I LOAD

μF
C = I LOAD ⋅ 0.5 -------
A

For example, using a 24 VDC source, and driving a 0.5 A load:

24
R = ------- = 48Ω
0.5

C = 0.5 ⋅ 0.5 = 0.250μF

Bussed Field Power Guidelines K-5

 AC Applications
R = 0.5 ⋅ V rms

C = 0.005μF for each 10 V·A of steady state load

For example, using a 120 VAC source and driving a 0.5 A load:
R = 0.5 ⋅ 120 = 60Ω

C = ⎛ -------------⎞ ⋅ ( 120 ⋅ 0.5 ) = 0.03μF

0.005
⎝ 10 ⎠

K-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Appendix L Controller Redundancy
The DeltaV system supports redundant controllers. Figure L-1 shows a simple system
with redundant controllers and a redundant Control Network.

Workstation Controller
Unshielded Controller
connectors
Primary hub

ScTP Cat. 5(e)

cable maximum ScTP Cat. 5(e)
length: cable maximum
100 m (330 ft) length:
Secondary hub
100 m (330 ft)

LEGEND:
= Shielded connectors

Figure L-1 Redundant Controller Network Example

Controller Redundancy L-1

 Power Supply 1 Controller 1 Power Supply 2 Controller 2

Figure L-2 Redundant Controller Installation Example

A redundant controller system requires an additional two-wide carrier to support the

additional controller and power supply. Figure L-2 shows a redundant controller
installation.
Refer to Figure L-2:
„ Controller 1 receives 5V and 3.3V power from power supply 1.
„ Controller 2 receives 5V and 3.3V power from power supply 2.
„ Both power supplies provide 12V, load sharing power to the I/O cards.
For redundant I/O power, ensure that there is enough power for the active controller
and I/O if one power supply fails. If the two power supplies are not capable of
providing redundant power to the controllers and I/O cards, you can install an
additional carrier and power supplies to the left of the controller carrier.

L-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing a Redundant Controller
1. Assign appropriate redundancy license to the simplex Controller you want to
make redundant in DeltaV Explorer.

2. Plug in a second 2-wide carrier to the left of the current 2-wide carrier.

3. Insert the appropriate power supply in the left slot of the left 2-wide carrier and
plug in the power cord to supply power.

4. Insert an MD or MDPlus Controller (Controller type should match what is

already in the right 2-wide carrier) into the right slot of the left 2-wide carrier.

5. The added Controller's Power LED should turn on and the Error LED should
blink for a few seconds. Then, all 6 of the LEDs should turn on for about 2
seconds, followed by the LEDs turning off except for the Power LED, which
should always remain on. At this point, the Standby LED and the two
communications LEDs should start to blink (Standby Controller becomes
Commissioned).

6. Download the ProfessionalPLUS workstation. (Use the DeltaV Explorer to

perform the downloads.)

7. Download the setup data to the controller. The two communications LEDs
should continue to blink for a few minutes and the Standby LED should turn on
solid (Standby Controller becomes configured). The Standby Controller is now
ready to take over if the Active Controller fails.

Controller Redundancy L-3

L-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix M DeltaV Vertical Carriers
DeltaV vertical carriers mount on standard 35 mm. (1.38 in.) T- or G-type DIN rails.
See “DIN Rail Recommendations” on page M-12 for more information on vertical
DIN rails.
There are 4 types of carriers for mounting vertically in a cabinet:
„ Two types of 4-wide power/controller carriers
„ Two types of 8-wide I/O interface carriers
There are two separate cable lengths for connecting the 8-wide I/O interface carriers:
„ 1 meter bottom cable extender
„ 2 meter top cable extender
The LocalBus, including all cabling, cannot be longer than 6.5 m (21.3 ft). Refer to the
description of the LocalBus in “DeltaV System Equipment” on page 1-2 for more
information.

Note In this Appendix, references to left and right, top and bottom, assume that you are facing
the equipment.

DeltaV 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers

Important The vertical carriers are mounted properly when the lettering is in the upright position.
The 4-wide power/controller carriers supply power and communications connections
for vertically mounted controller(s) and I/O cards. There are two types of 4-wide
power/controller carriers:
„ Top 4-wide power/controller carriers connect to the left 8-wide I/O interface
carrier. The 96 pin connector is at the bottom of this carrier. (The left 8-wide I/O
interface carrier holds cards 1-8 from top to bottom.)
„ Bottom 4-wide power/controller carriers connect to the right 8-wide I/O
interface carrier. The 96 pin connector is at the top of this carrier. (The right
8-wide I/O interface carrier holds cards 8-1 from top to bottom.)
Up to two controllers (primary and secondary) and two system power supplies mount
on the 4-wide power/controller carriers.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-1

 Figure M-1 shows the top and bottom 4-wide carriers.

Top Position Bottom Position

4-Wide Carrier 4-Wide Carrier
for Vertical DIN for Vertical DIN
Rail Mounting Rail Mounting

Carrier Connector
DIN Rail

18.0 cm
(7.1 in)

18.3 cm
(7.2 in)

Carrier Connector

Figure M-1 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers

DeltaV 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers

The vertically mounted I/O interface carriers provide power and communications
connections for the I/O subsystem. There are two types of 8-wide I/O interface
carriers:
„ Left 8-wide I/O interface carrier (card positions 1-8 from top to bottom)
„ Right 8-wide I/O interface carrier (card positions 8-1 from top to bottom)

M-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure M-2 shows the left and right 8-wide I/O interface vertical carriers.
(LEFT) (RIGHT)
8-Wide Vertical 8-Wide Vertical
Mount Carrier Mount Carrier

Jumper
DIN Rail

Carrier
Connector

I/O Module
(Numbers
1 - 8 are
printed on
carrier for
reference)

Bussed Field
Power Connector

56.0 cm
(22.0 in.)

Socket on
LEFT Carrier

Jumper

To 9.9 cm Carrier
Center (3.9 in.) Connector Plug on
of DIN RIGHT Carrier
Rail
18.3 cm
(7.2 in.)

Figure M-2 Left and Right 8-Wide I/O Interface Vertical Carriers
DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-3
 Note The vertical 8-wide I/O carriers are designed with a split high-side power plane and a
shared common return plane. A jumper bridges both high-side planes for a continuous
conductive path. If additional power is required, you can break this high-side path and
add another power source to the unpowered end.
To decide when to use external power, calculate the power used per position on the
carrier. Add these values to determine if they exceed the power supply’s capabilities. If
the calculation of a given position exceeds the power supply’s capabilities:
„ Locate the power jumper that is just before this position (count from the power
supply end).
„ Insert additional power at this node.
If multiple power supplies are used, be sure they are grounded at the same point.

¾ To add external power

Refer to Figure M-3.

1. Remove the jumper.

2. Insert 12 VDC power:

• + to the center terminal
• - to the - terminal

LEFT Carrier LEFT Carrier

Jumper

External Power 12 VDC

External
Power

Figure M-3 Remove Jumper for Additional Power Supply

M-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Caution On the right 8-wide carriers removing the jumper only disconnects the 96 pin
carrier connector; it does not disconnect the 48 pin cable connector.

This caution only applies if power is extended to a right 8-wide carrier with a
cable connected to it. As an example, in the configuration shown in Figure M-
4 power should be extended at carriers 3 and 5. This allows carriers 1 and 2 to
receive power from the system power supply; carriers 3 and 4 to receive power
extended at carrier 3; and carriers 5, 6, 7, and 8 to receive power extended at
carrier 5.
1 2 3 4
Top
4-wide carrier

8
1

1
Bussed field
7
2

2
power connector 6
C7
3

3
4

4
5

C1 C6
4
5

5
3
6

6
2
7

7
1
8

8
8
1

1
7
2

6
3

3
4

4
5

C2 C5
C8
4
5

5
3
6

2
7

7
1
8

Remove jumper and Remove jumper

extend power here 8 and extend power
1

here
7
2

6
3
4

C3 C4
4
5

3
6

2
7

1
8
2

Figure M-4 Extending Power at Right 8-Wide Carriers

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-5

 A typical configuration has up to six, 8-wide I/O interface carriers — three on each
DIN rail — as shown in Figure M-5.
LEFT RIGHT
DIN Rail DIN Rail
Mounting Mounting

Top Position Vertical

4-Wide Mounted
Carrier DIN Rail

Carrier #1 Carrier #6
Addressing Addressing
Positions Positions
01 - 08 41 - 48

Carrier #2 Carrier #5
Addressing Addressing
Positions Positions
09 - 16 33 - 40

Bussed
Field
Power
Connector

Carrier #3 Carrier #4
Addressing Addressing
Positions Positions
17 - 24 25 - 32

Bottom Cable Extender

Figure M-5 Typical Vertical Mount Configuration

M-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
 Another configuration uses the top cable extender to bridge a left to right
8-wide I/O Interface carrier, as shown in Figure M-6.

Figure M-6 Top Cable Extender Bridging Left and Right I/O Interface Carriers

Another configuration, shown in Figure M-7, shows a bottom 4-wide carrier

connected to a right 8-wide I/O interface carrier. A top cable extender bridges the
right I/O carrier to a left I/O carrier on the back side of the cabinet.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-7

 Carrier #2 Top Cable Extender
Addressing Carrier #3
Positions Addressing
09 - 16 Positions
17 - 24

Carrier #1
Carrier #4
Addressing Bussed
Positions Addressing
Field Positions
01 - 08 Power 25 - 32
Connector

Bottom
Position
4-Wide
Carrier

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

Figure M-7 Bottom 4-Wide Carrier

Cables
Two types of cables are used to connect the 8-wide I/O carriers:
„ The bottom cable extender connects a left I/O carrier (card position 1-8) to a
right I/O carrier (card positions 8-1) at the bottom of the DIN rails. The bottom
cable extender exits in a downward direction.
„ The top cable extender connects a right I/O carrier (card position 8-1) to a left
I/O carrier (card positions 8-1) on the opposite side of the cabinet at the top of
the DIN rails. The top cable extender exits in an upward direction.
M-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
 Figure M-5 shows how the bottom cable extender is used in a typical configuration
and Figure M-6 shows how the top cable extender is used as a bridge.

Note Failure to use the correct cables can result in a corrupt addressing scheme.

Calculating the Total Length of a Vertically Mounted System

For both vertically and horizontally mounted systems, the length of the LocalBus,
including all cabling is the same ⎯ it cannot exceed 6.5 m (21.3 feet). The LocalBus at
this length can support eight, 8-wide carriers, one, 4-wide carrier, one, bottom cable
extender, and one, top cable extender. (Refer to “DeltaV System Equipment” on page
1-2 for more information on the LocalBus.) However, there is a difference in how
maximum length is calculated between the vertically and horizontally mounted
systems. The following figure shows a standard configuration for an eight carrier, 64
card system.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-9

 1 2 3 4
Top
4-wide carrier

8
1

1
Bussed field

7
2

2
power connector 6
C7
3

3
4

4
5
C1 C6
4
5

5
3
6

6
2
7

7
1
8

8
Top cable extender
(2-meters/78.74 inches)
8
1

1
7
2

2
6
3

3
4

4
5

C2 C5
C8
4
5

5
3
6

6
2
7

7
1
8

8
1

7
2

6 Notes
3
4

C3 C4 Each carrier (C1-C8) is 22 inches long

C1 addressing positions 01-08
4
5

3
6

C2 addressing positions 09-16

2 C3 addressing positions 17-24
7

C4 addressing positions 25-32

1
8

C5 addressing positions 33-40

C6 addressing positions 41-48
2

C7 addressing positions 49-56

C8 addressing positions 57-64
Bottom cable extender
(1 meter/39.37 inches)

Figure M-8 Standard Configuration for an Eight Carrier Vertical System

The length to carriers 6 and 7 (C6 and C7) is not counted in the overall length
calculation since C6 and C7 are considered spurs and are not in series with the rest of
the system. Spur lengths are equal to or less than the total system length.

M-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Refer to Figure M-8. There are three carrier ends: 6, 7, and 8. For a vertically mounted
system, the signal path starts at the first carrier. The following table shows how to
calculate the lengths to the three carrier ends. The cable lengths are 1m. (39.37 in.) or
2m (78.74 in.) and the carrier lengths (C) are 22 inches.
Table M-1 Cable Length Calculations

Total length to the Calculation

end of carrier:

6 C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + C6 = 14.3 ft

7 C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + 2m + C7 = 20.8 ft

8 C1 + C2 + C3 + 1m + C4 +C5 + 2m + C8 = 20.8 ft

Note Do not connect additional carriers to spurs as this will corrupt the addressing scheme.
Referring to Figure M-8, if you connect a carrier to the end of carrier 6, it will become
carrier 7. In the addressing scheme shown in Figure M-8, carrier 7 already exists at the
end of the 2 meter cable.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-11

 DIN Rail Recommendations
Figure M-9 shows suggested spacing for vertical DIN rail installation.

LEFT RIGHT
DIN Rail DIN Rail

38.1 cm
(15.0 in.)
(Max)

Horizontal
System
Bars

Side Edge of
Mounting Surface
38.1 cm
(15.0 in.)
(Typical)
10.16 cm 10.16 cm
(4.0 in.) (4.0 in.)
(Min) (Min)

Figure M-9 Vertical DIN Rail Installation

M-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the 4-Wide Power/Controller Carriers

¾ To install the 4-wide power/controller carriers

Refer to Figure M-10.

1. Mount the DIN rail at the appropriate location.

2. Turn the screws counter-clockwise on the power/controller carrier to disengage

the latch.

3. Place the carrier on the rail and tighten the screws clockwise to latch.

Note The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the outer screws are for T-rail
mounting.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-13

 Installing the 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carriers

¾ To install the 8-wide vertical I/O Interface carriers

Refer to Figure M-10.

1. Mount the DIN rail at the appropriate location.

2. Connect each 8-wide carrier to any adjacent carriers by sliding the 96-pin
connectors at the top or bottom of the carriers together. Hold the carrier in
position to ensure that it does not fall.

3. Turn the screws counter-clockwise to disengage the latch. With the carrier on the
rail, tighten the screws clockwise to latch.

Note The middle two screws are for G-rail mounting and the outer screws are for T-rail
mounting.
4. If you are mounting 8-wide carriers on separate rails, use the bottom cable
extender for a left-to-right bridge and the top cable extender for a right-to-left
bridge. Refer to “Cables” on page M-8 for more information.
5. Install ground wiring as shown in Figure M-11. For a good connection, use a
signal ground cable and a block spade terminal, sized for AC/DC system power.

M-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 

    
  
 

   
   
 # 
  

   
  
   
!
 "
 




 
 
  
  
 

Figure M-10 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier Installation

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-15

 Isolated Common
Ground Reference

Dedicated Plant Ground

Grid Point

DC
Reference
Ground I/O Carrier
Shield Bar

Bussed
Field
Power
Connector
Connects To
Shield Bar on
Next I/O Carrier

Figure M-11 Ground Wiring for System Power Supplies

M-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Installing the Cables
Refer to Figure M-5 and Figure M-6.

¾ To install the cables

Use the bottom cable extender to connect a left I/O carrier to a right I/O carrier at
the bottom of the DIN rails. Use the top cable extender to connect a right I/O carrier
to a left I/O carrier on the opposite side of the cabinet at the top of the DIN rails.

Note Be sure that the bottom cable extender exits in a downward position and the top cable
extender exits in an upward position.

Caution Be careful when inserting sockets and plugs. The connectors are fragile and
bend easily. Ensure that the pins are straight before connecting the cable ends.

1. Connect the plugs and sockets on the carriers.

2. Tighten the two mounting screws on each cable end.

DeltaV Vertical Carriers M-17

M-18 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix N Installation Worksheets
This appendix provides worksheets to calculate your system power supply
requirements and includes a checklist that you can use to create your own worksheets
to document your installation.

Installation Information Checklist

Document the following information about your system and archive it for use in the
event that any problems arise.
„ Create a diagram of the Control Network equipment and cables, include:
• Equipment location
• Cable routing
• Cable lengths
• Type of connectors at each end of the cables
• The manufacturer and type of cable
• Boot color on the cables
• Certification report for each 10BaseT cable
• Certification report for each fiber-optic cable
„ Create a diagram of the power supplies and power and ground wiring, include:
• Power supply locations
• Power sizing calculations (Refer to Tables N-1 through N-6.)
• Wiring routing
• Wiring gauges and lengths
• Current flow through the wiring (measured after startup)
„ Document the sizing and heat rise calculations for any enclosures (Refer to
“Power Dissipation Considerations” on page I-5.)
„ Document each I/O terminal block and I/O card types for each slot. Refer to
Appendix C for I/O card and terminal block information.

Installation Worksheets N-1

 Worksheets for Calculating Power Requirements
Use Tables N-1 through N-5 to calculate your power supply requirements for system
power supplies and bulk power supplies for non-I.S. systems.
Use Table N-6 to determine the number of power supplies required for Intrinsically
Safe systems and add the total number of I.S. power supplies to Table N-2.
Make a copy of the tables and use them for each DeltaV system in your plant. If you
are using redundant power, remember to include calculations for redundant system
power in Table N-3 or Table N-4 and redundant bulk power in Table N-5.

Calculating Power Requirements

Follow these steps to calculate your power requirements:

1. For products that use 12 VDC LocalBus power and 24 VDC bussed field power,
use Table N-1 to record quantity for each product and multiply quantity by the
required amperage to determine the:
• 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements for each product
• 24 VDC bussed field power requirements for each product
Enter the totals in the appropriate column (12 VDC or 24 VDC) in Table N-1 on
page N-5.
Add the total amperage requirements to get a subtotal of amperage requirements
for all products and enter the subtotal as Subtotal 1 at the end of Table N-1.

2. For products that use 24 VDC power, use Table N-2 on page N-9 to record
quantity for each product and multiply quantity by the required amperage to
determine the:
• 24 VDC power requirements for each product
• Number of Intrinsically Safe power supplies (if I.S. cards are used) required
for I.S. systems and add the total number of I.S. power supplies to
Table N-2 on page N-9. Use Table N-6 on page N-15 to determine the
number of I.S. power supplies.
• Enter the totals in the 24 VDC column in Table N-2.
• Add the total amperage requirements to get a subtotal of amperage
requirements for all products and enter as Subtotal 2 at the end of Table N-2.
Now, depending upon your system power input requirements (12 or 24 VDC), go to
either Step 3 or Step 4.

N-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 24 VDC Systems

3. For 24 VDC systems, use Table N-3 on page N-10 to determine the:
• Number of system power supplies required to power the I/O cards in
Table N-1.
• Amperage required from the bulk 24 VDC power supplies to power the
system power supplies and bussed field power requirements.

12 VDC Systems

4. For 12 VDC systems, use Table N-4 on page N-12 to determine the:
• Number of system power supplies required to power the I/O cards in
Table N-1.
• Amperage required from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supplies to power the
system power supplies and 24 VDC bussed field power requirements.
5. Use Table N-5 on page N-14 to determine the number of bulk power supplies
required.

Installation Worksheets N-3

 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and
24 VDC Bussed Field Power
Use Table N-1 to calculate the power requirements for products that use 12 VDC
LocalBus power and 24 VDC bussed field power.

N-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power

Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product (A) Total for Product Type

12 VDC LocalBus 24 VDC Bussed Field 12 VDC 24 VDC

Power Power

Controller (MDPlus) 0.01 0.01

Controller (MD) 0.01 0.01

Remote Interface Unit 0.01 0.01

I/O Cards

AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA 0.150 0.300

AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, 0.150 0.300

HART

AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC 0.150 0.100

AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA 0.150 0.300

AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, 0.150 0.300

HART

AS-Interface 0.300 N/A

DeviceNet 0.600 N/A

DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.100 N/A

Isolated

DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.100 0.040

Dry Contact

DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, 0.100 N/A

Isolated

DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, 0.100 N/A

Dry Contact

DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, 0.100 N/A

Isolated

DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, 0.100 N/A

Dry Contact

DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.075 0.150

Dry Contact

Installation Worksheets N-5

 Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued)

Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product (A) Total for Product Type

12 VDC LocalBus 24 VDC Bussed Field 12 VDC 24 VDC

Power Power

DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 0.150 N/A

VAC, Isolated

DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 0.150 N/A

VAC, High Side

DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.150 N/A

Isolated

DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.150 depends upon field

High Side devices (max 3 A total
each card)

DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, 0.150 depends upon field

High-Side devices (max 3.2 A total
each card)

Fieldbus H1 card 0.600 N/A

Media Converter 0.300 N/A

Multifunction 0.250 N/A

Profibus DP 0.600 N/A

RTD, ohms 0.160 N/A

Sequence of Events 0.075 0.075

Serial Card, 2 Ports, 0.300 N/A

RS232/RS485

Thermocouple, mV 0.350 N/A

N-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued)

Series 2 I/O Cards2

Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product (A) Total for Product Type

12 VDC LocalBus 24 VDC Bussed Field 12 VDC 24 VDC

Power Power

Series 2 AI, 4-20 mA with

HART
Simplex 0.150 0.300
Redundant 0.250 (each card) 0.200 (each card)

Series 2 AI, 16-Channel,

4-20 mA, HART
Simplex 0.150 0.600

Series 2 AO, 4-20 mA

with HART
Simplex 0.150 0.300
Redundant 0.250 (each card) 0.200 (each card)

Series 2 DI, 8-Channel,

24 VDC Dry Contact
Simplex 0.150 0.040
Redundant 0.150 (each card) 0.020 (each card)

Series 2 DI, 32-Channel,

24 VDC, Dry Contact
Simplex 0.075 0.150

Series 2 DO, 8-Channel,

24 VDC, High-Side
Simplex 0.150 depends upon field
devices
(max 3 A total each
card)
Redundant 0.150 (each card)
depends upon field
devices
(max 1.5 A each card)

Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, depends upon field

24 VDC, High-Side devices
Simplex 0.150 (max 3.2 A total each
card)

Installation Worksheets N-7

 Table N-1 Worksheet for Products Using 12 V LocalBus Power and 24 VDC Bussed Field Power (Continued)

Product Type Quantity Current Required for Each Product (A) Total for Product Type

12 VDC LocalBus 24 VDC Bussed Field 12 VDC 24 VDC

Power Power

Series 2 H1
Simplex 0.300 N/A
Redundant 0.300 (each card) N/A

Series 2 Isolated Input 0.350 N/A

Series 2 DeviceNet 0.600 N/A

Series 2 Profibus DP 0.600 N/A

Series 2 Serial
Simplex 0.300 N/A
Redundant 0.300 (each card) N/A

Subtotal 1

1. Require no LocalBus current as controllers are powered separately by the system power supply.
2. For Series 2 cards in redundant applications, the numbers shown in the table are for each card of a
redundant pair. For example, the power required for a redundant pair of Series 2 DO cards is .300 A at 12 VDC and
a maximum of 3 A at 24 VDC for 24 VDC field power.

N-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power
Use Table N-2 to calculate power requirements for products that use only 24 VDC
power.
Table N-2 Worksheet for Products Using Only 24 VDC Power

Miscellaneous Products

Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product Total for Product Type

12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC

H1 carrier input power N/A

N/A 0.020 (carrier only)
0.500 (max with cards)

Add the current required

for the cards installed on
Bussed field power N/A
the carrier unless
accounted for elsewhere
in the calculation in
Table N-1.

Logic Solver N/A 1 plus DO field power 4 N/A

(max)

Redundant Logic N/A 2 plus DO field power N/A

Solvers

SISNet Repeaters N/A 0.300 (per Repeater) N/A

Auxiliary Relay N/A 0.010 plus field power 5 N/A

Modules, Energize to (max)
Actuate
and De-Energize to
Actuate, 24 VDC

Power Supplies

I.S. System Power N/A 3.4

Supply
(Refer to Table N-6 for
calculations.)

Fieldbus Power Supply N/A Refer to manufacturer’s N/A

specifications.

I.S. Fieldbus Power N/A Refer to manufacturer’s N/A

Supply specifications.

Subtotal 2 N/A

Installation Worksheets N-9

 Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 24 VDC
Power Input
To calculate the number and type of system power supplies required to power the
system based on the 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements calculated in Table N-1,
use Table N-3 for systems in which the system power supply is powered by a 24 VDC
supply or use Table N-4 for systems in which the system power supply is powered by
a 12 VDC supply. Remember to not exceed 8 A on the horizontal carrier and 15 A on
the vertical carrier and remember to include calculations for redundant system power.
Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1 and Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 to do the calculation.
Table N-3 System Power Requirements - 24 VDC Input

Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Total for Product Type
Product

12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC

System Power Supply N/A 4.0 max N/A

(Dual DC/DC) 24 V input
Provides 4.5 Amps @ 12 V
(Subtotal 1 /4.5 A =
Quantity)

Redundant system Power NA 1.0 max1 N/A

Supply (Dual DC/DC) 24 V
input for either Simplex or
Redundant controllers (if
applicable)

Add for Subtotal 3 Subtotal 3 N/A

Add Subtotal 1 (24 VDC Subtotal 1 N/A

only) from Table N-1.

Add Subtotal 2 from Subtotal 2 N/A

Table N-2

Add Subtotals 1, 2, and 3 Grand Total N/A

for total 24 VDC power
required.

1. If your system requires redundant system power, a redundant system power supply can be added to either a 2-
wide horizontal carrier, (may require an additional 2-wide carrier) or to the 4-wide vertical carrier. If the system
requires more than 4.5 A LocalBus power for horizontally mounted systems, the addition of a 2-wide carrier is
required when adding the redundant system power supply. If the system requires more than 4.5 A LocalBus
power for vertically mounted systems, a redundant system power supply can be added only if both supplies use
the 12 VDC input instead of 24 VDC input. Refer to Table N-4 to do the calculations.

N-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Example Calculation for 24 VDC Input
As an example, suppose your calculations from Table N-1 showed that the total 12
VDC LocalBus power requires 6.1 A using a Dual DC/DC power supply with a 24
VDC input. Calculate the number of power supplies that you will need as follows:
6.1 A/4.5 A/supply = 1.35 or 2 system power supplies for simplex power.
If redundant power is required, an additional 2-wide carrier is necessary for a
horizontally mounted DeltaV system. The Dual DC/DC power supply, used with 12
VDC input instead of 24 VDC, is an alternate solution that does not require the
additional 2-wide carrier for redundant power. For vertically mounted systems,
redundant power can only be used in this example system if the Dual DC/DC power
supply with a 12 VDC input is used. Use Table N-5 to calculate the number of bulk
supplies required to power the system for each type based on the 12 and 24 VDC
power requirements calculated in Table N-3.

Installation Worksheets N-11

 Worksheet for System Power Requirements - 12 VDC
Input
For systems in which the system power supply is powered from a 12 VDC supply, use
Table N-4 to calculate the number and type of system power supplies required to
power the system based on the 12 VDC LocalBus power requirements calculated in
Table N-1. Remember to not exceed 8 A on the horizontal carrier and 15 A on the
vertical carrier and remember to include calculations for redundant system power.
Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1 and Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 to do the calculation.
Table N-4 System Power Requirements - 12 VDC Input

Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Total for Product Type
Product

12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC

System Power Supply 1.81 N/A N/A

(Dual DC/DC) 12 V input
Provides 13 Amps @ 12 V
(Subtotal 1 /13 A = Quantity)

Redundant System Power 1.82 N/A

Supply for either Simplex or
Redundant controllers (if
applicable)

Add for Subtotal 4 Subtotal 4 N/A

Add Subtotal 1 from Table N-1. Subtotal 1

Add Subtotal 2 from Table N-2 Subtotal 2

Add Subtotals 1, 2, and 4 for Grand Total

total 12 and 24 VDC power
required.

1.The current required for I/O cards is included in the calculations in Table N-1 and is transferred from Table N-1 to
Table N-4 as Subtotal 1. The system power supply requires 1.8 A from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supply to provide
the power for each controller (one controller assumed for each system power supply.) If on a large system, the
current exceeds: the 8 A limit for horizontally mounted systems, the 15 A limit for vertically mounted systems, or the
13 A system power supply limit, use the cable extender and split the 12 VDC as described in Appendix J
2.The system power supply requires 1.8 A from the Bulk 12 VDC Power Supply to provide the power for each
controller (one controller assumed for each system power supply.)

N-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Example Calculation for 12 VDC Input
Suppose your calculations from Table N-1 showed that the total 12 VDC power
requires 6.1 A using a Dual DC/DC power supply with a 12 VDC input. Calculate the
number of power supplies required as follows:
6.1 A/13 A/supply =.47 or 1 system power supply for simplex power and 2 system
power supplies for redundant power.
If on a large system, the currents exceeds: the 8 A limit for a horizontally mounted
systems, the 13 A system power supply limit, or the 15 A limit for vertically mounted
systems, use the cable extender and split out the 12 VDC as described in Appendix J.

Installation Worksheets N-13

 Worksheet for Bulk Power Requirements
Use Table N-5 to calculate the number of bulk supplies required to power the system
for each type based on the 12 VDC and 24 VDC power requirements calculated in
Table N-4.
Table N-5 Bulk Power Requirements

Product Type Quantity Total Amps Needed for Total Amps Available for
System system

12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC

DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power N/A N/A

Supply 12 VDC
Provides 12 Amps each
(Grand Total Table N-3 or
Table N-4 / 12 A = Quantity)

DIN rail-mounted Bulk Power N/A N/A

Supply 24 VDC
Provides 12 Amps each
(Grand Total Table N-3 or
Table N-4 /12 A = Quantity)

Redundant DIN rail-mounted N/A N/A

12 VDC Bulk Power Supply
(if applicable)

Redundant DIN rail-mounted N/A N/A

24 VDC Bulk Power Supply
(if applicable)

Panel-mounted Bulk Power N/A N/A

Supply 12 VDC
Provides 25 Amps each
(Grand Total Table N-3 or
Table N-4 /25 A = Quantity)

Panel-mounted Bulk Power N/A N/A

Supply 24 VDC
Provides 12.5 Amps each
(Grand Total Table N-3 or
Table N-4 /12.5 A = Quantity)

Redundant Panel-mounted N/A N/A

12 VDC Bulk Power Supply
(if applicable)1

Redundant Panel-mounted N/A N/A

24 VDC Bulk Power Supply
(if applicable)a

1. An OR-ing diode is required for redundant bulk power supplies. Refer to Appendix I for information.

N-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Worksheet for Intrinsically Safe System Power
Requirements
Use Table N-6 to size I.S. power for I.S. systems and add the total number of required
I.S. power supplies to Table N-2.
Table N-6 I.S. System Power Requirements

Product Type Quantity Amps Required for Each Product Total for Product Type

I.S AI, 4-20, mA, 0.600

8-Channel with HART

I.S. AO, 4-20 mA, 0.630

8-Channel (with HART)

I.S. DI, 16-Channel 0.350

I.S. DO, 4-Channel 0.560

I.S. LocalBus Isolator 0.060

Grand total

I.S. System Power

Supply (5 A max each)
Provides 5 A @ 12 V (Grand
Total / 5A = Quantity)

Redundant I.S. System Power

Supplies (1 max)

Total number of power

supplies (add to Table N-2)

Installation Worksheets N-15

N-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix O Intrinsically Safe I/O
The DeltaV system includes the following Intrinsically Safe I/O components:
„ I/O cards — Refer to “Intrinsically Safe I/O Cards” on page C-84.
• I.S. DI, 16-Channel
• I.S. DO, 4-Channel
• I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA HART
• I.S AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and I.S AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART
„ Terminal Blocks — Refer to “Intrinsically Safe Terminal Blocks” on page C-124.
• I.S. 8-Channel terminal block
• I.S. 16-Channel terminal block
„ I.S. Power Supply — Refer to “Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply” on page
E-7.
„ I.S. LocalBus Isolator
„ Right and left hand carrier extenders
„ Carriers — Refer to Appendix B.
• I.S. 8-Wide carrier
• Power Supply carrier
• Isolator carrier

Warning Be sure that your I.S. I/O cards and terminal blocks are compatible before
plugging in I/O cards. Card damage can result if an I/O card and terminal
block are incompatible. Refer to Table C-72 on page C-132 for I.S. card and
terminal block compatibility.

Warning In any hazardous area installation it is important to read and follow the device
manufacturer's design and installation documents. Failure to follow the
documentation could result in an unapproved and unsafe application.
Additionally, in hazardous locations follow your plant's procedures for making
the area safe during installation and maintenance operations.

Intrinsically Safe I/O O-1

 You can use both I.S. and non-I.S. I/O cards within one DeltaV system. However,
you must separate the I.S. cards from the non-I.S. cards with a LocalBus Isolator to
protect the I.S. cards from damaging voltages. Only one LocalBus Isolator can be
used in the DeltaV system. Plan your I/O subsystem carefully because you cannot
add non-I.S. cards beyond the LocalBus Isolator. If you use multiple I.S. system power
supplies, intersperse the power supplies among the cards. Figure O-1 shows a
LocalBus Isolator separating non-I.S. and I.S. cards. (Figure O-3 shows the
dimensions for the LocalBus Isolator.)
Non-IS IS
Localbus
System Power Isolator
Supply
Non-IS I/O Cards IS IS I/O Cards RH Carrier
Controller (Gray Terminal Blocks) Power Supply (Blue Terminal Blocks) Extender

LH Carrier IS I/O Cards IS I/O Cards IS I/O Cards

Extender

Figure O-1 DeltaV Intrinsically Safe I/O Overview

Important Field power is provided by the I.S. I/O cards. Do not connect to the connectors on the
top of the I.S. 8-wide carrier.

O-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Figure O-2 shows the grounding requirements for an I.S. I/O subsystem.

Figure O-2 Grounding Requirements for I.S. I/O

Several documents pertaining to Hazardous Area installations are supplied on the

DeltaV installation disk #2. Refer to “DeltaV Installation and Instruction Manuals”
on page 3-42 for a list of these documents.

Intrinsically Safe I/O O-3

 Intrinsically Safe LocalBus Isolator
The I.S. LocalBus Isolator separates non-I.S. components such as I/O cards and
controllers from I.S. components. Figure O-3 shows the I.S. LocalBus Isolator
dimensions.
Table O-1 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Specifications

Item Specification

Input 12 V @ 60 mA maximum

Output 12 V @ 60 mA maximum

Power dissipation within module 1.2 W maximum

Mounting LocalBus Isolator carrier

Note The controller is non-I.S. You must always use an I.S. LocalBus Isolator to isolate the
controller from I.S. cards.

15.9 cm
(6.3 in)

4.1 cm (1.6 in) 10.7 cm (4.2 in)

Front View Side View

Figure O-3 I.S. LocalBus Isolator Dimensions

O-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Intrinsically Safe Carrier Extenders
I.S. carrier extenders bridge two I.S. carriers to make one complete I.S. system. I.S.
carrier extenders can be used to build a system around obstacles such as cabinet walls
or pipes.

10.2 cm
(4.0 in.)

16.5 cm
(6.5 in.)

4.2 cm 3.1 cm
(1.7 in.) (1.2 in.)

4.6 cm
(1.8 in.)

Left Hand Side Right Hand

Carrier View Carrier
Extender Extender

Figure O-4 Right and Left I.S. Carrier Extenders

Intrinsically Safe I/O O-5

O-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System
Appendix P Product Type Numbers for DeltaV
Products
Table P-1 shows the product type numbers for all DeltaV products.
Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers

Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page

KJ1501X1-BC2 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) E-4

KJ1700X1-BA1 Fiber-Optic Media Converter D-8

KJ1710X1-BA1 Single Port Fiber Switch G-10

KJ1740X1-BA1 Four Port Fiber Switch G-10

KJ2003X1-BB1 MDPlus Controller D-1

KJ2003X1-BA2 MD Controller D-1

KJ2004X1-BA1 Remote Interface Unit D-3

KJ3001X1-BA1 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-32

KJ3001X1-BB1 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card C-26

KJ3001X1-BG1 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-48

KJ3001X1-BJ1 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card C-44

KJ3001X1-CA1 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card C-42

KJ3001X1-CB1 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card C-54

KJ3002X1-BA1 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-5

KJ3002X1-BB1 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card C-17

KJ3002X1-BC1 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card C-5

KJ3002X1-BD1 AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC card C-12

KJ3002X1-BE1 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-17

KJ3002X1-BF1 RTD, ohms card C-70

KJ3002X1-BG2 Thermocouple, mV card C-81

KJ3003X1-BA1 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 C-76

KJ3003X1-EA1 Interface terminal block C-99

KJ3004X1-EA1 Fieldbus H1 terminal block C-97

KJ3005X1-BA1 AS-Interface card C-21

Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products P-1

 Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers (Continued)

Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page

KJ3006X1-BA1 Multifunction card C-65

KJ3007X1-BA1 Profibus DP card, pre-Series 2 C-68

KJ3007X1-EA1 Profibus DP terminal block C-101

KJ3211X1-BA1 Sequence of Events card C-73

KJ3009X1-BA1 DeviceNet card C-24

KJ3201X1-BA1 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card C-26

KJ3201X1-EA1 Redundant Discrete terminal block C-112

KJ3202X1-BA1 Series 2 DO, 24 VDC, High-Side card C-44

KJ3203X1-BA1 Series 2 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42

KJ3204X1-BAI Series 2 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side C-54

KJ3221X1-BA1 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-17

KJ3221X1-EA1 Redundant Analog Output terminal block C-111

KJ3222X1-BA1 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-5

KJ3222X1-EA1 Redundant Analog Input terminal block C-109

KJ3223X1-BA1 Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA HART C-14

KJ3223X1-EA1 16-Channel terminal block C-106

KJ3231X1-BA1 Series 2 Isolated Input card C-60

KJ3231X1-EA1 Isolated Input terminal block C-100

KJ3241X1-BA1 Series 2 Serial Card, 2 Ports, RS232/RS485 C-76

KJ3241X1-EA1 Redundant Interface terminal block C-114

KJ3242X1-BA1 Series 2 H1 card C-56

KJ3243X1-BA1 Series 2 Profibus DP card C-68

KJ3242X1-EA1 Series 2 Simplex H1 terminal block C-98

KJ3242X1-FA1 Series 2 Redundant H1 terminal block C-113

KJ3244X1-BA1 Series 2 DeviceNet card C-24

KJ4001X1-BA2 2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier B-2

KJ4001X1-BB1 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier B-3

KJ4001X1-BE1 8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier with Shield Bar B-3

KJ4001X1-CA1 I/O terminal block C-96

P-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers (Continued)

Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page

KJ4001X1-CB1 Fused I/O terminal block C-96

KJ4001X1-CC1 4-Wire terminal block C-96

KJ4001X1-CD1 10-Pin Mass termination block C-118

KJ4001X1-CE1 16-Pin Mass termination block C-119

KJ4001X1-CF1 24-Pin Mass termination block C-120

KJ4001X1-CG1 Thermocouple, mV terminal block C-104

KJ4001X1-CH1 RTD, ohms terminal block C-103

KJ4001X1-CJ1 32-Channel terminal block C-105

KJ4002X1-BA1 Left 8-Wide Vertical Carrier B-7

KJ4002X1-BB1 Right 8-Wide Vertical Carrier B-7

KJ4002X1-BC2 Top 4-Wide Vertical Carrier B-6

KJ4002X1-BD2 Bottom 4-Wide Vertical Carrier B-6

KJ4002X1-BE1 Top Extender Cable Assembly M-8

KJ4002X1-BF1 Bottom Extender Cable Assembly M-8

KJ4010X1-BF1 Left Carrier Extender B-4

and
KJ4001X1-HC1

KJ4010X1-BG1 Right Carrier Extender B-4

and
KJ4001X1-HB1

KJ4001X1-NA1 One-wide right carrier extender B-4

KJ4001X1-NB1 One-wide left carrier extender B-4

KJ4002X1-BF2 D-shell cables for connecting left and right one- B-4
wide carrier extenders

KJ4020X1-BD1 Fieldbus Power Conditioner Refer to the

Fieldbus
Installations
in a DeltaV
Digital
Automation
System
manual.

KJ6001X1-BA2 Fieldbus H1 Carrier with Enclosure B-11

Product Type Numbers for DeltaV Products P-3

 Table P-1 DeltaV Products Crossed Referenced to Product Type Numbers (Continued)

Product Type Number DeltaV Product Name Page

KJ6001X1-CA2 Fieldbus H1 Carrier B-9

P-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

Glossary

Units Used in This Manual

Symbol Units

Ω, kΩ ohm, kilo-ohm

ºC degrees Celsius

ºF degrees Fahrenheit

A ampere

BTU British thermal units

cm centimeter

dB decibel

g gram

Hz hertz

in. inch

in-lb inch-pounds

kB kilobyte

kg kilogram

kJ kiloJoule

lb pound

Mb Megabit

Mbps Megabits per second

MB Megabyte

MHz Megahertz

m meter

mA milliampere

mm millimeter

ms millisecond

mV millivolt

Glossary Glossary-1
 Nm Newton-meter

nF nanoFarad

pF picoFarad

s second

V volt

V·A volt-ampere

W watt

µF microFarad

Acronyms Used in This Manual

Acronym Definition

AC Alternating Current

A/D Analog-to-Digital

AI Analog Input

AO Analog Output

AWG American Wire Gauge

CD Compact Disk

CPU Central Processing Unit

CSA Canadian Standards Association

DC Direct Current

DIMM Double In-line Memory Module

DI Discrete Input

DIN Deutsche Institut für Normung

DO Discrete Output

DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory

EMI Electromagnetic Interference

FCC Federal Communications Commission

Glossary-2 Glossary
 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

I/O Input/Output

IP Internet Protocol

ISA Instrument Society of America

ISO International Standards Organization

LAN Local Area Network

LED Light-Emitting Diode

MDI Medium Dependent Interface

MIL Military Standard

NVM Non-Volatile Memory

OLE Object Linking and Embedding

OPC OLE for Process Control

OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

RAM Random-Access Memory

ROM Read-Only Memory

SIMM Single In-Line Memory Module

UL Underwriters Laboratory

UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply

UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair

VAC Volts Alternating Current

VDC Volts Direct Current

Glossary Glossary-3
 Terms Used in This Manual

Term Definition

2-wide power/controller carrier Assembly that provides power and communications connections for the DeltaV
Controller and the DeltaV System Power Supply.

8-wide I/O interface carrier Assembly that provides power and communication connections for the DeltaV
I/O Interface.

10BaseT IEEE standard for a 10-Megabit per second (Mbps) baseband network on
twisted-pair wiring.

American Wire Gauge (AWG) Usual system of wire size measurement in the United States. A 14 AWG wire
has a cross-sectional area of 2.08 mm; a 000 AWG wire has a cross-sectional
area of 85.02 mm. Note that the smaller the AWG value, the larger the wire.

Bit Electrical equivalent of a 0 or a 1 that represents the basic unit of computer

communication.

CD-ROM Compact disk used as a computer information storage medium. CD-ROMs can
store a large amount of information.

Central processing unit (CPU) Portion of a computer that manipulates and modifies data and carries out
software instructions.

Control Network Communications network for the DeltaV system.

Daisy chain To connect one device to another in sequence.

Deutsche Institute für Normung (DIN) The German standards organization.

Device Piece of electronic hardware that performs one or more prescribed functions.

Diagnostics One or more programs in a computer or microprocessor that can detect and
pinpoint a hardware fault or a configuration error.

Ethernet Local area network (LAN) specification that uses baseband signaling at 10
Megabits per second (Mbps).

Federal Communications A United States government communications standards group.

Commission (FCC)

Fiber-optic cable Thin, transparent fibers of glass or plastic that transmit data through pulses of
light from a laser or light-emitting diode (LED).

Hub Device in a network that consolidates wiring connections and routes

communications. All communications devices on a hub-based network connect
to one or more hubs.

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Independent technical organization that defines standards for the electrical,
Engineers (IEEE) electronic, and computer industries.

Glossary-4 Glossary
 IEEE 802.3 Set of specifications from the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
(IEEE) for local area networks (LANs). This specification provides standards for
media access control.

Input/Output (I/O) Signal reception and transmission or signal interfacing. Input, for an instrument,
involves accepting and processing signals from field devices. Output, for an
instrument, involves converting commands into electrical signals to field
devices.

International Standards Organization International organization that defines manufacturing standards.

(ISO)

Instrument Society of America (ISA) Independent organization that defines instrumentation standards.

Intrinsically Safe field circuits Circuits that are designed to limit the amount of energy provided to field devices
to levels below those that are required to ignite specific types of hazardous
materials under fault and no fault conditions.

Intrinsically Safe I/O Equipment that contains intrinsically safe field circuits.

Light-emitting diode (LED) Electronic component that generates a small focused beam of light in response
to a current passing through the component.

Local Area Network (LAN) Communications network within a limited physical area that provide
high-speed data transmission.

LocalBus A DeltaV Power/Controller Carrier, its associated DeltaV I/O Interface Carriers,
and the cables that connect them.

Megabit (Mb) One million binary bits.

Military standard (MIL) Standard requirements as set by United States military organizations.

Node Communication device, such as a workstation or controller, attached to the

Control Network.

Object linking and embedding (OLE) Software standard governing the relationship between software document files.

OLE for Process Control (OPC) Software standard for OLE applications in process control.

Operating range A sensor type’s input signal range over which the accuracy is stated.

Port Physical connection between an electronic device and a cable.

Random-access memory (RAM) Type of semiconductor memory. The user can read from and write to RAM as
often as desired.

Read-only memory (ROM) Type of semiconductor memory. Information is stored permanently on ROM;
the user can examine ROM contents as often as desired but cannot change the
contents.

Single in-line memory module (SIMM) Plug-in random-access memory (RAM) unit for a computer.

Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Independent organization that defines electrical standards.

Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Battery that supplies continuous power to a computer system if there is a failure
or an interruption in the AC power source.

Glossary Glossary-5
Glossary-6 Glossary
Index
Numerics 8 Port Twisted-Pair Unmanaged Swtich
specifications G-8
10/100BaseT Ethernet cards F-1
8-Port Twisted-Pair Unmanaged Switch with One Fiber
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch Port
specifications G-4 specifications G-9
10/100Mbit 24-Port Switch with 2 fiber-optic ports
8-Wide I/O Interface Carrier
specifications G-3
dimensions B-3
100Mbit 24-Port Fiber Switch installing 2-14
specifications G-2 specifications B-3
vertically mounted M-2
10Mbit 8-Port Ethernet Hub
specifications G-2 8-Wide Vertical I/O Interface Carrier
description M-2
10-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out C-118
dimensions B-8
12-Port SFP Managed Switch installing M-14
specifications G-5 specifications B-7
16-channel analog input terminal block C-106
specifications C-106 A
16-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out C-119, C- AC to 24 VDC and bulk AC to 12 VDC bulk power sup-
123 plies
24-Pin Mass Termination Block cable pin out C-121 top and end views H-7

24-Port SFP Managed Switch with 2 SFP gigabit slots Actuator Sensor-Interface C-21
specifications G-6 Adding power J-6
24-Port Twisted-Pair Managed Switch with 2 SFP gigabit AI cards
slots LED indicators 3-10
specifications G-7
AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC specifications C-12
2-Wide Power/Controller Carrier
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA specifications C-6
dimensions B-2
installing 2-13 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications C-6
specifications B-2 Airborne contaminants A-3
32-channel terminal block C-105 AO cards
specifications C-105 LED indicators 3-13
4-Wide Power/Controller Carrier AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA specifications C-17
description M-1
dimensions B-6 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications C-17
installing M-13 AS-i card C-21
specifications B-6
AS-Interface card
4-wire I/O terminal blocks C-96 LED indicators 3-15

Index Index -1
AS-Interface specifications C-22 C
ATEX Instruction Sheets Cabinets
location of 3-43 See Enclosures
Autosense cards 3-37 Cable
10BaseT
B installation requirements 2-37
accessories specifications G-16
Books Online 3-42 Category 5 2-37
Bulk power supplies 1-4 color-coded boot 2-41
environmental specifications A-2 ethernet 1-4
fiber-optic
Bulk power supply
specifications G-16
24 VDC to 12 VDC
usage guidelines 2-37
description H-2
for vertical mounted carriers M-8
specifications H-8
installing 2-40
AC to 12 VDC
pinout for no hub system G-20
description H-2
testing 3-2
specifications H-3, H-6
AC to 24 VDC Cable accessory specifications G-16
description H-2
Cable shields 2-35
specifications H-3, H-6
using multiple J-11 Calculating system power requirements N-1
description H-1 Cards
DIN rail mounted H-2 See I/O Cards
DIN rail-mounted H-2
environmental specifications A-3 Carrier
ground wiring 2-46 installing ground wiring for 2-15
input wiring 2-46 Carrier extenders B-4
installing 2-46 one-wide extenders B-1
mounting plate 2-46
Carrier shield bar 2-10
panel-mounted H-2
Panel-mounted AC to 24 VDC and bulk AC to 12 Carriers
VDC 2-wide power/controller B-2
top and end views H-7 4-wide vertical power/controller B-6
sizing J-2 8-wide I/O interface B-3
specifications for DIN rail-mounted H-3 8-wide vertical I/O interface B-6, B-7
specifications for panel-mounted H-6 Fieldbus H1 B-9
wiring for bussed field power 2-20 I.S. 8-wide horizontal B-13
I.S. LocalBus isolator B-14
Bussed field power
I.S. power supply B-12
connecting 2-17
installing multiple 2-11
guidelines K-1
number supported on the LocalBus 1-2
wiring 2-20
specifications B-1
Category 5 cables

Index-2 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 requirements for using 2-37 D
Checklist DeltaV
installation K-1, N-1 carriers
Class I Div. 2 with Class I, II, III Div. 1 field circuits 4-wide power/controller carrier M-1
installation instructions for a DeltaV system 3-43 8-wide I/O interface vertical carrier M-2
documentation 3-42
Class I Division 2 environmental specifications A-1
installation instructions for a DeltaV system 3-43 help on using DeltaV applications 3-42
Class I Division 2 installations 2-1 installing 2-1
Intrinsically Safe I/O O-1
Commands
overview to the system 1-1
Autosense I/O cards 3-37
starting DeltaV applications 3-42
Install 3-36
system components 1-1
Install Setup 3-36
system equipment 1-2
Install Setup Data 3-40
troubleshooting the installation 3-1
Components 1-1
DeltaV Application Station 2-35
controllers D-1
I/O subsystem C-1 DeltaV Control Network
system 1-1 connecting to a LAN 2-44
System Power Supplies E-1 DeltaV Controller 1-3
Connecting power to the system 2-46 DeltaV Controller Firewall G-44
Control Network specifications G-45
connecting to a LAN 2-44 DeltaV Diagnostics
description 1-4, 2-35 starting 3-36
examples G-21 status indicators 3-37
extending with media converters G-22 using 3-38
installation requirements 2-37
installing 2-40 DeltaV Explorer
Inter-zone G-63 starting 3-36
setting up 2-35 status indicators 3-37
status indicators 3-37 using 3-36

Controller redundancy DeltaV Fiber Switches

diagram L-1 See Single Port Fiber Switch and Four Port Fiber
Switch G-10
Controller specifications D-1
DeltaV Fieldbus H1 Interface card specifications C-57
Controllers
dimensions D-2 DeltaV I/O subsystem 1-3
environmental specifications A-2 DeltaV Remote Network 1-7
installing 2-28 setting up 2-49
LED indicators 3-5
specifications D-1 DeltaV system documentation
See Documentation 3-43
Current provided to I/O J-9
DeltaV system manuals 3-42

Index Index -3
DeltaV system power 1-4 installing 2-10, 2-11
spacing for vertical carriers M-12
DeltaV Zones G-63
Diodes
DeviceNet card
OR-ing J-12
LED indicators 3-16
DO 32-Channel 24 VDC High-Side specifications C-54
DeviceNet specifications C-24
DO cards
DI cards
LED indicators 3-19
LED indicators 3-17
DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact specifications C-
42 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side
specifications C-50
DI, 8-channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact specifications C-
34 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated
specifications C-52
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated specifications C-36
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side specifications C-45
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact specifications C-
38 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated specifications C-48
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated specifications C-40 Documentation 3-42
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact specifications C- ATEX 3-43
28 DeltaV IS I/O Code of Practice for Installation and Mainte-
nance in Zone 2 Hazardous Areas 3-43
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated specifications C-32 DeltaV KJ1710 Single Port Fiber Switch Installation
Diagnostics program Instructions 3-43
See DeltaV Diagnostics 3-36 DeltaV NAMUR Installation Instructions 3-43
DeltaV Scalable Process System with Zone 0 Field Circuits In-
Dimensions stallation Instructions 3-43
2-wide power/controller carrier B-2 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Div. 2 with Class I,
4-wide power/controller carrier B-6 II, III Div. 1 Field Circuits Installation
8-wide I/O interface carrier B-3 Instructions 3-43
8-wide vertical I/O interface carrier B-8 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Class I Division 2 Installa-
controller D-2 tion Instructions 3-43
H1 carrier B-10 DeltaV Scalable Process System, Zone 2 Installation
H1 carrier enclosure B-11 Instructions 3-43
I.S. 8-wide horizontal carrier B-13 DeltaV system 3-42
I.S. LocalBus isolator carrier B-14 DeltaV Type KJ7000 Series Zone 1 I/O System Installation
I.S. power supply carrier B-12 Instructions 3-43
I.S. system power supply E-7 fieldbus 3-42
I/O terminal block C-96 hazardous area 3-43
Remote Interface Unit D-4 NAMUR 3-43
system power supply ((Dual DC/DC) E-5
system power supply (AC/DC) E-2 Download commands 3-36

DIN rail-mounted bulk power supply H-2

E
DIN rails
Earth Ground

Index-4 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems Fiber-optic switch
environmental specifications A-1
Enclosures
power dissipation I-5 Fieldbus
selecting I-1 See also, Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automa-
tion System
Environmental specifications A-1
Fieldbus H1 carrier
Ethernet 2-35
dimensions B-10
cards F-1
enclosure B-11
hubs 2-35
environmental specifications A-2, A-3
LAN 1-4
switches 2-35 Fieldbus H1 carrier enclosure
dimensions B-11
Ethernet cable
installation rules G-15 Fieldbus H1 Interface card specifications C-57
Ethernet cable specifications G-15 Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV Digital Automation
System 3-42
Ethernet cards F-1
Firewall G-44
Ethernet interface
specifications G-45
DeltaV Application Station
ProfessionalPLUS 2-35 Four monitor workstations F-2
Explorer Four Port Fiber Switch
See DeltaV Explorer 3-36 environmental specifications A-2
LED Indicators 3-8
Extender cables
specifications G-10
installing 2-22
ftServer 4300 2-51, F-1
Extending power J-6
Fused I/O terminal blocks C-96
Extension cables
specifications B-3
G
F Ground isolation 1-5
Fault-tolerant server 1-4 Ground wiring
installing 2-51, F-1 for bulk power supply 2-46
for carrier 2-15
Fiber Switches
for H1 carrier enclosure B-11
Single Port and Four Ports G-10
for workstations 2-33
Fiber-optic cable See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems
usage guidelines 2-37
Grounding
Fiber-optic cable specifications G-16 See Site Preparation Guide for DeltaV Automation Systems
Fiber-Optic Gigabit Transceivers Grounding terminals
specifications G-13 I/O subsystem 2-4
Fiber-optic media converters
See Media converters

Index Index -5
H I/O Cards C-1
AI 8-Channel 1-5 VDC
H1 card C-56 installation notes C-12
H1 carrier enclosure specifications C-12
grounding B-11 wiring diagrams C-12
AI 8-Channel 4-20 mA
Hazardous area installations
installation notes C-5
documentation 3-43
specifications C-5
Help wiring diagram C-5
Books Online 3-42 AI 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART
context sensitive 3-42 installation notes C-5
Hops specifications C-5
number of 2-36 wiring diagram C-5
AO 8-Channel 4-20 mA
Hubs 2-35 installation notes C-17
environmental specifications A-1 specifications C-17
installing 2-39 wiring diagram C-17
network example 1-7 AO 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART
installation notes C-17
I specifications C-17
wiring diagram C-17
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card
AS-Interface
LED indicators 3-30
installation notes C-22
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART specifications C-85 specifications C-22
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card wiring diagram C-23
LED indicators 3-32 DeviceNet C-24
installation notes C-24
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card specifications C-24
LED indicators 3-32 wiring diagram C-25
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA HART specifications C- DI 32-Channel 24 VDC Dry Contact C-42
87 installation notes C-42
specifications C-42
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA specifications C-87
wiring diagram C-42, C-43
I.S. DI, 16-Channel card DI 8-Channel 120 VAC Dry Contact
LED indicators 3-33 installation notes C-34
I.S. DI, 16-Channel specifications C-91 specifications C-34
wiring diagram C-35
I.S. DO 4-Channel card DI 8-Channel 120 VAC Isolated
LED indicators 3-34 installation notes C-36
I.S. DO, 4-Channel specifications C-93 specifications C-36
wiring diagram C-37
I/O
DI 8-Channel 230 VAC Dry Contact
current provided to J-9
installation notes C-38
I/O card keying and compatible I/O terminal blocks C- specifications C-38
128 wiring diagram C-39

Index-6 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DI 8-Channel 230 VAC Isolated installation notes C-87
installation notes C-40 specifications C-87
specifications C-40 wiring diagram C-89
wiring diagram C-41 I.S. DI 16-Channel
DI 8-Channel 24 VDC Dry Contact installation notes C-91
installation notes C-26 specifications C-91
specifications C-28 wiring diagram C-92
wiring diagram C-26, C-29 I.S. DO 4-Channel
DI 8-Channel 24 VDC Isolated installation notes C-93
installation notes C-32 specifications C-93
specifications C-32 wiring diagram C-94
wiring diagram C-33 installing 2-25
DO 32-Channel 24 VDC High-Side C-54 Multifunction
installation notes C-54 installation notes C-65
specifications C-54 specifications C-66
wiring diagram C-55 wiring diagram C-67
DO 8-Channel 120 VAC/230 VAC High-Side number supported by single subsystem C-1
installation notes C-50 overview C-1
specifications C-50 Profibus DP
wiring diagram C-51 installation notes C-68
DO 8-Channel 120 VAC/230 VAC Isolated specifications C-68
installation notes C-52 wiring diagram C-69
specifications C-52 RTD ohms
wiring diagram C-53 installation notes C-70
DO 8-Channel 24 VDC High-Side specifications C-70
installation notes C-44 wiring diagram C-72
specifications C-44 Sequence of Events C-74
wiring diagram C-44 installation notes C-73
DO 8-Channel 24 VDC Isolated specifications C-74
installation notes C-48 wiring diagram C-75
specifications C-48 Serial card 2 ports
wiring diagram C-49 installation notes C-76
Fieldbus H1 specifications C-78
installation notes C-56 terminal assignments C-76
specifications C-56, C-57 terminal block wiring C-79
wiring diagram C-57 Series 2 AI 16-Channel 4-20 mA HART
I.S. AI 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART installation notes C-14
installation notes C-85 specifications C-14
specifications C-85 wiring diagrams C-14
wiring diagram C-86 Series 2 AI 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART
I.S. AO 8-Channel 4-20 mA installation notes C-5
installation notes C-87 specifications C-5
specifications C-87 wiring diagrams C-5
wiring diagram C-89 Series 2 AO 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART
I.S. AO 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART installation notes C-17

Index Index -7
 specifications C-17 8-wide I/O interface carrier 2-14
wiring diagrams C-17 bulk power supply 2-46
Series 2 DeviceNet bussed field power 2-20
See DeviceNet C-24 checklist K-1, N-1
Series 2 DI 8-Channel 24 VDC Dry Contact control network cable 2-40
installation notes C-26 controller 2-28
specifications C-28 DIN rails 2-10
wiring diagrams C-26 ethernet cable G-15
Series 2 DO 8-Channel 24 VDC High-Side extender cables 2-22
installation notes C-44 getting started 2-6
specifications C-44 hardware 2-6
wiring diagrams C-44 hubs 2-39
Series 2 H1 I/O cards 2-25
installation notes C-56 I/O interface 2-23
specifications C-56 I/O terminal block 2-23
wiring diagrams C-58, C-59 Marine Certified 2-1
Series 2 Isolated Input planning 2-2
installation notes C-60 redundant controllers L-1
specifications C-60 redundant I/O cards 2-27
wiring diagrams C-60 redundant I/O terminal blocks 2-27
Series 2 Profibus DP requirements 2-37
See Profibus DP C-68 system power supply 2-29
Thermocouple mV tools required 2-3
installation notes C-81 torque limits 2-5
specifications C-81 UPS 2-35
wiring diagram C-83 wiring guidelines 2-3
I/O carriers 1-2 workstation 2-33
Installation notes
I/O Interface
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards C-5
installing 2-23
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA cards C-17
keying C-128
AS-Interface card C-22
I/O subsystem DeviceNet card C-24
grounding terminals 2-4 DI 8-Channel 120 VAC Dry Contact card C-34
I/O Terminal Block specifications C-96 DI 8-Channel 24 VDC, Dry Contact cards C-26
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card C-42
I/O Terminal Blocks DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated card C-36
installing 2-23 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact card C-38
specifications C-96 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated card C-40
wiring 2-24 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-32
Icons 3-37 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side card C-54
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side
Indicators 3-3
card C-50
Installation DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated
2-wide power/controller carrier 2-13 card C-52

Index-8 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side cards C-44 Intrinsically Safe LocalBus isolator O-4
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated card C-48 dimensions B-14
H1 cards C-56 Intrinsically Safe System Power Supply E-7
I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card C-85 dimensions E-7
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA card C-87 sizing calculation worksheet N-15
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART card C-87 specifications E-7
I.S. DI, 16-Channel card C-91 using multiple J-2
I.S. DO, 4-Channel card C-93
Isolated Input C-60 Intrinsically Safe terminal blocks
Multifunction card C-65 I.S. 16-Channel C-126
Profibus DP card C-68 I.S. 8-channel C-124
RTD, ohms card C-70 IP addresses
Sequence of Events card C-73 filtering 2-35
Serial cards C-76
Thermocouple, mV card C-81 Isolated Input card C-60

Installation worksheets N-1

K
Installing DeltaV System 2-1
Keying
Instruction Sheets description C-1
ATEX 3-43 scheme C-128
Interface terminal block specifications C-99 KJ numbers P-1
Inter-zone control network G-63
Inter-zone server G-63 L
Intrinsically Safe 8-wide horizontal carrier LAN
dimensions B-13 connecting application station to 2-44
connecting Control Network to 2-44
Intrinsically Safe carrier extenders O-5 description 1-4
Intrinsically Safe components installation requirements 2-37
8-wide horizontal carrier B-13 LED Indicators
carrier extenders O-5 Four Port Fiber Switch 3-8
LocalBus isolator O-4
LocalBus isolator carrier B-14 LED indicators
power supply carrier B-12 32-channel, DI card 3-18
system power supply E-7 AI cards 3-10
terminal blocks C-124 AO cards 3-13
AS-Interface card 3-15
Intrinsically Safe I/O C-84, O-1 controllers 3-4
Intrinsically Safe I/O cards DeviceNet card 3-16
I.S. AI, 8-Channel,4-20, mA HART C-84 DI cards 3-17
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20, mA C-84 DI, 32-channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact card 3-18, 3-
I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-84 27
I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-84 DO cards 3-19
using with non-I.S. I/O O-2 Fieldbus H1 cards 3-21

Index Index -9
 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART card 3-30 40-pin C-122
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, card 3-32 MD controller
I.S. DO 4-Channel card 3-34 See Controllers
I.S.DI, 16-Channel card 3-33
Isolated Input card 3-23 MD Controllers
media converter 3-8 environmental specifications A-1
Multifunction card 3-24 MDPlus controller
Profibus DP card 3-25 See Controllers
Remote Interface Unit 3-7
RTD, ohms and Thermocouple, mV cards 3-26 Media converters D-8
Sequence of Events card 3-27 environmental specifications A-2
Serial card 3-28 extending the control network with G-22
Single Port Fiber Switch 3-8 LED indicators 3-8
system power supply 3-4 specifications D-8

Left and right carrier extenders B-4 Millivolt card C-81

Liebert MultiLink software D-7 Modules

See I/O Cards
Line fault detection
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26 Monitors
Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High Side C-44 touch screen F-2

Local Area Network Mounting screws

See LAN torque limits on 2-5

LocalBus 1-2 Multifunction card

cable 2-11 LED indicators 3-24
number of carriers supported 1-2 specifications C-65
terminal block usage C-65
LocalBus cable specifications B-3
MultiLink software D-7
Logic Solver
See, Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System Multiple monitors F-2
Hardware Multiple power supplies J-3
mV card C-81
M
Management station G-55 N
Manuals NAMUR installations 2-1
DeltaV system 3-42 documentation 3-43
Marine Certified installations 2-1 Network Time Server
Mass termination block specifications C-116 setting up 2-49

Mass termination blocks Network topology

10-pin C-118 examples of G-21
16-pin C-119 Nodes 2-35
24-pin C-120

Index-10 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

O Redundant I/O cards
installing 2-27
One-wide carrier extenders B-1
Redundant I/O terminal blocks
Online Help 3-42 installing 2-27
Operating temperature A-1
Redundant terminal blocks C-108
OR-ing diodes J-12 Related documentation 2-xxii
Relative humidity A-1
P
Remote Access Server (RAS) 1-7
Panel-mounted bulk power supply H-2
Remote Interface Unit
Plant-wide LAN 2-35
dimensions D-4
Plug N Play 3-40 LED indicators 3-7
Power specifications D-3
extending J-6 Remote network 1-7
guidelines 2-4 setting up 2-49
notes J-1
Repeater hops
supply calculation worksheet N-2
maximum number of 2-37
using multiple supplies J-3
Requirements
Power dissipation
installation 2-37
calculating I-6
for DeltaV products I-5 Router 2-35
Power requirements RS232 terminal assignments C-76
worksheets for calculating N-2 RS422/485 Full Duplex terminal assignments C-78
Power/controller carriers 1-2 RS422/485 Half Duplex terminal assignments C-77
Product type numbers P-1 RTD, ohms card C-70
ProfessionalPLUS 2-35 LED indicators 3-26
specifications C-70
Profibus DP card
terminal block specifications C-103
LED indicators 3-25
specifications C-68
terminal block usage C-68 S
Profibus terminal block specifications C-101 Safety Instrumented System
See, Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System
Hardware
R
ScTP
Redundant
screened twisted pair
AC input power E-3
standard category 5 wiring 1-5
DC input power E-6
Sensor types
Redundant controllers
RTD, ohms C-71
installing L-1
Thermocouple, mV C-82

Index Index -11

Sequence of Events card C-73 Hardware
LED indicators 3-27 Specifications
specifications C-74 16-channel analog input terminal block C-106
terminal block usage C-73 2-wide power/controller carrier B-2
Serial card 32-channel terminal block C-105
LED indicators 3-28 4-wide power/controller carrier B-6
8-wide power/controller carrier B-3
Serial card, 2 ports, RS232/RS485 specifications C-78
8-wide vertical I/O interface carrier B-7
Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART AI, 8-Channel, 4 mA to 20 mA, HART C-5
specification C-14 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA and 4-20 mA, HART C-6
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and 4-20 mA, HART C-
specifications C-6 17
AS-Interface card C-22
Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART bulk power supply H-1
specifications C-17 cable accessories G-16
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact Control Network G-1
line fault detection C-26 Controller D-1, E-1
DeltaV Controller Firewall G-45
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42
specifications C-28
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-34
Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-36
line fault detection C-44 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-38
Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-40
specifications C-45 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-28
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-32
Series 2 H1 specifications C-56 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54
Shielding DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side C-
cable 2-35 50
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-52
Shock A-3
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-45
Simplex control network 2-40 environmental A-1
Single Port Fiber Switch Fieldbus H1 C-57
environmental specifications A-2 Fieldbus H1 card C-68
LED indicators 3-8 Fieldbus H1 carrier B-9
specifications G-10 Four Port Fiber Switch G-10
I.S. 8-wide horizontal I/O interface B-13
SISNet Repeater I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-85
See, Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-87
Hardware I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-91
SLS I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-93
See, Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System I.S. LocalBus Isolator carrier B-14
Hardware I.S. System Power Supply E-7
I.S. system power supply carrier B-12
Smart Logic Solver I/O card dimensions C-1
See, Installing Your DeltaV Safety Instrumented System

Index-12 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

 I/O terminal block C-96 System power
Multifunction C-66 extending J-6
Profibus DP card C-68 System Power Supply
Remote Interface Unit D-3 alarm contact wiring 2-31
RTD, ohms C-70 description 2-29
RTD, ohms sensor types C-62, C-63, C-71 dimensions E-2
RTD, ohms terminal block C-103 Dual DC/DC E-4
Sequence of Events card C-73 environmental specifications A-3
Serial card, 2 ports C-78 installing 2-29
Series 2 AI 8-Channel 4-20 mA HART C-5 LED indicators 3-4
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5
specifications E-1
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-28
wiring 2-29
Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-45
worksheets for calculating power requirements N-2
Series 2 H1 C-57
Series 2 Isolated Input C-60 System Power Supply (AC/DC)
Single Port Fiber Switch G-10 specifications E-1
system A-1 using multiple J-4
Thermocouple, mV C-81 System Power Supply (Dual DC/DC) E-4
Thermocouple, mV sensor types C-82 specifications E-4
Thermocouple, mV terminal blocks C-104
Status indicators 3-37 T
Storage temperature A-1 Technical Service 3-44
STP 1-4 Terminal block usage
System Checkout 3-2 AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC C-12
LED indicators 3-3 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-5
testing field wiring connections 3-35 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-17
System equipment 1-2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-17
bulk power supplies 1-4 AS-Interface C-22
DeltaV controller 1-3 DeviceNet C-24
DeltaV I/O subsystem 1-3 DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-42
DeltaV system identifier 1-4 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-34
DeltaV system power 1-4 DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-36
fault-tolerant server 1-4 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-38
I/O carriers 1-2 DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-40
LocalBus 1-2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26
power/controller carriers 1-2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-32
Uninterruptible Power Supply 1-4 DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-54
workstations 1-4 DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-52
System Identifier 1-4 DO, 8-Channel, 120/230 VAC, High-Side C-50
installing 2-33 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side C-44
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-48
System Overview 1-1
H1 C-56

Index Index -13

 I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-85 16-pin C-119
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-87 24-pin C-120
I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART C-87 40-pin C-122
I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-91 Profibus DP C-101
I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-93 Redundant Analog Input C-109
Isolated Input C-60 Redundant Analog Output C-111
Multifunction C-65 Redundant Discrete C-112
Profibus DP C-68 Redundant H1 C-113
RTD,ohms C-70 Redundant Interface C-114
Sequence of Events C-73 RTD, ohms C-103
Serial C-76 Series 2 H1 C-98
Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-14 Thermocouple, mV C-104
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-5
Testing wiring connections
Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-26
test access points 3-35
Series 2 DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC High-Side C-44
Series 2 H1 C-56 Thermocouple card C-81
Series 2 Redundant AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, Thermocouple, mV card
HART C-5 LED indicators 3-26
Series 2 Redundant AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, terminal block specifications C-104
HART C-17
Series 2 Redundant DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Tools
Contact C-26 for DeltaV installation 2-3
Series 2 Redundant DO, 8-channel, 24 VDC, High- Topology
Side C-44 examples of network topology G-21
Series 2 Redundant H1 C-56
Torque limits 2-5
Series 2 Redundant Serial C-76
on mounting screws 2-5
Series 2 Serial C-76
Series 2 Simplex AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, Touch screen monitors F-2
HART C-17 Transceivers
Series 2 Simplex H1 C-56 fiber-optic gigabit specifications G-13
Thermocouple, mV C-81 twisted-pair gigabit specifications G-14
Terminal blocks Troubleshooting 3-1, 3-36
16-channel analog input C-106 guide 3-38
32-channel C-105 See also LED indicators 3-1
AS-Interface C-99 status indicators 3-37
dimensions C-95
Fieldbus H1 C-97 Twisted pair switches
I/O environmental specifications A-1
fused I/O C-96 Twisted-Pair Gigabit Transceivers
Interface C-99 specifications G-14
Intrinsically Safe C-124
Isolated Input C-100
U
Mass Termination blocks
10-pin C-118 Uninterruptible Power Supply 1-4

Index-14 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System

UPS I.S. AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-86
connecting D-5 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA C-89
installing 2-35 I.S. AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA HART C-89
Liebert MultiLink software D-7 I.S. DI, 16-Channel C-92
I.S. DO, 4-Channel C-94
V Profibus DP C-69
RTD, ohms C-72
Vertical carriers M-1 Sequence of Events C-75
Vibration A-3 Series 2 AI, 16-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-16
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART 4-wire
(Redundant) C-11
W
Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART 4-wire
Wiring (Simplex) C-10
bulk power supply input 2-46 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART, 2-wire
bussed field power 2-20 (Redundant) C-9
guidelines 2-4 Series 2 AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART, 2-wire
I/O terminal block 2-24 (Simplex) C-8
system power supply alarm contacts 2-31 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
system power supply input 2-29 (Redundant) C-20
testing 3-35 Series 2 AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART
Wiring diagrams (Simplex) C-19
AI, 8-Channel, 1-5 VDC C-13 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and 4-20 mA, HART 4- (Redundant) C-31
wire C-11 Series 2 DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact
AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, and AI, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, (Simplex) C-30
HART, 2-wire C-7 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
AO, 8-Channel, 4 to 20 mA C-19 (Redundant) C-47
AO, 8-Channel, 4-20 mA, HART C-19 Series 2 DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side
AS-Interface C-23 (Simplex) C-46
DeviceNet C-25 Series 2 H1 (Redundant) C-59
DI, 32-Channel, 24 VDC Dry Contact C-43 Series 2 H1 (Simplex) C-58
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Dry Contact C-35 Series 2 Isolated Input C-64
DI, 8-Channel, 120 VAC, Isolated C-37 Thermocouple, mV C-83
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Dry Contact C-39 Worksheet
DI, 8-Channel, 230 VAC, Isolated C-41 power supply calculation N-2
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Dry Contact C-29
Workstation 1-4
DI, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-33
diagnostics 3-38
DO, 32-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-55
environmental specifications A-1, A-3
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, High-Side C-
four monitor F-2
51
grounding 2-33
DO, 8-Channel, 120 VAC/230 VAC, Isolated C-53
installing 2-33
DO, 8-Channel, 24 VDC, High-Side C-46
multiple monitor F-2
DO-8-Channel, 24 VDC, Isolated C-49
network cards used in F-1
Fieldbus H1 C-57
with touch screen monitors F-2

Index Index -15

Z
Zone 0 field circuits
installation instructions for a DeltaV system 3-43
Zone 2
installation instructions for a DeltaV system 3-43
Zone 2 hazardous areas
code of practice for DeltaV installation and
maintenance 3-43
Zone 2 installations 2-1
Zones G-63

Index-16 Installing Your DeltaV Digital Automation System